Skip to main content

Full text of "Chutzpah 911 2001 World War IV World History 2015 V 1"

See other formats



9/11 2001 






2015 -VI -A4 

Haaretz Daily Cartoon - 30/10/2014 

JfeUr JJork Simejs 

Israeli Cartoonist Compares Netanyahu to 9/11 Hijackers 

OCT. 30, 2014 

In the wake of a report that an Obama administration official used a barnyard epithet 
defying Hebrew translation to refer to Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, the Israeli 
newspaper Haaretz published a cartoon on the strained relations between Washington and 
Jerusalem that compared the Israeli leader to the hijackers who attacked the United States on 
Sept. 11,2001. 

Haaretz Daily Cartoon - 30/10/14 

— (@haaretzcom) Oct. 30, 2014 

It takes serious chutzpah to argue that a breakdown of relations with Israel would be 
equivalent to infinite pain caused by 9-1 1. Absurd. 

— Brooklyn Middleton (@BklynMiddleton) Oct. 30, 2014 

Arthur Ochs Sulzberger, Jr. (born September 22, 1951) became the publisher of 
The New York Times in 1992 and chairman of the board of its owner, The New 
York Times Company, in 1997, succeeding his father, Arthur Ochs Sulzberger. Ar- 
, thur Ochs Sulzberger, Jr. was born in Mount Kisco, New York, the son of Barbara 
■ I Winslow (nee Grant) and the previous Times publisher Arthur Ochs Sulzberger, 
grandson of Times publisher Arthur Hays Sulzberger, and the great-grandson of Times own- 
er and publisher Adolph Ochs. His mother was of mostly English and Scottish origin and his 
father was of Jewish origin (both Ashkenazi and Sephardic). 
wJ ews control amercan medsai Six Jewish Companies Control 96% of the World's Media 

The power of lies, deceptions and disinformation as Americans 
pay the price of collective stupidity. 

"You know very well, and the stupid Americans know equally 
well, that we control their government, irrespective of who sits 
in the White House. You see, I know it and you know it that no 
American president can be in a position to challenge us even if 
we do the unthinkable. What can they (Americans) do to us? We control congress, we con- 
trol the media, we control show biz, and we control everything in America. In America you 
can criticize God, but you cant criticize Israel. . ." Israeli spokeswoman, Tzipora Menache 













2001 EHUD BARAK ON BBC 91 1 

2001 BUSH DAY 911 



2001 JEROME HAUER ON THE NEWS 91 1 2001 












1968 MAY 







































Chutzpah is the quality of audaci- 
ty, for good or for bad. The Yiddish 
word derives from the Hebrew 
word, meaning "insolence" or "au- 
dacity". The modern English usage 
of the word has taken on a broader 
meaning, having been popularized 
through vernacular use in film, 
literature, and television. The word 
has also been able to be interpreted 
as meaning the amount of courage, 
mettle or ardor that an individual 
has. In more traditional usage, chutz- 
pah is invariably negative. 

In Hebrew, chutzpah is used indig- 
nantly, to describe someone who has 
overstepped the boundaries of ac- 


cepted behavior. In traditional usage, 
the word expresses a strong sense of 
disgust, condemnation and outrage. 

Leo Rosten in The Joys of Yiddish 
defines chutzpah as "gall, brazen 
nerve, effrontery, incredible guts,' 
presumption plus arrogance such as 
no other word and no other language 
can do justice to." In this sense, 
chutzpah expresses both strong dis- 
approval and condemnation. In the 
same work, Rosten also defined the 
term as "that quality enshrined in a 
man who, having killed his mother 
and father, throws himself on the 
mercy of the court because he is an 


The Long Struggle 


Norman V o d i i o it i : r z 

Book Description 

Release date: September 11, 2007 

For almost half a century— as a magazine 
editor and as the author of numerous 
bestselling books and hundreds of articles- 
Norman Podhoretz has helped drive the 
central political and intellectual debates in 
this country. Now, in this beautifully written 
and powerfully argued book, he takes on the 
most controversial issue of our time— the 
war against the global network of terrorists 
that attacked us on 9/1 1. 

In World War IV, Podhoretz makes the 
first serious effort to set 9/11 itself, the 
battles that have followed it in Afghanistan 
and Iraq, and the war of ideas that it has 
provoked at home into a broad historical 
context. Through a brilliant telling of this 
epic story, Podhoretz shows that the global 
war against Islamofascism is as vital and 
necessary as the two world wars and the 
cold war ("World War III") by which it was 
preceded. He also lays out a compelling case 
in defense of the Bush Doctrine, contending 
that its new military strategy of preemption 
and its new political strategy of democrati- 
zation represent the only viable way to fight 


and win the special kind of war into which 
we were suddenly plunged. 

Different in certain respects though the 
Islamofascists are from their totalitarian 
predecessors, this new enemy is equally ded- 
icated to the destruction of the freedoms for 
which America stands and by which it lives. 
But it took the blatant aggression of 9/ 1 1 to 
make most Americans realize that war had 
long since been declared on us and that the 
time had come to fight back. Past adminis- 
trations, both Republican and Democratic, 
had failed to respond with appropriate force 
to attacks by Muslim terrorists on American 
citizens in various countries, and even the 
bombing of the World Trade Center in 1993 
was treated as a criminal act rather than an 
act of war. All this changed after 9/11, when 
the whole country rallied around President 
Bush's decision to bring the war to the ene- 
my's home ground in the Middle East. 

The successes and the setbacks that have 
followed are vividly portrayed by Podhoretz, 
who goes on to argue that, just as in the two 
great struggles against totalitarianism in 
the twentieth century, the key to victory in 
World War IV will be a willingness to en- 
dure occasional reverses without losing sight 
of what we are fighting against, what we are 
fighting for, and why we have to win. 

Norman B. Podhoretz born January 16, 1930 
is an American neoconservative pundit and 
writer for Commentary magazine. 

Early life 

The son of Julius and Helen ( Woliner) Pod- 
horetz, Jewish immigrants [4] from the Cen- 
tral European region of Galicia (now part of 
Poland, Podhoretz was born and raised in 
Brownsville, Brooklyn. Podhoretz's family 
was leftist, with his elder sister joining a 
Socialist youth movement. 

Podhoretz received Bachelor's Degrees from 
both Columbia University — where he stud- 
ied under Lionel Trilling — and the Jewish 
Theological Seminary. He later received a 
BA with first-class honors and an MA from 
the University of Cambridge. He also served 
in the United States Army (1953-1955) 
where he worked for the U.S. Army Security 

Podhoretz served as Commentary maga- 
zine's Editor-in-Chief from 1960 (when he 
replaced Elliot E. Cohen) until his retire- 
ment in 1995. Podhoretz remains Commen- 
tary's Editor-at-Large. In 1963, he wrote the 
influential essay "My Negro Problem — And 
Ours," in which he described the oppression 
he felt from African- Americans as a child, 
and concluded by calling for a color-blind 
society, and advocated "the wholesale merg- 
ing of the two races [as] the most desirable 
alternative for everyone concerned." 

From 1981 to 1987, Podhoretz was an 
adviser to the U.S. Information Agency. 
From 1995 to 2003, he was a senior fellow at 
the Hudson Institute. He was awarded the 
Presidential Medal of Freedom by George 
W. Bush in 2004. The award recognized 
Podhoretz's intellectual contributions as ed- 

itor-in-chief of Commentary magazine and 
as a senior fellow at the Hudson Institute. 

Norman Podhoretz was one of the original 
signatories of the "Statement of Principles" 
of the Project for the New American Cen- 
tury founded in 1997. An organization that 
sent a letter to President Clinton in 1998 
advocating the removal by force of Saddam 
Husein in Iraq. 

I ' ' I 


Str:ite«y, Fortes ;ind Resources 
For a \ew Century 

A Rep&ri of 

The Project for the Xew American Century 
September 2090 

* A 

Among original 25 signatories of 
REbuilding America's Defenses was: 
Norman Podhoretz 

Podhoretz received the Guardian of Zion 
Award from Bar-Ilan University on May 24, 

Podhoretz's 2009 book Why Are Jews 
Liberals? questions why American Jews for 
decades have been dependable Democrats, 
often supporting the party by margins of 
better than two -to -one, even in years of 
Republican landslides. 


News Home 
Top Stories 

Last Update: Saturday, May 6, 2006. 10:11am (AEST) ^ Print ^ Email 

Bush likens 'war on 
terror' to WWIII 

US President George W Bush has referred to the "war on terror" as 
"World War III" during a television interview. 

Mr Bush told the dN'BC television network the revolt of passengers 
on the hijacked flight 93 on September 11,2001, was the "first 
Mr Bush has described counter-attack to World War III". 

the fight against 

I fi rr ° ^p 71 33 W ° r ' ^ Wa r Sa ^ ^ e a £ ree< ^ ^ e description by David Beamer, whose son 

Todd died in the crash, in a Wall Street J ournal commentary last 
month the act was "our first successful counter-attack in our homeland in this new global war - 
World War III". 

Just In 












On the Jul. 13 edition of Fox News' The 
O'Reilly Factor, host Bill O'Reilly said 
"World War III ... I think we're in it." 

On the same day's edition of MSNBC's 
Tucker, a graphic read: "On the verge of 
World War III?" 

"CNN Headline News host Glenn Beck 
began his programme on Jul. 12 with a 
discussion with former CIA (Central In- 
telligence Agency) officer Robert Baer by 
saying 'We've got World War III to fight,' 
while also warning of 'the impending apoc- 
alypse,'" Media Matters for America noted. 

"Beck and Baer had a similar discussion on 
Jul. 13, in which Beck said: T absolutely 
know that we need to prepare ourselves for 
World War III. It is here.'" 

Back in May, even President George W. 
Bush made mention of World War III. Bush 
told the CNBC cable television network that 
the action taken by the passengers on the 
hijacked flight 93 on Sep. 11, 2001 was the 
"first counter-attack to World War III." 

Bush said that he agreed with the descrip- 

tion by David Beamer, whose son Todd died 
in the crash, in an April Wall Street Journal 
commentary that the act was "our first suc- 
cessful counter-attack in our homeland in 
this new global war — World War III." 

Hyping World War III isn't new to conser- 
vatives. Some have even argued that the 
real World War III was the Cold War against 
the Soviet Union, and that now the U.S. is 
engaged in World War IV. 

The Project for the New American Century 
(PNAC), a neoconservative think tank that 
in the late 1990s advocated regime change 
in Iraq and consistently promoted a mus- 
cular U.S. foreign policy, was one of the 
groups that used the term World War III to 
describe the Cold War. 

In April 2003, at a teach-in at the University 
of California, Los Angeles sponsored by 
Americans for Victory Over Terrorism, R. 
James Woolsey, a former CIA director and 
founding member of PNAC, told the audi- 
ence that "This fourth world war, I think, 
will last considerably longer than either 
World Wars I or II did for us; hopefully not 
the full four-plus decades of the Cold War." 


Woolsey pointed out that the religious rulers 
of Iran, the "fascists" of Iraq and Syria, and 
terrorist groups like al Qaeda were the main 
targets of the new war. 

But PNAC and Woolsey's labeling of the 
Cold War as World War III and the current 
war against terrorism World War IV may 
have been more a case of premature elo- 
cution than a precise reading of the times. 
That construct "might sell well inside the 
Beltway, but out in the countryside where 
the younger generation can't recall the Cold 
War it doesn't do much," John Stauber, the 
founder and executive director of the Centre 
for Media and Democracy and the author 
of the forthcoming book, "The Best War 
Ever," told IPS in an email. 

"The Cold War was the best thing that ever 
happened to American capitalism, and the 
collapse of the Soviet Union was a disaster 
for the Eisenhower-named military- industri- 
al complex," Stauber pointed out. 

"The strategists among the pro-war right 
jumped all over 9/11; an endless, secret, war 
against a foreign enemy bent on terrorism 
and acquiring weapons of mass destruction 
is an even better scenario for American 
militarists than the Cold War." 

ing," he said. "You've got to call it some- 
thing and five years after 9/11 with Osama 
[bin Laden] still roaming free and Iraq an 
American quagmire, and the Republican 
Party in danger of losing control of Con- 
gress, this ploy makes marketing sense." 

If the Republican Party brain-trust — read, 
Karl Rove — determines that labeling the 
Democrats "cut and runners," "weak on 
terrorism," or that they are incapable of 
understanding the reality of the dangerous 
world we live in, does not appear to be res- 
onating with voters, look out for World War 
III to be put in play. 

On the July 10 edition of Fox News' The 
Big Story, host John Gibson interviewed 
Michael Ledeen, resident scholar at the 
American Enterprise Institute (AEI), and 
said "some are calling the global war on 
terror something else, something more like 
World War III." But Ledeen responded that 
"it's more like World War IV because there 
was a Cold War, which was certainly a 
world war." 



"Calling it World War III is sound packag- 


History Commons 

About Timelines Blag Donate Volunteer 

Home Context of November 20, 2001: Neoconservative: US Must Realize It Is Involved in 'World War 

Context of 'November 20, 2001: Neoconservative: US Must Realize It 

Cohen asserts, and after the US destroys 
al-Qaeda and kills its leadership, including, 
presumably, Osama bin Laden, it must then 
engage in new battles. Cohen recommends 
that the US ally itself with secular democ- 
racies in the Muslim world, and actively 
target Islamic regimes that sponsor terror- 
ism, including Iraq (which he calls "the 
obvious candidate," as it "not only helped 
al-Qaeda, but attacked Americans directly. . . 
and developed weapons of mass destruc- 
tion"). After overthrowing the Iraqi regime, 
he counsels the US to "mobilize in earnest." 
[Wall Street Journal, 11/20/2001] 

Entity Tags: Eliot A. Cohen 

Timeline Tags: Neoconservative Influence, 
Domestic Propaganda, War in Afghanistan 
February 2002: Neoconservative: Bush 
Islamist terrorism. In agreement with other Must Attack Numerous Arab Nations to 
neoconservatives (see 1992, February 2002, 
April 3, 2003, and Spring 2007), Cohen 
says that World War III was the Cold War 
between the US and the Soviet Union. Like 
the Cold War, this "world war" against 
militant Islam "is, in fact, global;. . . will 
involve a mixture of violent and nonvio- 
lent efforts;. . . will require mobilization of 
skill, expertise and resources, if not of vast 
numbers of soldiers;. . . may go on for a long 
time; and. . . has ideological roots." Afghan- 
istan is "just one front in World War IV," 

Is Involved in 'World War IV 

November 20, 2001: Neoconservative: US 
Must Realize It Is Involved in 'World War 

Neoconservative professor Eliot Cohen 
writes that the Afghan war is misnamed. 
It should be, he says, the latest salvo in 
"World War IV," the US-led fight against 


History Commons 

About Timelines BLog Donate 


Home =■> Context of February 2002: Neoconservative: Bush Must Attack Numerous Arab Nations to 
Fi^ht, Win 'World War IV against Terrorism 

Context of "February 2002: Neoconservative: Bush Must Attack 
Numerous Arab Nations to Fight, Win 'World War IV against 

culture on the defeated" Islamic world. 

The 9/11 attacks caused the US to destroy 
the Afghan Taliban in the process of battling 
al-Qaeda, Podhoretz writes: "We may 
willy-nilly find ourselves forced. . . to topple 
five or six or seven more tyrannies in the 
Islamic world (including that other sponsor 
of terrorism, Yasir Arafat's Palestinian Au- 
thority). I can even [imagine] the turmoil of 
this war leading to some new species of an 
imperial mission for America, whose pur- 
pose would be to oversee the emergence of 
successor governments in the region more 
amenable to reform and modernization than 
the despotisms now in place.. . . I can also 
envisage the establishment of some kind of 
American protectorate over the oil fields of 
Saudi Arabia, as we more and more come 
to wonder why 7,000 princes should go on 
being permitted to exert so much leverage 
over us and everyone else." A year later, 
conservative pundit Pat Buchanan will ex- 
plain why Podhoretz wants to so drastically 
remake the map of the Middle East: "[0]ne 
nation, one leader, one party. Israel, [Ariel] 
Sharon, Likud." [Commentary, 2/2002; 
American Conservative, 3/24/2003] 
Entity Tags: George W. Bush, Colin Powell, 
Ariel Sharon, Likud, Patrick Buchanan, 
Taliban, Norman Podhoretz, Al-Qaeda 

Fight, Win 'World War IV against Terror- 

Norman Podhoretz, the editor of the neo- 
conservative magazine Commentary, writes 
a call to arms called "How to Win World 
War IV." For Podhoretz, the US has already 
won World War III— the Cold War with the 
Soviet Union. Now, he asserts, it is time to 
win the war against Islamist terrorism. The 
US must embrace this war against civiliza- 
tions, and President Bush must accept that it 
is his mission "to fight World War IV — the 
war against militant Islam." To win this war, 
Podhoretz writes, the nations of Iraq, Iran, 
and North Korea must be overthrown, but 
also Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Saudi Arabia, 
Egypt, and the Palestinian Authority. Bush 
must reject the "timorous counsels" of the 
"incorrigibly cautious Colin Powell [and] 
find the stomach to impose a new political 


History Commons 

About Timelines BLog Donate Volunteer 

September 2000: Neoconservative Think Tank Writes 
'Blueprint' for 'Global Pax Americana' 

The neoconservative think tank Proj- 
ect for the New American Century 
writes a "blueprint" for the "creation 
of a global Pax Americana" (see 
June 3, 1997). The document, titled 
Rebuilding Americas Defenses: Strat- 
egies, Forces and Resources for a New 
Century, was written for the George 
W. Bush team even before the 2000 
presidential election. It was written for 
future Vice President Cheney, future 
Defense Secretary Rumsfeld, future 
Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wol- 
fowitz, Florida Governor and Bush's 
brother Jeb Bush, and Cheneys future 
chief of staff Lewis Libby. [Project for 
the New American Century, 9/2000, pp. iv and 51 pdf file] 

+You Search 

Images Maps Play YouTube Gmail Drive Calendar Translate 1 


rebuilding america's defenses 

Web Images Maps Videos More » Search tools 

About 586.000 results (0.25 seconds) 

[pdfi Rebuilding America's Defenses - the Project far the New Americ... 
www. newameri can century org/RebuildingAmericasDefenses pdf 

File Format: PDF/Adobe Acrobat - Quick View 

REBUILDING. AMERICA'S. DEFENSES. Strategy, Forces and Resources. For a New 
Century'', A Report of. The Project for the New American Century ... 

Psopls involved in ths 2000 PNAC rsport (From top 
Is Ft): Vies Prssidsnt Chsnsy, Florida Governor Jsb 
Bush r Dsfsnss Sscrstary Rumsfsld r Dsputy DsFsnss 
Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, Chens/ Chief oF StaFF I. 
Lewis Libby r Undersecretary of State John Bolton r 
Undersecretary of Defense Dov Zakheim f and author 
Eliot Cohen. [Source: Public domain] 





Strategy, Forces and Resources 
For a New Century 

A Report of 

The Project for the New American Century 
September 2000 

1. L >D. d,l*gi-^l^J5t)f«{PStnptfii 2.dDt?t**4a[^ 

la Q \£ u ED * A r 

Rebuilding America s Defenses: Sf rafter. Farces ami Resources far & New Century 

policy goals and would trouble Americ an 

Further, the process of transformation, 
even if it brings revolutionary change, is 
likely to be a long one, absent some 
catastrophic and catalyzing event like a 
new Pearl Harbor. Domestic politics and 
industrial policy will shape the pace and 
content of trans forma lion as much as I he 

tv* ni i m-piii pii tc t \i ^mrp-nt inietirttic A 

■■■■international commons" be a key to 
world power in the future. An 
America incapable of pro letting its 
interests or thai of its allies in space 
or the hi info sphere" will find it 
difficult to exert global political 

Pursuing a two -stage strategy for of 
transforming convent ion a I forces. In 

Further, the process of transformation, even if it brings revolu- 
tionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastroph- 
ic and catalyzing event - like a new Pearl Harbor. 



>in Prime Today's Deals Gift Cards Sell Help 

Shop by 

Search Books |~*~[ 
Books Advanced Search New Releases Bestsellers Ttie New York Times© Best Sellers Children's Bonks Textbooks 



Solving 9-1 1 : The Deception that Changed the World 


Christopher Lee Bollyn (Author) 

A A A A & 0 f 2Q customer reviews ^ 

Price: $24.99 & FREE Shipping on orders over $25. Details 
In Stock. 

Ships from and sold Gift-wrap available. 
19 new from t!7.35 6 used from $21.66 

Bmkshetf Books up to 50% Off 

Favorites Browse our Bookshelf Favorites store each month for big 

savings on popular fiction, nonfiction, children's books, and 

Solving 9-11: 

The Deception That Changed The World by Christopher Bollyn 

Trade Center - crucial evidence. Chertoff 
went on to head the Department of Home- 
land Security, where he continued to control 
access to the evidence through the Sensitive 
Security Information (SSI) program. 
The FBI, for example, under the command 
of the Israeli dual-national Michael Cher- 
toff, is responsible for the confiscation of 
the crucial evidence from 9-11, evidence 
which has been withheld to this day This 
evidence includes video tapes of the Pen- 
tagon attack and physical pieces from the 
different aircraft involved. This evidence is 
critical to prove what happened and which 
aircraft were involved in the attacks - but 
the FBI has refused to release this evidence. 
Neither President George W. Bush nor the 
U.S. Congress has demanded that they do 
so. The destruction and suppression of 
crucial evidence from 9-11 and the lack of 
a real investigation indicate that a culture of 
corruption and lack of transparency exist at 

f, then Asst. Attorney Gen- 
eral, oversaw the non- investigation of 9-1 1 
and destruction of the steel from the World 

and destruction of the steel from the World all levels of government. 


- The BBC reporter 
and eyewitness to the 
destruction of the 
World Trade Center 
on 9-1 1. When Evans 
went on BBC televi- 
sion shortly after the 

collapses all he talked about was the "series 
of explosions" he had witnessed. The pro- 
ducers in London were clearly not interested 
in discussing that subject. How did the BBC 
editors know that explosions were some- 
thing that should not be discussed? Why did 
they censor Evans' eyewitness account? 

OF 9-11 

On 9-1 1, an agency of the Department 
of Defense and the CIA was conducting 
a terror scenario in which an imaginary 
airplane from Washington's Dulles Interna- 
tional Airport was to crash into one of the 
four towers of the suburban campus of the 
National Reconnaissance Office (NRO) in 
Chantilly, Virginia, just a few miles from the 



These were 
I the military 
radar systems 
and personnel 
who were contused on 9-11 because of the 
Vigilant Guardian simulation. Did Osama 
bin Laden, in a cave in Afghanistan, and the 
nineteen flight school drop outs know about 
the simulation and 

hack into the military's computer systems 
and manipulate the radar systems in order 
to increase the confusion? The real perpetra- 
tors of 9- 11 did. 

The dependence of the U.S. government and 
military on computer systems, which run on 
software provided by outside vendors, is the 
Achilles' heel of the world's most powerful 
nation. 9-11 was a computer crime. Apart 
from being a monstrous crime of mass 
murder and false flag terrorism, 9-11 was 
also a sophisticated computer crime, carried 
out through long-term foreign infiltration of 
the most sensitive U.S. military and govern- 
ment computer networks. This infiltration, 
carried out by a foreign intelligence agency, 
gave the perpetrators of 9-11 "real-time" 
access to all the data on the computers of the 
U.S. government and military. On 9-11, this 
"super-user" access to the data of the most 
critical government computer networks 
gave the terrorists the ability to thwart the 
military response to the emergency as it 

Indira Singh, a senior 
risk and IT consultant 
with JP Morgan Chase 
on 9-11, is described as 
a "whistle-blower" be- 
cause of her revelations 
about Ptech's involvement with the critical 
computer systems that failed on 9-11. "Ptech 
was with MITRE Corporation in the base- 
ment of the FAA for two years prior to 9/11," 
When I turned my at- 
tention to Ptech, I soon 
discovered that the real 
key person involved in 
the development of the 
company was a Zionist 

Jewish lawyer named Michael Goff from 
Worcester, Massachusetts. Goff also worked 
for an Israeli- run computer security com- 
pany called Guardium. This confirmed my 
suspicion that Ptech was probably an Arab 
"cut out" controlled by the Mossad, and that 
Goff was their point man in Ptech. 


Christopher Belly n 

jKjmyliste San* FryMierps 

The Zionists Who Gained from 9-11 - June 19, 2002 

Who benefitted when the World Trade Center towers collapsed? Who controlled access 
to the complex prior to 9-11? These burning questions continue to be ignored by the 
mainstream media. 

Larry Silverstein, lease-holder of the World Trade Center, and Lewis Eisenberg, the 
man who negotiated the lease, are key supporters of Israel who have both held high 
positions in the largest Israeli fund-raising institution in the United States. 

Silverstein and his Australian-Israeli partner, Frank Lowy, are the real estate develo- 
pers who obtained 99-year leases on the rental and retail spaces of the World Trade 
Center shortly before the catastrophe of 9-11. Although their leased property is de- 
stroyed, the leaseholders themselves stand to gain billions of dollars from insurance. 

Eisenberg, the former chairman of the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, 
personally arranged the privatization of the World Trade Center property and oversaw 
the negotiations that delivered the leases into the private hands of Silverstein and 
Lowy. Eisenberg was recently appointed finance chairman of the Republican National 

How did these well-known supporters of Israel come to control the property? What 
actually caused the buildings to collapse? There are two schools of thought. 

There is the "official" theory that hijacked planes crashed into the towers and the 
subsequent fuel fires caused the twin towers to fall. 

The second theory, however, argues that other devices, such as explosive charges, 
were used to collapse the towers in a kind of controlled demolition for which the pla- 
nes provided a useful distraction. 


Burton FriGd Several years ago, I contacted Burton Fried, president of LVI 

f . . Services, Inc., a demolition company that reportedly had done 

Or LVI extensive "asbestos abatement" work in the twin towers. 

I considered LVI's work in the twin towers as suspicious be- 
cause the company is primarily known for asbestos abate- 
ment and preparing structures for demolition. 

LVI has done millions of dollars of research and development 
for the U.S. Department of Defense. 

In 2000, for example, shows that LVI Group, Inc. received $3,246 
million worth of contracts with the U.S. Army, of which $2,967 million was for "App- 
lied Research and Exploratory Development." It should be noted that the military is 
the main user and developer of super-thermite. 

ASBESTOS ABATEMENT OR DEMOLITION? - LVI Services, a company that pro- 
vides "total turnkey demolition services," did extensive asbestos abatement work in 
the World Trade Center prior to 9-1 1. Workers like these would have been needed to 
apply the explosive coating of nano-thermite to the undersides of the floorpans and 
other surfaces of the Twin Towers. In 201 1, LVI was taken over and Burton Fried, age 
71, was ousted. The new president and C.E.O. of LVI services is Scott E. State. State 
is the former chairman and CEO of MACTEC, Inc., an Atlanta-based engineering, 
environmental, and construction services firm that was recently taken over by another 
9-11 insider, AMEC. AMEC 

91 i Truth Researcher Christopher 

is the British engineering 
company - closely tied to BP's 
(formerly British Petroleum) oil Tbis sll(nv 
extraction operations and the 
financier N.M. Rothschild & 
Sons - that played a key role in 
the 9-11 clean-up. 

AMEC also happens to be the 
London-based company that 
did the construction work on 
the section of the Pentagon that 
was destroyed in the 9-11. 

vas originally broadcasl on September 1. 2009. 

II \i> nuv archived here — Ut>e Player 

Coming up Tuesday at 9:00 am Pjirifi*- - 12:00 \non F.sstern - lfi:00 WfT 

"THE keyin Barrett show- 

Tuesday Hear a Live lutevrieu with 9 II Truth 




News Front Page 

Ycu are in: South Asia 

Thursday, 13 July, 2002,. 09:15 GMT 10:15 UK 

Bin Laden 'probably' dead 

Middle East 
South Asia| 

Science/ Nature 

Technology There are diFFerent 


Talking Point 

The US Federal Bureau of Investigation's 
counter- terrorism chief, Dale Watson, says he 



► Full coverage 

Key stories 

► Hunting an Iraqi link 

► Guantanamo update 

European probe 

► Spanish swoop 

► Italy on alert 

► Hamburg connection 

► Europe's al-Qaeda hunt 


► Al-Qaeda battle update 

► Who's who in al-Qaeda 

thinks Osama bin Laden is "probably" dead 
Thursday, 18 July, 2002, 09:15 GMT 10:15 UK 

The US Federal Bureau of Investigation's counter-terrorism chief, Dale Watson, says 
he thinks Osama bin Laden is "probably" dead. 




Ycu are in: Middle East 

News Front Page Sunday, 23 September, 2001, 12:30 GMT 13:30 UK 

*^F\-Mmfr H U ac k 'suspects' alive and 



Middle East| 
South Asia 

Science/ Nature 

T .a I Linn Pninf- 

A man called Wateed Al Shehri says he leFt the US a 
year ago 


► Uneasy peace 

► Afghan army test 

► Looking ahead 

► Aid shortfall 

► Unfulfilled dreams 

Political uncertainty 

► Karzai's shaky rule 

► Al-Qaeda threat? 

► Qadir's assassination 

► Loya jirga assessed 

Sunday, 23 September, 2001, 12:30 GMT 13:30 UK 

Another of the men named by the FBI as a hijacker in the suicide attacks on Wash- 
ington and New York has turned up alive and well. 

The identities of four of the 19 suspects accused of having carried out the attacks are 
now in doubt. 


Video of Osama bin Ladens dead body being dropped into the 
North Arabian Sea from the USS Carl Vinson early this morn- 
ing could be made public, according to officials. 

The 40-minute ceremony, and perhaps photos of his corpse, 
will be released "cautiously," according to The Associated Press, 
citing two Pentagon officials. 

The world's most notorious terrorist did not receive a custom- 
ary Islamic burial as he was slipped into the North Arabian 
Sea today when no others countries would accept his body, 
according to experts in Muslim funeral rites. 

"Dumping the body into the sea is not part of any Islamic 
ritual," said Dr. Zuhdi Jasser, president of the American Islamic 
Forum for Democracy and a physician of internal medicine. 
"Koranic scripture says God created him and he must return to 
the earth." 

U.S. officials told ABC News that the last thing they wanted was 
to create a burial place which could become a terrorist shrine. 
To avoid that, bin Laden was buried at sea. 




E Change 



The Obama-Hitler- Lenin billboard of the North Iowa Tea Party was papered over one day 
after it was posted. Did it get too close to the truth? 

Christopher Bollyn 

Journal iste Sans Frontieres 

so quickly Obama, Hitler, and Lenin were 
all initially financed by Rothschild money If 
we look at the historical record, we can clear- 
ly see that all three leaders were originally 
puppets of the House of Rothschild. 

Is the Obama-Hitler Billboard 


June 15, 2010 

"If the people only understood the rank 
injustice of our money and banking system, 
there would be a revolution before morning." 
- U.S. President Andrew Jackson, 1829 

A controversial billboard comparing the 
"change" of U.S. President Barack Obama 
with Adolf Hitler and Vladimir Lenin raised 
a few eyebrows before it was papered over 
one day after it appeared in Mason City, 
Iowa. The billboard suggests that Obama is 
a radical socialist leader similar to Hitler and 
Lenin. This is, in fact, a true comparison, 
which is probably why it was papered over 



There is no need to exaggerate the part 
played in the creating of Bolshevism and 
in the actual bringing about of the Russian 
Revolution by these international and for 
the most part atheistic Jews. It is certainly 
the very great one; it probably outweighs all 
others. With the notable exception of Lenin, 
the majority of the leading figures are Jews. 
Moreover, the principal inspiration and driv- 
ing power comes from the Jewish leaders... 
- Winston Churchill, "Zionism versus 
Bolshevism: A Struggle for the Soul of the 
Jewish People", Illustrated Sunday Herald, 
London, February 8, 1920 

Leon Trotsky was given $20 million in Jacob 
Schiff gold to help finance the revolution, 
which was deposited in a Warburg bank, 
then transferred to the Nya Banken (The 
New Bank) in Stockholm, Sweden. Accord- 
ing to the Knickerbocker Column in the 
New York Journal American on February 
3, 1949: "Today it is estimated by Jacob's 
grandson, John Schiff, that the old man sank 
about $20,000,000 for the final triumph of 
Bolshevism in Russia." 

In October, 1917 when the Revolution 
started, Lenin, who was in Switzerland, 
negotiated with the German High Com- 
mand with the help of Max Warburg (head 
of the Rothschild- affiliated Warburg bank 
in Frankfurt) to allow him, his wife, and 32 
other Bolsheviks to travel across Germany to 
Sweden, where he was to pick up the money 
being held for him in the Swedish bank, then 
go on to Petrograd. He promised to make 
peace with Germany if he was able to over- 
throw the new Russian government. 

He was put in a sealed railway car with over 
$5 million in gold from the German gov- 
ernment and upon reaching Petrograd, was 
joined by Stalin and Trotsky. He told the 

people that he could no longer work within 
the government to effect change, that they 
had to strike immediately in force to end the 
war, and end the hunger conditions of the 
peasants. His war cry was: "All power to the 

The Rothschilds, through Milner, planned 
the Russian Revolution, and along with 
Schiff (who gave $20 million), Sir George 
Buchanan, the Warburgs, the Rockefellers, 
the partners of J.P. Morgan (who gave at 
least $1 million), Olaf Aschberg (of the New 
Bank of Stockholm, Sweden), the Rhine 
Westphalian Syndicate, a financier named 
Jovotovsky (whose daughter later married 
Leon Trotsky), William Boyce Thompson (a 
director of Chase National Bank who con- 
tributed $1 million), and Albert H. Wiggin 
(President of Chase National Bank), helped 
finance it. 


Heny Makow has written several in-depth 
articles on the Rothschild connections to the 
socialist movements in Russia and Germany. 
Makow asks, "Why would the [Rothschild] 
financial elite also want to destroy Russia, 
which they created?" 


C. G. Rakovsky 

The transcript of the 1938 NKVD interroga- 
tion of C.G. Rakowsky (a.k.a Chaim Rake- 
over) provides the answer. Rakowsky was 
an intimate of Trotsky's and former Soviet 
ambassador to Paris. 

Rothschild's agent Leon Trotsky was sup- 
posed to succeed Lenin but got sick at the 
critical moment. Stalin was able to assume 
power and divert Russia from Rothschild 

In order to control Stalin, international 
finance was forced to build up Hitler and the 
Nazi party. Rakowsky confirms that Jewish 
financiers backed the Nazis although Hitler 
was not aware of this. 

"The ambassador Warburg presented himself 
under a false name and Hitler did not even 
guess his race... he also lied regarding whose 
representative he was... Our aim was to pro- 
voke a war and Hitler was war... [the Nazis] 
received... millions of dollars sent to it from 
Wall Street, and millions of Marks from Ger- 
man financiers through [Hjalmar] Schacht; 
[providing] the upkeep of the S.A and the 
S.S. and also the financing of the elections..." 

Unfortunately for the bankers, Hitler also 
proved intractable. He started to print his 
own money! 

"He took over for himself the privilege of 
manufacturing money and not only physi- 
cal moneys, but also financial ones; he took 
over the untouched machinery of falsifi- 
cation and put it to work for the benefit of 
the state... Are you capable of imagining 
what would have come ...if it had infected a 
number of other states and brought about 
the creation of a period of autarchy [absolute 
rule, replacing that of the bankers]. If you 
can, then imagine its counterrevolutionary 

Hitler had become a bigger threat than 
Stalin, who had not meddled with money. 
Rakovsky's present mission was to convince 
Stalin to make a pact with Hitler and turn 
Hitler's aggression against the West. The 
purpose was for Germany and the Western 
nations to exhaust each other before another 
front was opened in the East. 

The "Revolutionary Movement" was an 

attempt by Meyer Rothschild and his allies to 
protect and extend this monopoly by estab- 
lishing a totalitarian New World Order. 

According to Rakovsky, "The Rothschilds 
were not the treasurers, but the chiefs of 
that first secret Communism... Marx and the 
highest chiefs of the First International ... 
were controlled by Baron Lionel Rothschild, 
[1808-1878] whose revolutionary portrait 
was done by Disraeli the English Premier, 
who was also his creature, and has been left 
to us [in Disraeli's novel 'Coningsby.']" 

Lionel's son Nathaniel (1840-1915) need- 
ed to overthrow the Christian Romanoff 
Dynasty. Through his agents Jacob Schiff 
and the Warburg brothers, he financed the 
Japanese side in the Russo Japanese War, 
and an unsuccessful insurrection in Moscow 
in 1905. Then he instigated the First World 
War (Trotsky was behind the murder of 
Archduke Ferdinand) and financed the 1917 
Bolshevik Revolution. Rakovsky says he was 
personally involved in the transfer of funds 
in Stockholm. 

1918.) This was not the Rothschild's plan. 

The Jewish labour movement or "bund" was 
Rothschild's instrument. The Bund's "secret 
faction" infiltrated all the socialist parties in 
Russia and provided the leadership for the 
Russian Revolution. Alexander Kerensky, 
the Menshevik Prime Minister was a secret 

Leon Trotsky was supposed to become the 
leader of the USSR. Trotsky, a Jew, married 
the daughter of one of Rothschild's closest 
associates, banker Abram Zhivotovsky and 
became part of the "clan." 

Unfortunately "national" Communists like 
Lenin (one-quarter Jewish) got in the way. 
Lenin overruled Trotsky and made peace 
with Germany (Treaty of Brest Litovsk, 

is the om 

World War One was supposed to end the 
way the Second World War did. Russia was 
supposed to overrun Germany in 1918 and 
assist local "revolutionaries" in establishing a 
"peoples' republic." 

Trotsky was responsible for an attempt to as- 
sassinate Lenin in 1918 but Lenin survived. 
When Lenin had a stroke in 1922, Trotsky 
had Levin, Lenin's Jewish doctor, finish him 

At this critical moment, the unexpected hap- 
pened. Trotsky got sick and Stalin was able 
to take power. At this crucial juncture, the 
Trotskyites pretended to support Stalin and 
infiltrated his regime in order to sabotage it... 


On the eve of his historic nomination, 

a look at why some Jews love him and 
some don't trust him; and at the key 
role Chicago Jews played in getting 
him to where he is 

The fact that Obama is the product of a 
network of wealthy Jewish financiers is cer- 
tainly no secret to the Jews. This is the cover 
of the Chicago Jewish News of October 24, 


President Obama was cultivated and created 
as a candidate since the early 1990s by Jewish 
capital to serve Zionist interests, some- 
thing I have written a great deal about. It is 
remarkable that this controversial billboard 
appeared in Iowa, the same state where the 
dark horse candidate Obama came from 
behind to win - after the rigged caucus in 
which the caucus votes were tallied tele- 
phonically by Voxeo, a company connected 
to Israeli military intelligence. 

A recent Israeli interview with President 
Obama shows his Zionist colors well: 

YONIT LEVI: Now, I must ask you this, Mr. 
President, there are people in Israel who are 
anxious about you and who, you know, I'm 
quoting their sentiments, feel like you don't 

quoting tneir sentiments, reel like you aont 

have a special connection to Israel. How do 
you respond to that? 

OBAMA: Well, it's interesting. This is the 
thing that actually surfaced even before I was 
elected President, in some of the talk that 
was circulating within the Jewish Ameri- 
can community. Ironically, I've got a Chief 
of Staff named Rahm Israel Emanuel. My 
top political advisor is somebody who is 
a descendent of Holocaust survivors. My 
closeness to the Jewish American commu- 
nity was probably what propelled me to the 
U.S. Senate. And my not just knowledge but 
sympathy and identification with the Jewish 
experience is rooted in part because of the 
historic connection between the African 
American freedom movement here in the 
United States and the civil rights efforts of 
Jewish Americans and some of the same 
impulses that led to the creation of Israel... 

YONIT LEVI: So that fear, the tangible fear 
that some Israelis have that their best ally in 
the world might abandon them is — 

OBAMA: Well, it's pretty hard to square 
with the fact that not only have I in every 
speech that I've ever given talked about 
the unbreakable bond to Israel, not only 
did I describe that special relationship and 
condemn those who would try to drive a rift 
between us in Cairo in front of a Muslim au- 
dience, but if you look at our actions — and 
Prime Minister Netanyahu will confirm this, 
and even critics I think will have to confirm 
that the United States under my administra- 
tion has provided more security assistance 
to Israel than any administration in history. 
And we've got greater security cooperation 
between our two countries than at any time 
in our history. And the single most import- 
ant threat to Israel — Iran, and its potential 
possession of a nuclear weapon — has been 
my number one foreign policy priority over 

the course of the last 18 months. 

So it's hard to, I think, look at that track 
record and look at my public statements and 
in any way think that my passions for Israel's 
survival, its security, and its people are in any 
way diminished. 


Barack Obama Interview by Israeli TV, 7 July 
2010 article 1 66263 . 

Bollyn, Christopher, "ELRON - VOXEO: The 
Israeli Defense Firm That Tallies the Iowa 
Caucus", December 31, 2007 

Bollyn, Christopher, "Who Runs the Obama 
White House", November 2008 
http://www.bollyn.eom/l 1305 

Bollyn, Christopher, "Afghanistan - Obama's 
War for Israel", July 2010 

Bollyn, Christopher, "Obama's Deception - 
9-11 and Afghanistan", June 5, 2009 
tion-9- 1 1 -and-afghanistan 

Bollyn, Christopher, "Obama and the Jews", 
April 21, 2009 

Makow, Henry, "Rothschilds Conduct 'Red 
Symphony'", November 9, 2003 

War", March 21, 2004 

Rivera, David, "Lenin, Trotsky and the 
Bolshevik Revolution", Final Warning: A 
History of the New World Order Illuminism 
and the master plan for world domination, 

http : / / www. mo dernhistoryproj ect . org/ mhp/ 

Yearwood, Pauline Dubkin, "Obama and the 
Jews," Chicago Jewish News, October 24, 

http : / / www. chicagoj e wishne ws . com/ story. 
htm?id=2522 1 8&sid=2 1 2226 

Makow, Henry, " Hitler Didn't Want World 


£ B-|K| 

^ v 


L Ckie-iLiruiiK-b flf PL-r KM t-rijf Cfcipi 

par f kj^pc vw ixtkd us all ai^» <hni % m\lm. cai 
Vrlrd .Ha. wni?tm af [be rkipi ->n pnfvrard to nin3 fin 
■ jiiJiiii' -L'f itr ■. u-J I u J<taiiK 4ic rLhoiinfei! ud 

prop «f pndH. gfcuf j -Kanmv rtrcDMi marac?* 

[>r.?Ji .nEaxri 1 nxdzEr.r scuta p enn Lhr imipLr p m 
lw ma qi &r Sc EUf r Uul ft* rrJ lnvr tA fcr pj-ti: In, Ijl 

v«ry bfi^iJ- r-cf»at nu»d frr j -Jifhi >:-zunolia:<i of 
thMi* utter 4* decQcfl lean, tnrtcjr n fetitrrfv jxor 

<fiqdee*t*V flf fcr red Li.n (wr EWmucn vrin) Tar 

Htt. auie dwm Ac- r«d Lkw dufctr dun dit trw bycr 


^ Scholars for 

9/11 Truth & Justice 


Niels H. Harrit 

Active Thermitic Material Discovered in Dust from the 9/11 World Trade Center Cata- 

By Steven E. Jones, Jeffrey Farrer, Niels H. Harrit, Kevin R. Ryan, Frank M. Legge, 
Daniel Farnsworth, Gregg Roberts, James R. Gourley and Bradley R. Larsen 

The Open Chemical Physics Journal, 2009, 2, 7-31 

Topic: Principal Alternative Theories of the Attack: The Destruction of the World Trade 

i i-b'i * r.. ; 'm ■ - - r ■ r fc "c i >»»v.i M , »> *-E. 'c 1 ■■ ■ it:-* j-'f-'m ■ - - r ■ ■■.-«: 

9/11 - 2/1/2006 BYU Professor Steven E Jones WTC Lecture UVSC 

BYU Physics professor Steven E Jones presents his presentation on the collapse of 
WTC Buildings 1,2, and 7 on 9/11. 

A very informative and scientific presentation that raises serious questions about the 
official account of the collapse of the World Trade Center Towers and Building 7. 



B'nai B rith 

FiC*rt fA*lp$*a. ttif Art* trip t*op*»a 

R'n.iL R'rilh Iflt^ i=-j .- 
n-.wirii- ftfr.nti brrfr/ Htbrtw 'al 
jvn "Swii cfttit dhfnjnt') it Hit 
oWfrft cantirujally cpa/King J*wih 

Service CiQBr rfl!"Cn in th* ViWlU * 13 
k-jnd«d m r li • • Vqpik Cfty L> H«frry 
Jnnrc and 11 nLnws on Oclcdwi 13 

Hi . i, rl il 'i . -iigugiid in a v.irtn vpnOly 
ri cammunrly and wtfai* 
ttfoiifrt including rh* r><HttAhan cA 
Jtann flchii and Eh* Halt t&mi 
sss'Elmg houpfi^f md wbnu of nKu-ji 
fl>f uteri Mwftg idwJtrahip* tn 
Ja-Min ?eii«j* tiud*nt3 *p«inirmg 

IflnwhComtf tamp bgirsmg and 
qppcriinH .inh S' tlwuunh it 1 ; 
Cnnln far Human ftqjhl-. and Punhr: 
Policy i1? WWi nMrty 1 00 OflO m*nit*ri 
*nti syppcfltfri B'nai D'rilh 
I iiLfn national reachi* rooia than 50 
cfltnlnet iraunrj iht tf-nrid 10 msreafja 

B'nai B'rith International 
("Sons of the Covenant") 
is the oldest continually 
operating Jewish service 
organization in the world. 

It was founded in New York 
City by Henry Jones and 
11 others on October 13, 


fftHTOMLlDQ Of LOdfffi* *H K Drill- 

TTfHi— The lUtUitifct— Tca*U 

Tarn bta nil ltd dwiai iflffifl Iwmtf jtin , In 
i nr sJsr* ■ iKnt orgiBtmUoJi . It li *fl AmocIj- 
twuvt lis It-rp-tlLt**, Kbllh BHU liHn^qhe- 
fflftiijflf ifa«efctf]ii>blc of Up*1f aatnVtf *nd fifae 
»kwi *f 4 mijortij of Ibed^ In reUxJan 
19 tb* nunc/ of ihi dlar-Kba*. 
lLqd of iliflr Ttiti tf^tftf bit ddriac tbt 
jierlcul ff 3t* BititrikCc E?ttE#Ofed lt» wjii En qgjltl- 
UVIp J I D>1P HOTlVfl i itci n nvm "duV CIJXUBtmACBl 

tun now bravtt III lawito to lbt imftee.aa 

B'nai B'rith - The Secret Society of Jews 

The first Chicago newspaper report from 
the 1860s that revealed that a secret 
organization of "Israelites" had existed in 
Chicago for some 20 years. 

B'nai B'rith was instrumental in gaining 
U.S. support for the nascent Zionist state 
of Israel in the late 1940s. 

The Jewish secret society of Freemasons 
used President Harry Truman's friend 
- and their agent - Eddie Jacobson of 
Kansas City (standing behind Truman) in 
off-the-record meetings in the Oval Office 
to persuade the president to approve the 
Zionist land grab known as the 1947 U.N. 
Partition Plan of Palestine and then to 
recognize the state of Israel the next year 
following the Zionist ethnic cleansing of 
nearly 400 Palestinian villages and towns. 


On thr m of him hiUnric n umim tio n , 
j. look At why wme }cwi low Mm md 
umi don't cruit huii; and at Oil kxy 
■via Chicago played In ftirlnj 
Wm IQ nl'rfr fit h 

Barack Obama has been created as a poli- 
tical candidate since 1992 by David Axelrod 
and Bettylu Saltzman, the daughter of Philip 
M. Klutznick, the former head of B'nai B'rith 
International, the supreme body of the B'nai 

This is the secret society of Zionist Jews that 
controls the White House and the policies of 
the U.S. government. 

Many of the Jewish media moguls are members of the secret organization of Freema- 
sons, the International Order of B'nai B'rith. 

Philip Morris Klutznick, the man who made Obama president, was the international 
president of B'nai B'rith. The Sulzberger family who owns the New York Times was 
one of the founding families of Lodge No. 1 of the B'nai B'rith, which was started in 
New York City in 1843. It is through this secret society, which is closed to all non- 
Jews, that the media moguls and Jewish financiers are able to conspire against the 
American people while living among them. 

The B'nai B'rith also started the Anti-Defamation League (ADL) in the early 1900s. 
The ADL is an organization that protects the Jewish criminal network by attacking 
those who expose their crimes. The ADL has infiltrated police departments across the 
United States. 

The B'nai B'rith also runs Hillel, an organization for promoting the Zionist agenda at 
every college campus in the United States. 

Through their organizations like the ADL and Hillel, the secretive Elders of Zion of the 
B'nai B'rith are able to push their agenda into every community and college campus 
in America. The Protocols of the Elders of Zion is certainly not a "hoary fake", and is 
most likely the protocols from a meeting of the leaders of the B'nai B'rith. 


History Commons 

September 1980: Iraq Invades Iran; 

Start of Iran-Iraq War 
Iraq invades Iran, officially beginning a 
nine -year war between those two coun- 
tries, though Iraq insists that Iran has been 
launching artillery attacks against Iraqi 
targets since September 4. The United States 
will provide covert military support to both 
Iran and Iraq during the war. 

June 7, 1981: Iraqi Nuclear Facility 

Obliterated by Israel 

On the order of Prime Minister Menachem 
Begin and after heated debate among Israeli 
leaders, Israeli warplanes strike the Osirak 
(also spelled Osiraq) Tammuz I nuclear 
plant at al-Tuwaitha near Baghdad, destroy- 
ing it and dealing a severe setback to Iraq's 
nuclear program. 

1981-1988: Reagan Administration 
Gives Covert Support to Iraq Against 

The Reagan administration provides covert 
support to Iraq in an effort to prevent Iran 
from overrunning the oil-rich states of the 
Persian Gulf. 

December 20, 1983: Rumsfeld Meets 
with Hussein, Promises US Support 
US Special Envoy Donald Rumsfeld — for- 
merly the Secretary of Defense and now 
the CEO of the pharmaceutical company, 
GD Searle and Co. — personally meets 
with Saddam Hussein for 90 minutes in an 
attempt to reestablish diplomatic relations 
with Iraq. Rumsfeld also discusses US in- 
terest in the construction of the Iraq- Jordan 
Aqaba oil pipeline 

April 27, 1987: Neoconservative 
Scholars Call on Reagan to Increase 
US Support for Iraq 

Neoconservative academics and authors 
Laurie Mylroie and Daniel Pipes write an 
article for the New Republic entitled "Back 
Iraq: Time for a US Tilt in the Mideast." 
Mylroie and Pipes argue that the US must 
publicly embrace Saddam Husseins secular 


dictatorship as a bulwark against the Islamic 
fundamentalism of Iran. 
February 19, 1998: Neoconservative 
Group Calls on US to Help Over- 
throw Hussein 

The Committee for Peace and Security in 
the Gulf (CPSG), a bipartisan group made 
up largely of foreign policy specialists, 
sends an "Open Letter to the President" 
calling for President Clinton to use the US 
military to help Iraqi opposition groups 
overthrow Saddam Hussein and replace 
him with a US-friendly government. US law 
forbids such an operation. The group is led 
by, among others, former Representative 
Stephen Solarz (D-NY) and prominent Bush 
adviser Richard Perle, a former assistant 
secretary of defense. 

Largely Neoconservative in Makeup - Many 
of its co-signers will become the core of the 
Bush administrations neoconservative-driv- 
en national security apparatus. These 
co-signers include Elliott Abrams, Richard 
Armitage, John Bolton, Stephen Bryen, 
Douglas Feith, Frank Gaffney, Fred Ikle, 
Robert Kagan, Zalmay Khalilzad, William 
Kristol, Michael Ledeen, Bernard Lewis, 
Peter Rodman, Donald Rumsfeld, Gary 
Schmitt, Max Singer, Casper Weinberger, 
Paul Wolfowitz, David Wurmser, and Dov 

(8:00 a.m.-8:50 a.m.) September 11, 2001: 
Defense Secretary Rumsfeld Holds Breakfast 
Meeting at Pentagon; Key Military Figures 

Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld hosts 
a breakfast meeting in his private dining 
room at the Pentagon. The meeting, which 
is attended by several members of Congress, 
is intended to discuss the Department of 
Defense's Quadrennial Defense Review. As 
well as the secretary of defense, others in 
attendance include Rumsfeld's senior mili- 
tary assistant, Navy Vice Admiral Edmund 

Giambastiani Jr.; Deputy Defense Secretary 
Paul Wolfowitz During the course of the 
meeting Rumsfeld predicts that some kind 
of "shocking" world event will occur in the 
near future 


Two sections from Rumsfelds notes, dictated 
to Stephen Cambone. 

(2:40 p.m.) September 11, 2001: Rumsfeld Is 
Told Al-Qaeda Was Behind 9/11 Attacks But 
Wants to Blame Iraq 

Defense Secretary Rumsfeld aide Stephen 
Cambone is taking notes on behalf of 
Rumsfeld in the National Military Com- 
mand Center. These notes will be leaked to 
the media nearly a year later. According to 
the notes, although Rumsfeld has already 
been given information indicating the 9/11 
attacks were done by al-Qaeda (see 12:05 
p.m. September 11, 2001) and he has been 
given no evidence so far indicating any 
Iraqi involvement, he is more interested in 
blaming the attacks on Iraq. According to 
his aide's notes, Rumsfeld wants the "best 
info fast. Judge whether good enough hit 
S.H. [Saddam Hussein] at same time. Not 
only UBL [Osama bin Laden] .... Need to 
move swiftly. ... Go massive. Sweep it all up. 
Things related and not." 

March 20, 2003: U.S. begins attack, with 
"shock-and-awe" bombing of Baghdad 
April 9, 2003: Baghdad falls. 
May 1 , 2003 : President Bush declares the 
U.S. victorious. 


Tai & War Partv-Panorama-BBC 


The War Party 

BBC Panorama investigates the 
"neo-conservatives" the small and 
unelected group of right-wingers, 
who critics claim have hijacked the 
White House. 

They brought us war against Iraq - 
what do the hawks in Washington 
have in store for us now? 

The War Party was broadcast on 
Sunday, 18 May 2003 at 22:15 BST 
on BBC One. 

STEVE BRADSHAW: This is a story about 
people who want the world run their way, 
the American way 

WILLIAM KRISTOL: American pre-emi- 

BRADSHAW: People who believe American 
power is their to be used. 
JOSHUA MURAVCHIK: We're very un- 
abashed about using American force. 
BRADSHAW: They're talking about a new 
world war. 

JAMES WOOLSEY: They will say: "You 
make us very nervous" and our response 
should be: "Good". 

BRADSHAW: And we scare the hell out of 

WOMAN: If we do not stop them now, 
they're going to continue with this war all 
over the world. 

IMAD MOUSTAPHA: Sometimes they are 
really terrifying in the way they think, the 
way they would like 
to shape the world. 

The War Party-Pon&rania-BBC 

KHALED SAFFURI: It's like a gang, you 
know, it's like Mafia. They'll take on every- 

BRADSHAW: It's a story of people who 
stick together. 

MEYRAV WURMSER: It's real fundamen- 
tal love and power. 

BRADSHAW: But to outsiders they could 
be a mystery. 

JIM LOBE: How is it that these people., you 
know, gain such influence so quickly? 
BRADSHAW: They call themselves 
Neo-conservatives, rightwing thinkers 
whose dreams of a new 
American century have become George 

Bush's foreign policy. 
RICHARD PERLE: The President of the 
United States, on issue after issue, has re- 
flected the thinking of 

BRADSHAW: What's new about the Neo- 

cons thinking? They believe America's 

military might should 

promote America's ideals. 

WILLIAM KRISTOL: American power 

should be used not just in the defence of 

American interests but 

for the promotion of American principles. 

BRADSHAW: Throughout the war we were 

with the Neo-cons in Washington going 

behind the scenes. . . 

RICHARD PERLE: I'm going to get a mon- 
key to go with it. (cell phone organ jingle) 
BRADSHAW: . . . finding out what makes 
them tick. . . 

MICHAEL LEDEEN: I'm a student of Ma- 
chiavelli. I wrote a book on Machiavelli, and 
I know the 

struggle against evil is going to go on forev- 

BRADSHAW: ... and what the Neo-cons 
have in store for us now. 
LEDEEN: We're going to have to bring 
down a series of regimes who are the spon- 
sors of a network of 
various terrorist organisations. 
WURMSER: Syria.... 
MAN: Saudi Arabia... 
LEDEEN: Iran... 
MURAVCHIK: North Korea. . . 
LEDEEN: And then there's Libya. 
BRADSHAW: Tonight will America's super 
hawks drag us into more wars against their 


Flight 11 - 7:59 start - 8:14 hijacked - 8:25 hijacking confirmed 
- 8:46 hits WTC1 (North Tower) collapses 10:28 

Flight 175 - 8:14 start - 8:45 hijacked - 8:52 hijacking confirmed 
-9:03 hits WTC2 (South Tower) collapses 9:59 

World Trade Center 7(186 meter) collapsed completely at 5:20 
p.m. in what looked like a controlled demolition. 

American Airlines 77 

■ Schtdultd flight: Dulles International 
Airport to Los Angeles International 
Airport, departed at B^LO a.m. 

II Cnurc W^st sk3e of Pentagon, 9:40 a.m. 

■ Those on board: &4 people, including four 
Hight attendants, two pilots 

7E ^;,-- /J HOflTH CAROLINA 
Das-hed line represents flight path 
when transponder was turned oFf. 

American Airlines 11 

■ Scheduled llighl: Ekuiiun Logan 
International Airport tu Los Angeles 
International Airport, departed at 7:59 

■ Crash: World Trade Center Worth at fl:45 


B Those on board: 92 people, including nine 
flight attendants, two pilots 

United Airlines 175 

■ Scheduled Fight Boston Logan 
International Airport to Los Angeles 
International Airport, departed at 7:58 

■ Crash: World Trade Center South at 9:0 5 

■ Those on boanfc 65 people. Including seven 
flight attendants, two pilots. 

United Airlines 93 

■ Scheduled flight: Newark International 
Airport to San Francisco International 
Airport, departed 8:01 a,rn. 

u Stony Creek Twp.. Pa., which is 
miles southeast Of Pittsburgh, at 10:10 

■ Thau Oil board: 45 people, including Five 
flight attendants, two pilots 

NEW VflfiK 






Flight 77 - 

8:20 start - 8:59 hijacked - 8:59 hijacking confirmed - 9:37 hits 

The photograph is from the US DoD "All Hands" 
magazine, and is of a perfectly symmetrical hole 
about 2.3 meters in diameter, in the interior 
wall of the third ring inside the Pentagon, with a 
rescue worker in the foreground. As the trajec- 
tory marked by the dotted line, this hole from 
the blast is after having gone through 3 conse- 
cutive rings of the Pentagon: 2 exterior brick 
and concrete walls, 10 rows of 40 cm. square 
steel-reinforced concrete load-bearing pillars, 
the poured concrete floor between the first and 
second story, and 84 m. of interior offices with 
perhaps 4 poured concrete walls. That's about 
4 m. of reinforced concrete. The DoD Pentagon 
Attack Legend is that this hole was caused by the fiberglass nose of a Boeing 

Flight 93 - 8:47 start - 9:28 hijacked - 9:28 hijacking confirmed - sometime 
between 10:03 och 10:10 the planes goes down on a field in Shanksville 

Christopher Bollyn - The Shanksville Deception of 9-11 

Something incredibly ugly happened to Flight 93 over rural Pennsylvania on 9-11. 

There was no wreckage of an airplane found 
anywhere near the small crater that had 
been made in a trench of the reclaimed 
mine. The real debris field was several 
hundred meters in th e woods. But why wa s 
it kept hidden? 

Secretary of Defense 
Rumsfeld said Flight 
93 had been shot 

The Mysterious Collapse 
of WTC Seven 

At 5:21 in the afternoon of 9/11, almost 
seven hours after the Twin Towers had 
come down, Building 7 of the World Trade 
Center also came down. The collapse of 
this building was from the beginning 
considered a mystery. WTC 7 had not been 
hit by a plane, so it was apparently the 
first steel-framed high-rise building in the 
known universe to have collapsed be- 
cause of fire alone. New York Times writer 

James Glanz quoted a structural engineer 
as saying: "Within the structural engineering community, WTC 7is considered to be 

much more important to understand than the Twin Towers," because engineers had no 

answer to the question, "why did 7 come down?" 


Tii be 

BBC Pwned on 911 - WTC7 Collapse Reported 23-Mlns Too Early! 

This incredible footage shows a 
BBC reporter Talking about the collapse 
of the Salomon Brothers Building (WTC7) 
while M remains standing in the live shot 
behind her head. 

The BBC reported that it came down 
23 MINUTES BEFORE it actually did! 

On September 11th 2001, BBC World reported at 4:57pm Eastern 
Time that the Salomon Brothers Building (more commonly known as 
WTC7 or World Trade Building 7) had collapsed. 

This even made the 5pm EST headlines, what is bizarre is that the 
building did not actually collapse until 5:20pm EST. 

9/11 was unusual enough, without BBC World being able to foretell 
the destiny of WTC 7. 

What is even stranger, is that the women reporter is telling the 
world that the building had collapsed when you can see it in the 
background over her left shoulder. 

Then at 5:15pm EST, just five minutes before the building did actu- 
ally collapse, her live connection from New York to London mysteri- 
ously fails. 

So the question is, on 9/11 how did the BBC learn that WTC7 col- 
lapsed 23 minutes before it actually did. 

Building Seven was 47 storeys, modern in design with structural 
steel throughout, yet symmetrically collapsed in 6.5 seconds, was 
someone leaking information. 

No steel framed skyscraper has ever collapsed due to fire, before 
or after 9/11, most people who find out about WTC7, believe it was 
brought down by a controlled demolition, even demolition experts 


SEC =•• i J 2 Ml *WW OH**** °. c-. v: 23-rj! i \ A 


History Commons 






Home * Context of Before September 1 1 , 2001 : Hijackers Drink Alcohol and Watch Strip Show: 
Especially towards Eve of Attacks' 

Context of "Before September 11, 2001: Hijackers Drink 
Alcohol and Watch Strip Shows, Especially towards Eve of 

Before September 11, 2001: Hijackers Drink Alcohol and 
Watch Strip Shows, Especially towards Eve of Attacks 


1 1 

Cheetah's nude bar in San Diego. 
[Source; Cheetah's] 

A number of the hijackers 
apparently drink alcohol heavily in 
bars, sleep with prostitutes, and 
watch strip shows in the US in the 
months and especially the days 
Leading up to 9/1 1 . 
■ In Late February 2001, hijacker 
Ziad Jarrah frequents a strip club in 
Jacksonville, Florida (see February 
25-March 4, 2001). 

On September 10, three hijacker associates spend $200 to $300 apiece on lap dances 
and drinks in the Pink Pony, a Daytona Beach, Florida strip club. 

While the hijackers had left Florida by this time, Mohamed Atta is reported to have 
visited the same strip club, and these men appear to have had foreknowledge of the 
9/11 attacks (see September 10, 2001). [Boston Herald, 10/10/2001] 

Marwan Alshehhi and Mohamed Atta are seen entering the Hollywood, Florida, sports 
bar Shuckums already drunk. They proceed to drink even more hard alcohol there 
(see September 7, 2001). 

Atta and Alshehhi are seen at Sunrise 251, a bar in Palm Beach, Florida. They spend 
$1,000 in 45 minutes on Krug and Perrier-Jouet champagne. Atta is with a tall busty 
brunette in her late twenties; Alshehhi is with a shortish blonde. Both women are 
known locally as regular companions of high-rollers. [Daily Mail, 9/16/2001] 


Daniel HorsiCKEPt 

"Welcome to Terrorland" is the story of Mohamed Atta, a black-hearted psychopath, 
in Florida, a pirate's paradise. 

Fearless investigative journalist and documentary film producer Daniel Hopsicker 
journeyed to Venice, FL, the biggest Sept. 11 crime scene that wasn't reduced to 
rubble, and spent over a year in the sleepy retirement community where authorities 
say three of the four terrorist pilots learned to fly. 

Based on hundreds of interviews with eyewitnesses and participants, "Welcome to 
TerrorLand" details the shocking results of Hopsicker's yearlong investigation, and 
names more than a half-dozen individuals Atta went to meetings with while in Florida. 

All are living. None are Saudi. You'll meet people who knew Atta, worked with him, 
flew with him. They say things like... 

"After going to meetings with his German friends, Mohamed always came back glum/' 

"I can't really discuss anything. I'm afraid I'll get in trouble. The FBI warned me not 
to talk." 


History Commons 

About Timelines 

Home e projects ==■ 2001 Anthrax Attacks 

2001 Anthrax Attacks 

April 24, 1997: Fake Anthrax Received at B'nai B'rith DC Headquarters 

February 1999: Classified CIA Report Discusses Responses to an Anthrax Attack 
through the Mail 

September 18-28, 2001: Scientist Briefly Investigated over Anthrax Threat 

November 8, 2001: President Bush Calls Anthrax Attacks a Terrorist Attack on US 

In a speech, President Bush refers to the 9/11 attacks as the "first attack/ and then 
discusses the recent anthrax attacks. "The second attack against America came in the 
mail. We do not know whether this attack came from the same terrorists. We don't 
know the origin of the anthrax. But whoever did this unprecedented and uncivilized 
act is a terrorist/' 

November 12, 2001: FBI Publicly Suspect Three Muslims over Anthrax Attacks Due 
to Dubious Tip 

After investigators discover in mid-October 2001 that the anthrax used in the anthrax 
attacks comes from the Ames strain, the FBI investigation largely discards theories 
that al-Qaeda or Iraq was behind the attacks and begins to focus on domestic sus- 

December 9, 2001: FBI Still Has Not Questioned Some Possible Anthrax Attacks 
Suspects and Witnesses 

On October 3, 2001, Ayaad Assaad was questioned by the FBI because a letter writ- 
ten by an unnamed former colleague of his said he was a potential biological terrorist 
who could attack the US. 

Just days later, the anthrax attacks became publicly known, and there is speculation 
that the letter may have been an attempt to frame Assaad for the attacks. 

Assaad worked at USAMRIID, the US Army's top bioweapons laboratory where many 
believe the anthrax used in the attacks originated. Before Assaad left USAMRIID in 
1997, some of his colleagues in an informal group called the Camel Club harassed 
him due to his Middle Eastern background (even though he is Christian and a US 

In the early 1990s, some members of the Camel Club were found to be working on 
unauthorized projects at USAMRIID even after no longer being employed there, at a 
time when anthrax and other deadly germs went missing from the lab 

Blag Donate Volunteer □ Search this project only 



fl*nm £,„ ffff o» fLi 

1*1 ii "n-! i >■ m m i y m 

tJl^rm.A fern HJo HfJ 

\ ■ i evor Stop us. 

fog A Ff^ f\ r ft ? 

Congress got their Anthrax letters just in time for the vote on the disingenuously 
named USA Patriot Act which the terrorized Senators voted into law without bothering 
to read. 

How convenient for the bill's sponsors that there was a terror attack on the Congress 
just when Congress was about to vote on the anti-terror bill. 

The letters were addressed to two Democratic Senators, Tom Daschle of South 
Dakota and Patrick Leahy of Vermont. At the time, Daschle was the Senate Majority 
leader and Leahy was head of the Senate Judiciary Committee. 

Documents from the inquiry show that one unauthorized person 
who was observed entering the Fort Detrick lab building at night was 
Langford's predecessor, Lt. Col. Philip Zack - member of the Camel 
Club - who at the time no longer worked at Fort Detrick. 

The second suspect is the more well known Dr. Stephen Hatfill, ac- 
cused by Dr. Barbara Rosenberg although no actual evidence of his 
involvement has surfaced. 

The Justice Department agreed 2008 to pay him a settlement valued 
at $5.85 million to drop his lawsuit. 

Bruce Edwards Ivins committed suicide 2008 prior to formal charges 
' being filed by the Federal Bureau of Investigation for an alleged crimi- 
nal connection to the 2001 anthrax attacks 


History Commons 

Horn* ■ Coniwt*t Septem&ff ri^w*mb*r 9. 20Dt: Ww* MQVfrs ur*uz4 in US: 

Context of "September 12-November 9, 2001: Two More 
Movers Arrested in US; Suspected to Be Israeli Spies" 

Met r*ci:1«< ed 

Si-jicIi Go 

&lPrtnlrr frtrrlcly 
"■j^nwiil in Pi d 

t? lnor*ns« Text5*lf 
□ Dmue TtKt 

Laee OcTdtMr 2001 : Enttnu Pa-lineal Prtinjr# to Rtlu» 
£uip*ct*d lunvN £pkai Arreted £m H'W 

t-rim taft Lft r^flK; Odtd tllr«r, OmP Wi<-jpiru ftfrd TlfM 
S^rnyflf. Ttrwf cf =±>fl fi'ifl accused IfT^-i b> - *fU' <appe-&r -^r 
[srwh rrlfviiinn m Hwtmkrr :■" : ,t*ir' b^g wlrawe ajvL 
iJcuQ'Ted . (Sourer; Puifit Cvinmfl yii "ir#«fi IMvnMrf/ (drift; 
-■. H ;e -lo e-l*ifl*J 

At uund Urn 
Mmc Intent 
pressure is put 
on US officials, 
hnfldin^ flvp 
IvaeLI men 
■Pirrp^.tpd few 

tw+iAvlnr at 
rh« tTrrw of 

Five Dancing Israelis Arrested On 9/11 

A Mossad surveillance team made quite a public spectacle of themselves on 9-11. 

The New York Times reported Thursday that a group of five men had set up video 
cameras aimed at the Twin Towers prior to the attack on Tuesday, and were seen 
congratulating one another afterwards. 

Police received several calls from angry New Jersey residents claiming "middle-eas- 
tern" men with a white van were videotaping the disaster with shouts of joy and 

"They were like happy, you know ... They didn't look shocked to me" said a witness. 

[T]hey were seen by New Jersey residents on Sept. 11 making fun of the World Trade 
Center ruins and going to extreme lengths to photograph themselves in front of the 

The case was turned over to the FBI's Foreign Counterintelligence Section after the 
names of two of the five Israelis showed up on a CIA-FBI database of foreign intel- 
ligence operatives. 

After 71 days in jail, a deal was struck between Israeli and U.S. government officials 
and the five Israeli spies were put on a plane and deported to Israel on November 20. 


I AfrrtlriJ On Mfc 

Fhm Bfhuq hfMUt A/i-rtlru Oh l>1 1 

Omer Marmari, Oded Ellner, Yaron Shmuel - three of The Five Dancing Israelis on an 
israeli TV-show. To the right Yair Lapid a well known israeli TV interviewer. 

Five OUKrtld, tUttlrt bmM On I'l t 

$3 # 

Fhnl CUhtirVj ttftalrt A/hrklrri On i'lt 

Shortly After 8:46 a.m. September 
11, 2001: Neighbor Sees Suspicious 
Men Documenting First WTC Attack 
and Cheering, Calls Police 

In the same movie you can see Yair Lapid 
pointing out the other two Israelis from the 
team: Sivan and Paul Kurzberg. 


1^— — 1 

■ ■r*rlra Af rc-Uril Ofl v'l t 

Oded Ellner: 

"our purpose was to 

document the event." 


(J) wh atrea I ly h a p p en ed . c am/VVRH ARTIC LES/spy ri ncj.php 

The Israeli Spy Ring 


"Evidence linking these 
Israelis to 9-11 is classified. 
I cannot tell you about 
evidence that has been 
gathered. It is classified 




"Israel does not spy on the United States of 

— Mark Regev, a spokesman at the Israeli 
embassy in Washington 

Fox News, alone of all the media, actual- 
ly ran the story as a four part broadcast, 
and put the story up on its web site. Then, 
without explanation, Fox News erased the 
story from their web site and have nev- 
er mentioned it again. CNN followed by 
"Orwellizing" their report of the two hour 
advance warning of the WTC attacks sent to 
Odigo employees. But far more telling is the 
admission made by a US Official in part one 
of the Fox News report that hard evidence 
existed linking the events of 9/1 1 not to 
Arab Muslims, but to some of the more than 
200 Israeli spies arrested both before and 
after 9/11, but that this evidence had been 



Since then, any and all mention of the Israeli 
spy ring and phone tapping scandal has re- 
sulted in a barrage of shrill screams of "hate" 
and "anti-Semite", two well worn and frankly 
over used devices to try to silence discus- 
sion on any topic unfavorable to the nation 
which owns the spy ring in question. 

The story of the uncovering of the largest 
spy ring ever discovered inside the United 
States should be the story of the century, if 
indeed the US media is looking out for the 
best interests of the American people. That 
this spy ring helped drug smugglers evade 
investigators should be a major scandal, if 
indeed the US media is looking out for the 
best interests of the American people. That 
the spy ring includes companies able to 
track and tap into any phone in America, in- 
cluding the White House, should be a cause 
celebre', if indeed the US media is looking 
out for the best interests of the American 

But they are not. The media is trying to bury 
this story. They are spiking it, erasing it from 
their web sites in a chilling real-life Orwel- 
lian rewriting of history. 

"Investigators within the DEA, INS and FBI 
have all told Fox News that to pursue or 
even suggest Israeli spying ... is considered 
career suicide." 

— Carl Cameron, as quoted in The Spies 
Who Came In From The Art Sale 

March 23, 2001: DEA Issues Alert to Look Out for Israeli Spies 

Summer 2001: Israel Warns US of 'Big Attack' 

The Associated Press will report in May 2002, "Israeli intelligence services were aware 
several months before Sept. 11 that bin Laden was planning a large-scale terror at- 
tack but did not know what his targets would be, Israeli officials have said. 

June 2001: DEA Draws Up Report on Israeli Spies 

States the Israeli spy ring were known tc have operated 
in, according to a June 2001 Drug Enforcement 
Administration report (this Fox news graphic was based on 
information from that report). [Source: Fox News] 

The DEA's Office 
of Security 
prepares a 60- 
page internal 
memo on the 
Israeli "art 
student spy 
ring." [drug 


6/2001] The Memo 
is a compilation 
of dozens of field 

(6:00 a.m.) September 11, 2001: Two Hours Before Attacks, Israeli Company 
Employees Receive Warnings 

December 12-15, 2001: News Reports Raises Israeli Spying Questions 

CAfll ClMKflON 

fox vr 

Israel. Qetainaes 

"Evidence finking these 
Israels to 9-11 is classified. 
I cannot tell you about 
evidence that has been 
gathered. It is classified 

Two stills fro in Carl Cameron's Fox News report on potential 
Israeli spying in the US. [Source: Fox News] (click image to 

Fox News 
within the 
DEA, INS, and 
FBI have aLL 
told Fox News 
that to pursue 
or even 




Spilled Blood Is Seen as Bond Tliat Draws 2 Nations 

Published: September 12. 2001 

-JERUSALEM, Sept. 11 — Israeli officials and most Palestinian 

isked tonight what the attack meant for relations between the United States and Israel. 

Benjamin Netanyahu, the former prime minister, replied, "It T s very good." Then he edited 

lilMi^jBllWBBg fB gilffilt He predicted that 

tlie attack ^\ _ ould "strengthen the bond between our two peoples, because we've 
experienced terror over so many decades, but the United States has now experienced a 
massive hemorrhaging of terror." 

Spilled Blood Is Seen as Bond That Draws 2 Nations Closer 

By JAMES BENNET Published: September 12, 2001 

Asked tonight what the attack meant for relations between the United States and 
Israel, Benjamin Netanyahu, the former prime minister, replied, "It's very good." Then 
he edited himself: "Well, not very good, but it will generate immediate sympathy." 
He predicted that the attack would "strengthen the bond between our two peoples, 
because we've experienced terror over so many decades, but the United States has 
now experienced a massive hemorrhaging of terror." 

Report: Netanyahu says 9/11 terror attacks 
good for Israel 

Published 00:00 16.04-.0S I Latest undate 00:00 16,04.08 

Likud chairman and opposition 
leader Benjamin Netanyahu. 
(Limor Edrey / Archives) 

N eta nyahu says 9/ 11 terror attacks good for Israel 

According to Ma'ariv, Netanyahu said Israel is 'benefiting from attack' as it 'swung 
American public opinion/ 











Eljc Ijork Siting 

Saturday. July 17. 20L0 



Published: Apfil 25. 1936 

photo of B en i a mi n Neta n yah u (J'n cma e Vi c tor) 

TERRORISM: How the West Can "Win. 





By JOHN GROSS Published: April 25, 1986 
TERRORISM: How the West Can Win. 

Edited by Benjamin Netanyahu. 254 pages. Farrar Straus Giroux. $18.95. 

THIS year marks the 10th anniversary of the Jonathan Institute, a research orga- 
zatio'n founded in memory of Jonathan Netanyahu, the Israeli officer who was killed 
leading the rescue mission at Entebbe. 

Among its other activities, the institute has organized two conferences on 
terrorism, in 1979 and again in 1984. "Terrorism: How the West Can Win" is 
a symposium based on the proceedings of the second of these gatherings. It 

is edited by Benjamin Netanyahu, Jonathan Netanyahu's brother; Mr. Netanyahu, who 
is at present the Israeli delegate to the United Nations, also contributes two papers 
msdrlf one,of them - his concluding reflections -the most substantial in the book 


^Jmn Pi mi* 

Your A m Today's DcoId CiftC 

West dan 

Terrorism : 

How the West Can Win 
Edited by 

Benjamin Netanyahu 


ffi MW Unnks 

The Jonathan Institute was the 

most important product of the new Israeli 
public relations strategy. The institute was 
founded in 1979 by Benjamin Netanyahu, a 
prominent rightist and Israeli ambassador to 
the United States, who named the organiza- 
tion after his brother Jonathan, who died in 
the Entebbe airport raid in 1976. 

The Jonathan Institutes propaganda 
function and its design to influence U.S. and 
other Western opinion makers were sug- 
gested by its opening offices in Washington, 
D.C., and New York, as well as in Jerusalem. 
The 1984 conference succeeded in assem- 
bling a similarly large and prestigious group 
of participants and audience. Leading ad- 
dresses were given by US. Secretary of State 
George Shultz, UN Ambassador Jeane 
Kirkpatrick, and Israeli Prime Minister 
Yitzhak Rabin. 

As in 1979, the conference featured terror- 
ism as the new focus of Israeli, U.S., and 
European foreign policy 
concern, and the participants chosen 
assured the uncontested reiteration of the 
Western model, with a strong bent toward 
its extremist version. 


Ehud Barak: 

The world will not be the same from 
today on. It's an attack against our 
whole civilisation. I don't know who 
is responsible. I believe we will know 
in twelve hours. If it is a kind of Bin 
Laden organization and even if it is 

something else I believe this is the 
time to deploy globally concerted ef- 
fort led by the United States, the UK, 
Europe and Russia against all sources 
of terror. The same kind of struggle 
as our forefathers launched against 
the piracy on the high sea. 

Within minutes of the airplane 
crashes on 9-11, Ehud Barak 

(the founder and master of the Israeli mil- 
itary's covert operation force, the Sayeret 
Matkal) was in the London studio of the 
BBC World ready to provide a plausible 
(and political) explanation to the world. 

Barak, the real mastermind of 
9-11, was the first person to 
call for a "War on Terror" - and 
U.S. intervention in Afghani- 
stan and the Middle East. This 
is how false-flag terrorism 

WOrks. The perpetrator is the first one 
to assign blame by pointing his finger at 
his enemy in order to shape public opinion, 
which is the real purpose of such atrocities. 

Ehud Barak (Brug) was born at Kibbutz 
Mishmar Hasharon on 12 February 1942. 
He enlisted in the Israeli Army at age 17, 
became a career army officer, and helped 
to found and lead the elite Sayeret Matkal 
covert operations commando unit. After 
serving as head of Israeli Intelligence and 
Central Command during the 1980s, Barak 
was appointed IDF Chief of Staff, in 1991. 

Ehud Barak was prime minister of Israel 
from July 1999 until March 7, 2001, when 
he was replaced by Ariel Sharon. 

Previous positions held by Barak include 
Head of Defense Planning and Budgeting, 
Head of the Israeli Intelligence Community, 
Chief of the General Staff of the Israel De- 
fense Forces (IDF), Minister of the Interior 
in Prime Minister Itzhak Rabin's cabinet, 
Minister of Foreign Affairs in the Shimon 
Peres cabinet, and Labor Party Chairman. 

When Sharon assumed power in March 
2001, Barak came to America. He suppos- 
edly came to the United States to work as a 
special advisor for Electronic Data Sys- 
tems and as a partner with SCP Partners, a 
Mos sad-run private equity company focused 
on "security-related" work - but this was 
merely his cover. His real assignment was 
to oversee the terror attacks of 9- 1 1 . As a 
partner with SCP Partners Barak was well 
placed to supervise the false-flag terror 

The complex false-flag terror attacks of 9-11 
required that the mastermind of the opera- 
tion be in the country to manage the critical 
details. SCP Partners, where Ehud Barak 
worked from 2001 until 2007, clearly had 
the capability in 2001 to produce nano-com- 
posite explosives like the super-thermite 
used to pulverize the World Trade Center 
on 9- 1 1 . There are very few companies or 
countries in the world that had the capa- 
bility to manufacture super-thermite in 
2001, but Ehud Barak and his SCP Partners 
did. Osama Bin Laden and Al Qaida, on 
the other hand, did not and could not have 
had anything to do with the super-thermite 
found in the dust of the pulverized Twin 
Towers. The government version is a pack 
of lies designed to start a pre-planned war 
of aggression against Afghanistan. Ehud 
Barak was actually the first person to call 
for the U.S. to invade Afghanistan, some- 
thing he did only hours after the attacks. 



http : //Www . histor y commons . org/timeline . jsp Ptimeline =complete_9 1 l_timelineSuda y_of_9/ 1 1 =bush 

History Commons 

About Timelines BLog Donate Volunteer □ Search this timeline only 

Home :: - Timelines by Topic * Regions ==■ Asia ■=* Afghanistan * Complete 91 1 Timeline 

Complete 911 Timeline 

Bush's Actions on 9/1 \ 
Project: Complete 911 Timeline 

Open -Con tent project managed by matt, Paul, KJF, blackmax 
add event | references 

(6:00 a.m.) September 1 1 1 2001 : Bush Interview or 
Assassination Attempt? 

President Bush has just spent the night at the Colony Beach and 
Tennis Resort on Longboat Key, Florida, [sarasota herald-tribune, 9/10/ zoozj 
He wakes up around 6:00 a.m. and is preparing for his morning jog. 

[N EW YORK II MES, 9 / 1 6/ 2001 : C AJ LY "E LEG RAPH , 1 2 / 1 6 / 2001 ; M5N EC , 1 0/ 2 7 / 2 002 ] A V an 

occupied by men of Middle Eastern descent arrives at the Colony 
Beach Resort, stating they have a "poolside" interview with the 
president. They do not have an appointment and are turned away. 

(9:06 a.m.) September 11, 200T: President Bush Told WTC 
Hit Again and US Is Under Attack- He Continues Photo-Op 


President Bush Is in a 
Booker Elementary 
School second-grader 
classroom. His chief of 
staff, Andrew Card, 
enters the room and 
whispers into his ear, "A 
second plane hit the 
other tower, and 
America's under 

9/1 1 /2001 : NEW YORK TIMES, 
9/16/2001; DAILY TELEGRAPH, 
12/16/2001; ALBUQUERQUE 
TRIBUNE, 9/10/2O02; ABC NEWS. 

BUSH DAY 9/1 1 2001 

i story Commons 

About Timelines BLog Donate Volunteer □ Search this timeline only 

Home :: - Timelines by Topic : > Regions ==■ Asia : > Afghanistan ==■ Complete 91 1 Timeline 

Complete 911 Timeline 

Bush's Actions on 9/11 

(9:00 p.m,- 10:00 p.m.) September 1 1, 2001 : President Bush 
Meets with Advisers. Declares War Without Barriers 

President Bush meets 
with his full National 
Security Council. 
According to journalist 
Bob Woodward, this 
meeting turns out to be 
"unwieldy." So at 9:30 
p.m., Bush follows it 
with a meeting with a 
smaller group of his most 
senior principal national 
security advisers in the 
Presidential Emergency Operations Center (PEOC) beneath the 
White House, j 

Bush and his advisers have already decided bin Laden 
is behind the attacks. As the president later recalls , in these 
meetings j "That's when we first got the indication... we've 
identified j we think it's al-Qaeda." He says the FBI now thinks that 
"it's al-Qaeda, and we start to develop our plans to get them. I 
mean j there wasn't any hesitation. We're starting the process of 
oaliti on- building and how to get 'em. 

President Eush (below television screen) meeting 
with the National Security Council in a bunker 
below the White House. In the far row from left to 
right, are Attorney General Ashcroft, President 
Bush, Chief of Staff Card, CIA Director Tenet, 
and counterterrorism ■"tsar™ Ckarke. In the near 
row, Secretary of State Powell can be seen 
waving his hand, and National Security Advisor 
Rice sits to his right. [Source: Erie Draper/ White 

(According to other 

(1 1:30 p.m.) September 1 ^ T 2001 : President Bush Sees 9/1 1 
as New Pearl Harbor 

Before going to sleep, President Bush writes in his diary, 'The Pearl Harbor 
of the 21st century took place today.... We think it's Osama bin Laden/' 
[Washington Post, 1/27/2002] 

Entity Tags: George W. Bush, Osama bin Laden 
Timeline Tags: 9/11 Timeline 

Category Tags: All Day of 9/11 Events, George Bush, Key Day of 9/11 

BUSH DAY 9/11 2001 

Address h1^://ww'^^ 


W$$ ttedincjtcnt (test 


Subscribe Pos.tPcints 



Search Archives 

Washington post, com > Politics > Political News > Post Series > 10 Days in September 
PART 1: Sept. 11 

America's Chaotic Road to War 

^ Print This Article 
D E-Mail This Article 

Bush's Global Strategy Began to Take Shape in First Frantic Hours 
After Attack 

By Dan Baiz and Bob Woodward 
Washington Post Staff Writers 
Sunday January 27, 2002: Page A01 

6:30 a.m. 

President Bush rose early the morning of Sept. 11, and went for a four-mile run 
around the golf course at the Colony Beach and Tennis Resort on Longboat Key, Fla., 
where he was staying. 

On Bush's schedule that day was what White House aides call a "soft events-reading 
to about 16 second-graders in Sandra Kay Daniels's class at the Emma E. Booker 
Elementary School in Sarasota. 

Bush's motorcade left for the school at 8:30 a.m. As it was arriving, pagers and cell 
phones alerted White House aides that a plane had hit the North Tower of the World 
Trade Center. 

At 9:05 a.m., United Airlines Flight 175, also a Boeing 767, smashed into the South 
Tower of the trade center. Bush was seated on a stool in the classroom when Card 
whispered the news: "A second plane hit the second tower. America is under attack." 
Bush remembers exactly what he thought: "They had decla- 
red war on us, and I made up my mind at that moment that 
we were going to war." 

A photo shows Bush's face with a distant look as he absorbed 
what Card had said. He nodded and resumed his conversa- 
tion with the class. "Really good," he said before excusing 
himself and returning to the holding room. "These must be 

Like his father, Bush tries to keep a daily diary of his thoughts and observa- 
tions. That night, he dictated: 

"The Pearl Harbor of the 21st century took place today." 

"We think it's Osama bin Laden." 

"We think there are other targets in the United States, but I have urged the country 
to go back to normal." 

"We cannot allow a terrorist thug to hold us hostage. My hope is that this will provide 
an opportunity for us to rally the world against terrorism." 


j Address h1fo://'A ii A ii ^ i A i ashingtonpQS^ 
Sicjn In Register Now 

Subscribe PcstPcints 


Search Archives 

wa s h i n cjton post, com 

EL PrintThis Article 
[^E-Mail This Article 

10 Cays in September: Inside the War Cabinet 

America's Chaotic Road to War 

Bush's Global Strategy Began to Take Shape in First Frantic Hours 
After Attack 

By Dan Balz and Bob Woodv/ard 
Washington Post Staff Writers 
Sunday January 27. 2002: Page A01 

17; e President at the FT'fee House.- We TJtinklt's Bin Laden' 

After the meeting had ended and Bush had returned to the residence, he 
and his wife were awakened by Secret Service agents. The agents rushed 
them downstairs to the bunker because of a report of an unidentified plane 
in the area. Bush was in running shorts and a T-shirt as he made his way 
down the stairs, through the tunnel and into the bunker. It proved to be a 
false alarm, and the Bushes returned to the residence for the rest of the 

Like his father. Bush tries to keep a daily diary of his thoughts and 
observations. That night, he dictated: 

"The Pearl Harbor of the 21st century took place today." 

"We think it's Osama bin Laden." 

"We think there are other targets in the United States, but I have urged the 
country to go back to normal." 

"We cannot allow a terrorist thug to hold us hostage. My hope is that this 
will provide an opportunity for us to rally the world against terrorism." 

Staff researchers Jeff Himmehnan and Lucy Shackelford contributed 
to this report, 




America's Chaotic Road to War 

Bush's Global Strategy Began to Take Shape in First Frantic Hours After Attack 

would order a military response and that 
Rumsfeld would be responsible for organiz- 
ing it. "We'll clean up the mess," the presi- 
dent told Rumsfeld, "and then the ball will 

By Dan Balz and Bob Woodward 
Washington Post Staff Writers 
Sunday, January 27, 2002; A01 

First in a series of eight articles. 

be in your court." 

Shortly after 9:30 p.m., President Bush 
brought together his most senior national 
security advisers in a bunker beneath the 
White House grounds. It was just 13 hours 
after the deadliest attack on the U.S. home- 
land in the country's history. 

Bush and his advisers sat around a long table 
in the conference room of the Presidential 
Emergency Operations Center, or PEOC. 
Spare and cramped, the bunker was built 
to withstand a nuclear attack, with sleeping 
berths and enough food for a few people to 
survive for several days. 

"This is the time for self-defense," he told his 
aides, according to National Security Coun- 
cil notes. Then, repeating the vow he had 
made earlier in the evening in a televised 
address from the Oval Office, he added: "We 
have made the decision to punish whoever 
harbors terrorists, not just the perpetrators." 

Their job, the president said, was to figure 
out how to do it. 

That afternoon, on a secure phone on Air 
Force One, Bush had already told Defense 
Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld that he 

Intelligence was by now almost conclusive 
that Osama bin Laden and his al Qaeda net- 
work, based in Afghanistan, had carried out 
the attacks on the World Trade Center and 
the Pentagon. But the aides gathered in the 
bunker — the "war cabinet" that included 
Rumsfeld, Vice President Cheney, national 
security adviser Condoleezza Rice, Secretary 
of State Colin L. Powell and CIA Director 
George J. Tenet -- were not ready to say what 
should be done about them. The war cabinet 
had questions, no one more than Rumsfeld. 

Who are the targets? How much evidence 
do we need before going after al Qaeda? 
How soon do we act? While acting quickly 
was essential, Rumsfeld said, it might take 
up to 60 days to prepare for major military 
strikes. And, he asked, are there targets that 
are off-limits? Do we include American 
allies in military strikes? 

Rumsfeld warned that an effective response 
would require a wider war, one that went far 
beyond the use of military force. The United 
States, he said, must employ every tool avail- 
able -- military, legal, financial, diplomatic, 


The president was enthusiastic. But Tenet 
offered a sobering thought. Although al 
Qaeda's home base was Afghanistan, the ter- 
rorist organization operated nearly world- 
wide, he said. The CIA had been working 
the bin Laden problem for years. We have a 
60-country problem, he told the group. 

"Let's pick them off one at a time," Bush 

The president and his advisers started 
America on the road to war that night with- 
out a map. They had only a vague sense of 
how to respond, based largely on the visceral 
reactions of the president. But nine nights 
later, when Bush addressed a joint session of 
Congress, many of the important questions 
had been answered. 

Meeting in secret, often several times each 
day, Bush and his advisers deliberated, 
debated and ultimately settled on a strategy 
that is still emerging, an unconventional and 
risky worldwide war against terrorism. This 
series of articles is an inside account of what 
happened from Sept. 1 1 to Sept. 20, based 
on interviews with the principals involved in 
the decision-making, including the presi- 
dent, the vice president and many other key 
officials inside the administration and out. 
The interviews were supplemented by notes 
of NSC meetings made available to The 
Washington Post, along with notes taken by 
several participants. 

Cheney raised the military problem of retal- 
iating against al Qaeda's home base, noting 
that in Afghanistan, a country decimated by 
two decades of war, it would be hard to find 
anything to hit. 

Bush returned to the problem of bin Laden's 
sanctuary in Afghanistan. Tenet said they 
must deny the terrorists that sanctuary by 

targeting the Taliban as well. Tell the Taliban 
we're finished with them, he urged. 

Discussion turned to whether bin Laden's 
al Qaeda network and the Taliban were the 
same. Tenet said they were. Bin Laden had 
bought his way into Afghanistan, supplying 
the Taliban with tens of millions of dollars. 

Rumsfeld said the problem was not just 
bin Laden and al Qaeda but the countries 
that supported terrorism — the point of the 
president's address that night. 
"We have to force countries to choose," the 
president said. 

After the meeting had ended and Bush had 
returned to the residence, he and his wife 
were awakened by Secret Service agents. 
The agents rushed them downstairs to the 
bunker because of a report of an unidenti- 
fied plane in the area. Bush was in running 
shorts and a T-shirt as he made his way 
down the stairs, through the tunnel and into 
the bunker. It proved to be a false alarm, and 
the Bushes returned to the residence for the 
rest of the night. 

Like his father, Bush tries to keep a daily 
diary of his thoughts and observations. That 
night, he dictated: 

"The Pearl Harbor of the 21st 
century took place today." 

"We think it's Osama bin Laden." 

"We think there are other targets in the 
United States, but I have urged the country 
to go back to normal." 

"We cannot allow a terrorist thug to hold us 
hostage. My hope is that this will provide an 
opportunity for us to rally the world against 


George W. Bush plumbed the deepest 
place in himself, looking for a sim- 
ple expression of what the assaults 
of September 1 1 required. It was his 
role to lead the nation, and the very 
world. The President, at a moment of 
crisis, defines the communal re- 
sponse. A few days after the assault, 
George W. Bush did this. Speaking 
spontaneously, without the aid of ad- 
visers or speechwriters, he put a word 
on the new American purpose that 
both shaped it and gave it meaning. 
"This crusade," he said, "this war on 

For George W. Bush, crusade was an 
offhand reference. But all the more 
powerfully for that, it was an acci- 
dental probing of unintended but 
nevertheless real meaning. That the 
President used the word inadvertent- 
ly suggests how it expressed his exact 
truth, an unmasking of his most 
deeply felt purpose. Crusade, he said. 
Later, his embarrassed aides suggest- 
ed that he had meant to use the word 
only as a synonym for struggle, but 
Bush's own syntax belied that. He 
defined crusade as war. Even off- 
handedly, he had said exactly what he 

Osama bin Laden was already under- 
stood to be trying to spark a "clash of 
civilizations" that would set the West 
against the whole House of Islam. 
After 9/11, agitated voices on all 
sides insisted that no such clash was 
inevitable. But crusade was a match 
for jihad, and such words threatened 
nothing less than apocalyptic con- 
flict between irreconcilable cultures. 
Indeed, the President's reference 
flashed through the Arab news me- 
dia. Its resonance went deeper, even, 
than the embarrassed aides expected 
- and not only among Muslims. 




► m 4) 1:47/1:54 

O B ft □ 


Bush Talks about Crusade on Sep 16-2001 

THE PRESIDENT: We need to go back to work tomorrow and we will. But 
we need to be alert to the fact that these evil-doers still exist. We haven't seen 
this kind of barbarism in a long period of time. No one could have conceiv- 
ably imagined suicide bombers burrowing into our society and then emerg- 
ing all in the same day to fly their aircraft - fly U.S. aircraft into buildings full 
of innocent people - and show no remorse. This is a new kind of — a new 
kind of evil. And we understand. And the American people are beginning to 
understand. This crusade, this war on terrorism is going to take a while. And 
the American people must be patient. I'm going to be patient 


Wolfowitz chilling speech 

In June 2001 - few months before 
911 Deputy Secretary of Defense 
Paul Wolfowitz gave a chilling 
speech at West Point -The United 
States Military Academy 

Wolfowitz June 02, 2001: 

-Extensive scientific research has demon- 
strated that on an average day in June, 
the average human brain is capable of 
remembering at most one thought from a 
commencement speech. But since today is 
cooler than average, and West Pointers are 
definitely above average, I will challenge 
you to think this morning about two words: 
"surprise" and "courage." 

-This year marks the sixtieth anniversary of 
a military disaster whose name has become 
synonymous with surprise— the attack on 
Pearl Harbor. 

-Yet military history is full of surprises, even 

if few are as dramatic or as memorable as 
Pearl Harbor. Surprise happens so often that 
its surprising that we're still surprised by it. 
Very few of these surprises are the product 
of simple blindness or simple stupidity. Al- 
most always there have been warnings and 
signals that have been missed— sometimes 
because there were just too many warnings 
to pick the right one out, sometimes because 
of what one scholar of Pearl Harbor called "a 
poverty of expectations"— a routine obses- 
sion with a few familiar dangers. 

This expectation of the familiar has gotten 
whole governments, sometimes whole soci- 
eties, into trouble. 

-One hundred years later, we live, once 
again, in a time of great hopes for world 
peace and prosperity. Our chances of real- 
izing those hopes will be greater if we use 
the benefit of hindsight to replace a poverty 
of expectations with an anticipation of the 
unfamiliar and the unlikely. 

JUNE 2001 

History Commons 

February 18, 1992: 'Wolfowitz Doctrine:' Proposal Advocates 
US as World 's Lone Superpower 

February 18, 1992: 
'Wolfowitz Doctrine:' 
Proposal Advocates US 
as World's Lone Super- 

^aul VYalfowitz. f Source: a 
Soston Globej 

A draft of the Defense Department's new 
post-Cold War strategy, the Defense Plan- 
ning Guidance (DPG), causes a split among 
senior department officials and is criticized 
by the White House. The draft, prepared by 
defense officials Zalmay Khalilzad and Lewis 
"Scooter" Libby under the supervision of 
Undersecretary of Defense Paul Wolfowitz, 
says that the US must become the world's 
single superpower and must take aggressive 
action to prevent competing nations — even 
allies such as Germany and Japan — from 
challenging US economic and military 
supremacy. [New York Times, 5/23/1992; 
Rupert and Solomon, 2005, pp. 122; Scoblic, 
2008, pp. 165] 

September 2000: Neoconservative 
Think Tank Writes 'Blueprint' for 
'Global Pax Americana 

May 30, 2000: US Military Blueprint Calls for Toll-Spectrum 
Dominance/ of Entire World 

A JuieiL Vi 
to enlarge) 

yi dpi lie. /Suurce. U3 Default: Day*r Intent] (iliik in id ye 

People involved in the 2000 PNAC report (From top 
left): Vice President Cheney, Florida Governor Jeb 
Bush, DeFense Secretary Rumsfeld, Deputy Defense 
Secretary Paul Wolfov*itz, Cheney Chief of Staff I. 

A Joint Vision graphic.A Joint Vision graph- 
ic. [Source: US Defense Department] (click 
image to enlarge)The US Defense Depart- 
ment publishes its new long-term blueprint 
for the future, entitled "Joint Vision 2020." 
As a Defense Department press release 
points out, '"Full-spectrum dominance' is 
the key term" in the plan. "Full- spectrum 
dominance means the ability of US forces, 
operating alone or with allies, to defeat any 
adversary and control any situation across 
the range of military operations." 

Author Peter Dale Scott will note that the 
similarity between this blueprint and a 
report published by the Project for the New 
American Century (PNAC) think tank 
several months later "was not coincidental," 
since it was built on a 1992 draft report 
written by some of the same people involved 
in the PNAC report, such as Paul Wolfowitz 
and I. Lewis Libby. 

Paul Dundes Wolfowitz (born December 22, 

The second child of Jacob Wolfowitz 
(1910-1981) and Lillian Dundes, Paul Wol- 
fowitz was born in Brooklyn, New York, into 
a Polish Jewish immigrant family, and grew 
up mainly in Ithaca, New York, where his 
father was a professor of statistical theory at 
Cornell University. 


History Commons 

About Timelines Blog Donate 

Volunteer □ Search this timeline only 

Home ==■ Timelines by Topic ■* Regions : > Asia 

> Afghanistan * Complete 911 Timeline 

Complete 911 Timeline 

Dick Cheney's Actions on 9/11 

(Shortly Before 7:00 a.m. -7:45 a.m.) September 11, 2001: 
Cheney Receives Daily Intelligence Briefing; Heads to White 

9:26 a.m.) September 11, 2001: Cheney Given Updates on Unidentified Flight 
77 Heading toward Washington; Says 'Orders Still Stand'; but Accounts Dif- 
fer on Timing and Identity of the Plane 

According to some accounts, Vice President Dick Cheney is in the Presidential Emer- 
gency Operations Center (PEOC) below the White House by this time, along with 
Transportation Secretary Norman Mineta and others. Mineta will recall that, while a 
suspicious plane is heading toward Washington, an unidentified young man comes in 
and says to Cheney, 'The plane is 50 miles out." According to Mineta, the young man 
continues updating the vice president, saying, "The plane is 30 miles out," and when 
he gets down to "The plane is 10 miles out," asks, "Do the orders still stand?" In re- 
sponse, Cheney "whipped his neck around and said, 'Of course the orders still stand. 
Have you heard anything to the contrary?'" 

(After 10:00 a.m.) September 11, 2001: Vice President Cheney Assembles 
Legal Team for Expanding Presidential Power 


History Commons 


About Timelines Blog Donate 


CD Search this timeline only 

Home :: - Timelines by Topic : > Regions ==• Asia => Afghanistan ==■ Complete 91 1 Timeline 

Complete 911 Timeline 

Donald Rumsfeld's Actions on 9/11 
(8:00 a.m. -8:50 a.m.) September 11, 2001: Rumsfeld Holds Breakfast Meet- 
ing at Pentagon; Key Military Figures Present 

During the course of the meeting Rumsfeld predicts that some kind of "shocking" 
world event will occur in the near future 

(Before 8:46 a.m.) September 11, 2001: Rumsfeld Reportedly Predicts Ter- 
ror Attacks 

Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, 
Representatives Christopher Cox (R) and John Mica (R), and numerous others are 
meeting in Rumsfeld's private Pentagon dining room, discussing missile defense (see 
(8:00 a.m.-8:50 a.m.) September 11, 2001). Rumsfeld later recalls, "I had said at 
an eight o'clock breakfast that sometime in the next two, four, six, eight, ten, twelve 
months there would be an event that would occur in the world that would be suf- 
ficiently shocking that it would remind people again how important it is to have a 
strong healthy Defense Department that contributes to— that underpins peace and 
stability in our world." 

Between 9:38 a.m. and 10:00 a.m. September 11, 2001: Rumsfeld Spends 
Brief Time at Pentagon Crash Scene and Helps Carry a Stretcher; Accounts 
Conflict over Details 

9:39 a.m. September 11, 2001: Defense Secretary Rumsfeld Is Wanted at 
Pentagon Teleconference but Cannot Be Reached 


History Commons 


About Timelines BLog Donate Volunteer 

Home ==■ Search Results 

Results Overview 

Dov Zakheim 


September 2000*. Neoconservative Think Tank Writes 
Blueprint' for Global Pax Americana' 

The neoconservative 
think tank Project for 
the New American 
Century writes a 
"blueprint" for the 
"creation of a 'global 
Pax Americana'" (see 
June 3, 1997). The 
document, titled 
Rebuilding America's 

People involved in the 2000 PNAC report (from top left): Vice President Cheney, Flo- 
rida Governor Jeb Bush, Defense Secretary Rumsfeld, Deputy Defense Secretary Paul 
Wolfowitz, Cheney Chief of Staff I. Lewis Libby, Undersecretary of State John Bolton, 
Undersecretary of Defense Dov Zakheim, and author Eliot Cohen. 

September 2000: Neoconservative Think Tank Writes 'Blueprint' for 'Global 
Pax Americana' 

The neoconservative think tank Project for the New American Century writes a 
"blueprint" for the "creation of a 'global Pax Americana'" (see June 3, 1997). The 
document, titled Rebuilding America's Defenses: Strategies, Forces and Resources 
for a New Century, was written for the George W. Bush team even before the 2000 
presidential election. It was written for future Vice President Cheney, future Defense 
Secretary Rumsfeld, future Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, Florida Go- 
vernor and Bush's brother Jeb Bush, and Cheney's future chief of staff Lewis Libby. 
[Project for the New American Century, 9/2000, pp. iv and 51 ] 


Rabbi Dov Zakheim was the appointed Undersecretary of Defense and Comptrol- 
ler from 2001 to 2004 under the George W. Bush administration. Zakheim is the 
man responsible for the disappearance of $2.6 TRILLION that went missing from the 
Pentagon books which was announced by Donald Rumsfeld on 10th September, 2001. 
The story was buried under 9/1 l's rubble. 

Not many Americans know who he is, but they ignore him at their own peril. If for 
no other reason, a dual Israeli-American citizen as Comptroller and Chief Financial Of- 
ficer of the United States Dept. of Defense should raise some eyebrows. 

He was Corporate VP1 at System Planning Corporation, a major player in the "Ho- 
meland Security" industry. One of the products that SysPlan sells is the Command 
Transmitter System, a remote control system for planes, boats, missiles and other 
vehicles. It's highly customable and configurable to interface with an almost limitless 
number of vehicle types. 




911 jerarne hauer 

guilty: Jerome hauer on 911 


Jerome Hauer, ABC, 9/11, 14:53 

Jerome Hauer Planned For 911 Attacks 

Jerome Hauer is among the small group of 
key individuals who are suspected of playing 
crucial roles is setting the stage for Israeli 
false-flag terror attacks of 9-1 1. 
They abandoned WTC 7 the Office of 
Emergency Management building BEFORE 
the towers collapsed on the OEM build- 
ing, which later fell in a perfect controlled 

Mayor Rudolph W. Giuliani of New York 
appointed Jerome M. Hauer, left, to lead the 
newly created Office of Emergency Manage- 
ment in 1996 

The New York Times wrote in May 2007: 
Mr. Giuliani and Mr. Hauer began their 

relationship in January 1996 when Mr. Hauer 
was hired to lead the new Office of Emer- 
gency Management, created to coordinate 
the city's response to crises. Mr. Hauer, who 
was little known before he became a Giuliani 
aide, had previously run emergency manage- 
ment programs for the State of Indiana and 

Oddly, the New York Times never mentions 
Jerome Hauer's deep family roots in the New 
York Jewish Zionist community. From read- 
ing the Times, one might think that Hauer is 
from Indiana. 

This can only be intentional. Hauer's 
mother, Rose Muscatine Hauer, is the retired 
Dean of the Beth Israel School of Nursing 
and the Honorary President of the New York 
Chapter of Hadassah, the Daughters of Zion 
movement that is one of the central Zionist 
organizations involved in the creation and 
maintenance of the State of Israel. 


The Key Players of 9-11: Who is Jerome M. Hauer? 

Christopher Bollyn - January 20, 2008 

Yesterday, a reader sent me a document that contained a link to a very interesting 
9-minute video clip called 'The 9/11 Solution/' 


The 9/11 Solution 

The 9-11 Solution -How the myth was sold- 
Cover Story #1 

The 911 Harley 
Shirt Guy iden- 
tified as Cana- 
dian actor Mark 

Cover Story #2 #3 

On the morning of September 11 2001, Jerome Hauer outlined the official con- 
spiracy story to Dan Rather and his viewers on CBS... read the following tran- 

Hauer was surprisingly "accurate" with his foreknowledge of how the official story 
would later appear to confirm all of his initial presumptions despite the chaos sur- 
rounding the attacks in the hours after they took place. 

Dan Rather: Based on what you know, and I recognize we're dealing with so few 
facts, is it possible that just a plane crash could have collapsed these buildings, or 
would it have required the prior positioning of other explosives in the buildings? 

Jerome Hauer: My sense is just the velocity of the plane, and the fact that you have 
a plane filled with fuel hitting that building that burned, the velocity of that plane 
certainly had an impact on the structure itself, and then the fact that it burned, and 
you had that intense heat, probably weakened the structure as well, I think it was the 
planes hitting the buildings causing the collapse. 


Dan Rather: What perspective can you give us, there have been these repeated 
reports that Osama Bin Laden responsible for these kinds of events, many intel- 
ligence people at very high levels say, you can't have these kinds of attacks without 
having some state, Iraq, Iran, Libya, Syria, somebody involved... put that into per- 
spective for us. 

Jerome Hauer: Yeah, well I'm not sure I agree that this necessarily state sponsored, 
it certainly has the fingerprints of somebody like Bin Laden!! 

On September 11, 2001, Jerome Hauer was a 
National Security Advisor with the National In- 
stitute of Health, a managing director with Kroll 
Associates, his background in counter terror and 
his specialized knowledge of biological warfare 
served him well on that day. 

On September 11, 2001 Jerome Hauer advi- 
sed the White House to begin taking Cipro, an 
antibiotic which is effective against anthrax, 
Hauer's advice was not made public, and its 
value may have been underestimated at the 
time, but it was clearly demonstrated a week 
later, when the first anthrax letters appeared, 
and again three weeks after that, when anthrax 
appeared in letters to Democratic Senators 
Daschle and Leahy. 

On September 11, 2001, in addition to his job with the NIH, Jerome Hauer was also 
Managing Director of Kroll Associates. 

Kroll was in charge of overall security for the entire World Trade Center 
complex, at Hauer's behest, Kroll had hired John O'Neill, his first day of work 
would be on September 11, 2001, 

O'Neill had resigned his post as Deputy Director of the FBI, during the summer very 
unhappy with the Bush administration's head in sand approach to terror, after investi- 
gations into the attack on USS Cole had been blocked. 





Paul Bremer interview, NBC, 12: 

Paul Bremer interview, NBC, 12:46, 9/11 
This is a mind-boggling interview with 
Lewis Paul Bremer III (who ended up as the 
pro-council of Iraq.) 

On 09/11/01 Bremer was the Chairman and 
CEO of Marsh Political Risk Practice which 
had offices in the WTC as did its parent 
company Marsh USA. They had a total 
of 1,700 employees assigned to the WTC. 
Bremer, himself, had an office in the South 
Tower. Nonetheless, this "counter-terrorism 
expert" makes no mention of any of this 
only three hours after the first plane flew 
directly into seven of the eight floors of 
WTC 1 occupied by Marsh USA. He is here 
on television prognosticating about who 
will turn out to be the culprits, with calm 

46, 9/11 

Bremer: "Yes, this is a very well planned, 
very well coordinated attack, which suggests 
it's very well organized centrally. And there 
are only three or four candidates in the 
world really who could have conducted this 

Vance: "Bin Laden comes to mind right 
away, Mr. Bremer." 

Bremer: "Indeed, he certainly does. Bin 
Laden was involved in the first attack on 
the World Trade Center, which had as its 
intentions doing exactly what happened 
here, which was to collapse both towers. 
He certainly has to be a prime suspect. But 
there are others in the Middle East, and 
there are at least two states, Iran and Iraq 
which should at least remain on the list of 
potential suspects." 

Gentzler: "And can talk to us a little bit 
about who could... I mean there are a limited 
number of groups who could be responsible 
for something of this magnitude. Right?" 






^)) 3:24/11:31 

O o □ □ 

9/11 Richard Perle - The Next Attack Will Be Entirely Different .... Chemical And Biol. 


- Richard Pearle U.S. DEFENSE POLI- 
Defense - Aired September 16, 2001 - 17:30 

- No, I think there are two tracks 
here. There's an effort to determine 
who individually was responsible for 
this act of terror and to try to dis- 
cern the ties back to larger terrorist 
organizations. But separate and apart 
from that, if we are going to win 

the war against terrorism, we must 
take that war to the countries who 
harbor terrorists, who give them the 
facilities, the money, the training, the 
intelligence, the communications. 
Without that, the ability of these ter- 
rorists — bin Laden or anyone else — 
to inflict this kind of damage would 

CNN September 16, 2001 .... Espionage? 
Richard Perle has been accused of spying for 
Israel on multiple occasions over a period of 
4 decades, getting away the whole time with 
criminal activities. 9/11 is what happens 
when you let very powerful criminals get 
away with past terrorism and treason. Perle 
calls out the Anthrax attacks that happen 
weeks later, with a smile. When Perle was 
working for Senator Scoop Jackson, he was 
investigated by the Justice Department and 
found to have violated US policies relat- 
ing to unlawful transmission of sensitive 
classified US information to Israel. Caught 

Richard Perle was born in New York 
City, New York, the son of Martha 
Gloria and Jack Harold Perle. His 
family was Jewish. 

be extremely limited. 

ces nww co*n 

4ft Hours, Uytiteffy 

WLtowtes Sunday 








WASHINGTON, &*pi. 19* 2001 

Profiting From Disaster? 

When The Slocks Fril, 5?- Million Fi ufif Wns MskIc 


(< HS| So^irees If 91 t"BS That r!ie afternoon 

before the iilTa^ k . ,i I ,inii he I h were ^ouiuhai & over 
luuuiiitl Hiding in [he U.S. stock ctpTiau- m.uker. 

A» ettirnorclijiiiry number of trade* were berrinst Mini 
American AilJiih.-^ .lock r-i^e would fall. 

The Trader .ire called ,F pim n aud ihcy involved at 
kait 4513,000 sjuires of American. But what raised 
The red tlusc is mote than SO percent of l]ic order*. 
were "plus", fjir ontiYtlinbcrin^ "call 11 options, those 

CIA Executive Director "Buzzy" Krongard managed firm that 
handled "PUT' options on United Airline Stock by Michael C. 

FTW - October 9, 2001 - Although uniformly ignored by the 
mainstream U.S. media, there is abundant and clear evidence 
that a number of transactions in financial markets indicated 
specific (criminal) foreknowledge of the September 11 attacks 
on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon. 

In the case of at least one of these trades -- which has left a $2.5 million prize 
unclaimed — the firm used to place the "put options" on United Airlines stock was, 
until 1998, managed by the man who is now in the number three Executive Director 
position at the Central Intelligence Agency. 

Until 1997 A.B. "Buzzy" Krongard had been Chairman of the investment bank A. B. 
Brown being connected to money laundering of drug money. 


Profiting from a toss 

The stocks of United and American airlines feft sharp fy fotf owing the 
Sept 1 1 terrorist attacks, which used hijacked jets from the two airlines. 
But unknown investors made a bundle using a financial derivative that 
increases in value when a stock goes down. 

United Airlines 

Daily closes 


1 $30.82 1 




] 5 


S 10 IS 20 24 26 28 

American Airlines 

Daily closes 


6 10 IS 20 24 26 28 

KEY: ■ Sept 10 ■ Sept 17 M Yesterday 

I 4-day market closure after Sept 11 attacks 

Yahoo Finance 

Chronicle Graphic 

Morgan Stanley Dean Witter & Co., which occupied 22 floors of the World Trade Cen- 
ter, saw 2,157 of its October $45 put options bought in the three trading days before 
Black Tuesday; this compares to an average of 27 contracts per day before Septem- 
ber 6. 

Morgan Stanley's share price fell from $48.90 to $42.50 in the aftermath of the 
attacks. Assuming that 2,000 of these options contracts were bought based upon 
knowledge of the approaching attacks, their purchasers could have profited by at 
least $1.2 million. 

Merrill Lynch & Co., with headquarters near the Twin Towers, saw 12,215 October $45 
put options bought in the four trading days before the attacks; the previous average 
volume in those shares had been 252 contracts per day [a 1200% increase!]. When 
trading resumed, Merrill's shares fell from $46.88 to $41.50; assuming that 11,000 
option contracts were bought by "insiders/' their profit would have been about $5.5 


Military & Foreign Aff airs Journal 



9/1 1 Certainly a False Flag Operation: Mark Dankof 

9/11 Certainly a False Flag 
Operation: Mark Dankof 
by Kourosh Ziabari 
Almost two weeks have passed since the 
1 1th anniversary of the 9/11 attacks, and 
scholars, journalists and authors are still 
trying to figure out the hidden realities be- 
hind the "most hideous terrorist attacks ever 
perpetrated in American soil," as described 
by Victor Argothy of the University of Del- 
ware's Disaster Research Center. 

Israel's involvement in the 9/11 attacks and 
the possibility that it might have been a false 
flag operation with the objective of laying 
the groundwork to attack Afghanistan, Iraq 
and other Muslim nations are among the 
most popular theories which the members 
of 9/1 1 Truth Movement have proposed. 

Mark Dankof believes that they were the 
Israelis who masterminded and perpetrated 
the 9/11 attacks, and believes that there's 
abundant evidence confirming this specu- 

On the 1 1th anniversary of the September 
11, 2001 attacks, I conducted an in-depth 
interview with Mark Dankof to examine 
his viewpoints regarding the events that led 
to the collapsing of the twin towers of the 
World Trade Center, the traces of the foot- 
steps of Israel in the attacks and the reasons 


why the United States and Israel employed 
these attacks to launch an all-out war against 
the Muslim world. What follows is the text 
of this interview. 

Q: Mark, in your writings and broadcasts 
about 9/11, you've talked about the Israeli 
foreknowledge of the attacks. Is there com- 
pelling evidence to verify this? Do you mean 
that Israel was somehow involved in the 
attacks or may have benefited from them in 
one way or another? 

A: I will reiterate what I said on Press TV. I 
believe Dr. Alan Sabrosky of the U. S. Army 
War College is correct. The Israeli Mossad 
pulled off the 9/11 attacks. They had the 
motive, the means, the opportunity, and the 
network in the domestic United States to 
keep their involvement from public expo- 
sure. As Dr. Sabrosky puts it, "It is 100% 
certain that 9/11 was a Mossad operation. 

Fact: The BBC reported on September 23, 
2001 that most of the "nineteen Muslims" 
are still alive. Rex Tomb, Chief of Investi- 
gative Publicity for the FBI noted that the 
reason bin Laden and the Taliban have never 
been officially accused by the United States 
for orchestrating 9/11 is "because the FBI 
has no hard evidence connecting bin Laden 
to 9/11." Dick Cheney stated in an interview 
with Tony Snow on March 26, 2006 that 

"We've never made the case, or ami 

ued the 

case that somehow Osama bin Laden was 
directly involved in 9/1 1. That evidence has 
never been forthcoming." Robert Muller of 
the FBI admitted the same when he stated 
that, "In our investigation, we have not un- 
covered a single piece of paper either here in 
the U. S. or in the treasure trove of informa- 
tion that has turned up in Afghanistan and 
elsewhere that mentioned any aspect of the 
September 11th plot." 

Fact: Zionist Jew and Netanyahu pal, Larry 
Silverstein, obtained the lease for the Twin 
Towers just ten weeks before 9/1 1. He 
doubled the insurance and included a clause 
for "terrorists' acts." When it came time to 
collect, Silverstein claimed there were two 
incidents of "terror" since two buildings 
were hit by planes, which allowed him to 
seek for double indemnity. His victory in 
court was overseen by Zionist Jew Michael 
B. Mukasey. Silverstein later gave conflicting 
accounts of why he was not eating breakfast 
at the Windows of the World restaurant at 
the Twin Towers on 9/1 1, a complete depar- 
ture from his usual routine. Or why his son, 
Roger, and daughter, Lisa did not show up 
for work as usual at the World Trade Center 
on that fateful morning. Take a look at what 
Bollyn, Sungenis, and Wikispooks chronicle 
about the astounding list of high-profile 
Zionist Jews connected to the Twin Tower 
complex who were all conveniently missing 
from the area on 9/1 1. Frank Lowy; Lewis 
Eisenberg; Ronald S. Lauder; Jules Kroll; 
Jerome Hauer. This is all especially interest- 
ing given the Jerusalem Post report that the 
foreign ministry of Israel had the names of 
4,000 Israelis believed to be in the area of the 
Twin Towers or the Pentagon at the time of 
the attacks, yet only one Israeli is known to 
have died that morning. How did all of these 
Jews know to be absent that morning? 

admission of Jewish-run company Odigo 
[later purchased by Comverse Infosys, an 
Israeli company which specializes in phone 
and wiretapping] which had offices two 
blocks from the Twin Towers, that two of its 
employees received instant messages warn- 
ing of a large-scale attack two hours before 
the planes hit the Twin Towers. The Israeli 
newspaper, Haaretz, carried the story. Two 
weeks after 9/11, the Vice President of Odi- 
go, Alex Diamandis stated, "The messages 
said something big was going to happen in 
a certain amount of time, and it did-almost 
to the minute." Bollyn and Sungenis note 
another oddity in all of this: the Israeli com- 
pany, ZIM, which vacated its 10,000 square 
foot office space in the North Twin Tower 
only a few days before 9/11 even though 
the company lease ran to the end of 2001, 
losing $50,000 in the process. When the 
FBI's Michael Dick began an investigation 
of this suspicious activity, Michael Chertoff 
removed him from the case. 

Chertoff is an Israeli citizen; his cousin, 
Benjamin Chertoff, wrote the infamous 
article for Popular Mechanics that attempted 
to support the U. S. government's position 
on 9/1 1 and to defuse the sharp criticism of 
American physicists and scientists which 
definitively stated that the official story of 


tgur Am a? com 

-v ; 

■ ^^^^^ '- ■ ■* 1 

€Z* \j Can 


[Bw*!> 1 '^J^ 1 | £* 

s:. a' 

Mother of All 

Pearl Harbor: Maine; of All 
Canapiraeiea IP.spcitxickJ 

/WaUiiMc fro 1 1 1 three selfcrs . 

H*.* ?na !? "UJ pi- pi hn# 

□ r 

S*t > 13-00 imflxcn.ppm Cjifc 

Pearl Harbor: Mother of All Conspiracies 

President Roosevelt (FDR) provoked the attack, knew about it in advance and covered 
up his failure to warn the Hawaiian commanders. 

FDR needed the attack to sucker Hitler to declare war, 

since the public and Congress were overwhelmingly against entering the war in Eu- 
rope. It was his backdoor to war. 

FDR blinded the commanders at Pearl Harbor and set them up by: 

1. denying intelligence to Hawaii 

2. on Nov 27, misleading the commanders into thinking negotiations with Japan were 
continuing to prevent them from realizing the 

3. having false information sent to Hawaii aboMCTi w 3§cWt!ion of the Japanese carrier 

Interview with historian Eustace Mullins on the New World Order 

Interviewer : Who is it that wants these wars? 

Eustace Mullins : It's the bankers, the bankers plan wars to create debt. The Rotshcilds financed 
the wars. 

Interviewer : How did they trick us into world war two? 

Eustace Mullins : The attack on Pearl Harbour was one of those carefully orchestrated 
things, Roosevelt was sitting there in Washington listening to every communique the Japanese 
were sending out. The United States had the money to finance the war, Woodrow Wilson signed 
into law the Federal Reserve Act so we could have world war one. 

Interviewer : When we see that room in the United Nations are these guys calling the shots? 
Eustace Mullins : David Rockefeller used to come down there and meet with the Soviet delega- 
tion and he would give the Soviet delegation there orders and they would relay that to Moscow. 
Interviewer : Can you tell us the specific point at which the US currency was switched over to 
this fake currency called Federal Reserve note? 

Eustace Mullins : They made a number of steps which were finalized in 1944 when we were in- 
volved in the second world war and congress removed the gold backing of the dollar. Since 1944 
it has only been backed by paper bonds. So you have paper currency backed by paper bonds. 


Tilt: \KW 

mm iiutmiK 

C.*rf Whit I m n 

The New Pearl Ha? r>on Disturbing 

Questions Aboirt the Bush 

Ad mmislrahon and paperback] 

Buy M'-lv 

=-■*■ 510.20 n, hIkjJjI* for I HI I N u | h*t 

v-.-. 5m- z : fr* HC 

In Si iv k. 

S'-'Li r-j -J i . A-nijjiTii.'.uni Bi'L /t-iii 

Wrtnl il HlpliurrPifc HrenilAU. Pnlv IMJ .!p 

film Tim rrtmJ 
L— jh ui Whin bwj 

The New Pearl Harbor: 

Disturbing Questions about the Bush Administration and 9/11 by David Ray Griffin 
This 256-page book essentially summarizes the research of independent investigators 
of the 9/11/01 attack, and builds a cumulative argument implicating at least the Bush 
administration in the attack. 

Like his father, Bush tries to keep a daily diary of his thoughtsand observations. [On 
9/11], he dictated: 'The Pearl Harbor of the 21st century took place today/' [Wash- 
ington Post] 

September 11th 2001 = The new Pearl Harbor 

The large numbers of 'blips' on NORAD screens which displayed both the real and 
'drill' hijacked planes explain why press reports released immediately afterwards were 
confusing citing that up to eight planes had been hijacked. 

David Ray Griffin born 1939 is a retired 
American professor of philosophy of re- 
ligion and theology. Along with John B. 
Cobb, Jr., he founded the Center for Pro- 
cess Studies in 1973, a research center 

of Claremont School of Theology which 
seeks to promote the common good by 
means of the relational approach found 

in process thought. Griffin has published a 
number of books on the subject of the Sep- 
tember 1 1 attacks, suggesting that there was 
a conspiracy involving some elements of the 
United States government. 

Griffins second book on the subject was a 
direct critique of the 9/11 Commission Re- 
port, called The 9/11 Commission Report: 
Omissions And Distortions (2005). [13] 
Griffins article The 9/11 Commission Re- 
port: A 571 -page Lie summarises this book, 
presenting 115 instances of either omissions 
or distortions of evidence he claims are in 
the report, stating that "the entire Report is 
constructed in support of one big lie: that 
the official story about 9/11 is true. 


History Commons 

About Timelines BLog Donate Volunteer D Search this timeline only 

Home :: - Timelines by Topic : > Regions :: - Asia » Afghanistan :: - Complete 91 1 Timeline 

Complete 911 Timeline 

The Able Danger Program 

May-June 2000; Army Officer Told to Destroy Able Danger 


Maj. Eric Klein smith, chief of intelligence 
for the Land Information Warfare Activity 
fLIWA) unit, is ordered to destroy data and 
documents related to a military intelligence 
program set up to gather information about 
al-Qaeda. The program, called Able Danger, 
has identified Mohamed Atta and three 
other future hijackers as potential threats 
(see January-February 2000). According to 
Kleinsmith , by April Z000 it has collected 

May-June 2000: Army Officer Told to Destroy Able Danger Documents 

Maj. Eric Kleinsmith, chief of intelligence for the Land Information Warfare Activity 
(LIWA) unit, is ordered to destroy data and documents related to a military intelligen- 
ce program set up to gather information about al-Qaeda. The program, called Able 
Danger, has identified Mohamed Atta and three other future hijackers as potential 
threats (see January-February 2000). 

According to Kleinsmith, by April 2000 it has collected "an immense amount of data 
for analysis that allowed us to map al-Qaeda as a worldwide threat with a surprisingly 
significant presence within the United States."(see January-February 2000) [Fox 
News, 9/21/2005; New York Times, 9/22/2005] 

The data is being collected on behalf of Maj. Gen. Geoffrey Lambert, the J3 at US 
Special Operations Command, who is said to be extremely upset when he learns that 
the data had been destroyed without his knowledge or consent. 

Able Danger and the 9/11 Commission 

Curt Weldon's assertion that Able Danger identified the 9/11 hijackers was picked up 
by the national media in August 2005, after it was reported in the bimonthly Gov- 
ernment Security News. In addition to asserting that Able Danger identified the 9/11 
hijackers and was prevented from passing that information onto the FBI, Weldon also 
alleged the intelligence concerning Able Danger was provided to the 9/11 Commission 
and ignored. Two 9/11 Commission members, Timothy J. Roemer and John F. Leh- 
man, both claimed not to have received any information on Able Danger. 

Erik Kleinsmith. [Source: 


m ■ 

Sibel Deniz Edmonds 
born 1970 is an Irani- 
an-American former 
FBI translator and 
founder of the Nation- 
al Security Whis- 
tleblowers Coalition 
(NSWBC). Edmonds 
gained public atten- 
tion following her fir- 
ing from her position 
as a language specialist at the FBI's Washington 
Field Office in March 2002, after she accused a 
colleague of covering up illicit activity involv- 
ing foreign nationals, alleging serious acts of 
security breaches, cover-ups, and intentional 
blocking of intelligence which, she contended, 
presented a danger to the United States' securi- 
ty. Her later claims have gained her awards and 
fame as a whistleblower. 

In March 2012, she published a memoir, titled 
Classified Woman-The Sibel Edmonds Story. 

Edmonds testified before the 9/11 Commis- 
sion, but her testimony was excluded from the 
official 567 page 

Edmonds has continued to make various 
allegations and claims about operations within 
the FBI. Many of her allegations about the 9/11 
attacks and nuclear proliferation have been 
reported in the media and published online, 
and she continues to publish open letters on 
her personal website, Just a Citizen. On August 
8, 2009, Edmonds gave sworn testimony 
accusing current and former members of the 
government of treasonous activity. A video of 
her deposition and PDF transcript is avail- 
able online as well as an easy-to-read HTML 

Gladio B: The Origins of NATO's Secret 
Islamic Terrorist Proxies 

According to Sibel Edmonds, NATO, 
through Gladio, worked closely with Za- 
wahiri and Bin Laden. 
Synopsizing Sibel Edmonds: The Evolution 
of Operation Gladio 

Over at Sibel's website, she has published 
"Sibel Edmonds' State Secrets Privilege 
Gallery" - twenty one photos of people. 

Sibel doesn't say anything about the photos 
- or the people in the photos - but we can 
reasonably presume that they are the 21 
guilty people in her case. 
Sibel has broken the photos into three 
different groups. 

The first group contains current and 
former Pentagon and State Department 

Richard Perle 

|| I Marc Grossman | 
"iDouglas Feith 

Brent Scowcroft 

Eric Edelman 

Larry Franklin 


History Commons 

About Timelines BLog Donate Volunteer 

September 2000: Neoconservative Think Tank Writes 
'Blueprint' for 'Global Pax Americana' 

The neoconservative think tank Proj- 
ect for the New American Century 
writes a "blueprint" for the "creation 
of a global Pax Americana" (see 
June 3, 1997). The document, titled 
Rebuilding Americas Defenses: Strat- 
egies, Forces and Resources for a New 
Century, was written for the George 
W. Bush team even before the 2000 
presidential election. It was written for 
future Vice President Cheney, future 
Defense Secretary Rumsfeld, future 
Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wol- 
fowitz, Florida Governor and Bush's 
brother Jeb Bush, and Cheneys future 
chief of staff Lewis Libby. [Project for 
the New American Century, 9/2000, pp. iv and 51 pdf file] 

+You Search 

Images Maps Play YouTube Gmail Drive Calendar Translate 1 


rebuilding america's defenses 

Web Images Maps Videos More » Search tools 

About 586.000 results (0.25 seconds) 

[pdfi Rebuilding America's Defenses - the Project far the New Americ... 
www. newameri can century org/RebuildingAmericasDefenses pdf 

File Format: PDF/Adobe Acrobat - Quick View 

REBUILDING. AMERICA'S. DEFENSES. Strategy, Forces and Resources. For a New 
Century'', A Report of. The Project for the New American Century ... 

Psopls involved in ths 2000 PNAC rsport (From top 
Is Ft): Vies Prssidsnt Chsnsy, Florida Governor Jsb 
Bush r Dsfsnss Sscrstary Rumsfsld r Dsputy DsFsnss 
Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, Chens/ Chief oF StaFF I. 
Lewis Libby r Undersecretary of State John Bolton r 
Undersecretary of Defense Dov Zakheim f and author 
Eliot Cohen. [Source: Public domain] 





Strategy, Forces and Resources 
For a New Century 

A Report of 

The Project for the New American Century 
September 2000 

1. L >D. d,l*gi-^l^J5t)f«{PStnptfii 2.dDt?t**4a[^ 

la Q \£ u ED * A r 

Rebuilding America s Defenses: Sf rafter. Farces ami Resources far & New Century 

policy goals and would trouble Americ an 

Further, the process of transformation, 
even if it brings revolutionary change, is 
likely to be a long one, absent some 
catastrophic and catalyzing event like a 
new Pearl Harbor. Domestic politics and 
industrial policy will shape the pace and 
content of trans forma lion as much as I he 

tv* ni i m-piii pii tc t \i ^mrp-nt inietirttic A 

■■■■international commons" be a key to 
world power in the future. An 
America incapable of pro letting its 
interests or thai of its allies in space 
or the hi info sphere" will find it 
difficult to exert global political 

Pursuing a two -stage strategy for of 
transforming convent ion a I forces. In 

Further, the process of transformation, even if it brings revolu- 
tionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastroph- 
ic and catalyzing event - like a new Pearl Harbor. 


P It il i I f 1 Fd« 1 El b 

Ne w Amlrican Chntury 

Rebuilding America a Defenses: Strategy^ 

policy goals and would trouble American 

Further, the process oHranstoniiation. 
even if it brings revolutionary change, is 
likely to be a long one. absent some 
catastrophic and catalyzing event like a 
new Pearl Harbor. Domestic politics and 
Rebuilding America's Defenses: 

Strategy, Forces and Resources For a New Century 
A Report of the Project for the New American Century 
September 2000 

Further, the process of transformation, 
even if it brings revolutionary change, is 
likely to be a long one, absent some 
catastrophic and catalyzing event - like a 
new Pearl Harbor. 


History Commons 






Home ==■ Context of June 3, 1997: PNAC Think Tank Issues Statement of Principles' 

June 3, 1 997: PNAC Think Tank Issues Statement of 


The Project for the New American Century 
(PNAC}, a neoconservative think tank formed 
in the spring of 1997, issues its statement of 
principles. PNAC's stated aims are: 

■ to "shape a new century favorable to 
American principles and interests" 

■ to achieve "a foreign policy that boldly and 
purposefully promotes American principles 

■ to "increase defense spending significantly" 

■ to challenge "regimes hostile to US interests 
and values" 

September 2000: Neoconservative Think Tank Writes 
'Blueprint' for 'Global Pax Americana' 

William Kristol, one of 
the founders and 
leaders of PNAC. 

The neoconservative 
think tank Project for 
the New American 
Century writes a 
"blueprint" for the 
"creation of a 'global 
Pax Americana'" (see 
June 3, 1997). The 
document, titled 
Rebuilding America's 
Defenses: Strategies. 

1 ■ People involved in the 2000 PNAC report (from 

Forces and Resources for top left): Vice President Cheney; Florida Governor 

Jeb Bush, Defense Secretary Rumsfeld, Deputy 
a New Century ? Was Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, Cheney Chief 

Written for the George ? f h Sta c ff }: Lewis Libby, Undersecretary of State 

= John Bolton, Undersecretary of Defense Dov 
W. Bush team even Zakheim, and author Eliot Cohen. [Source; Public 

■ , . domain] 

before the 2000 


National Commission on 
Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States 

Ninth Public Hearing Archive 

The Commissions ninth public hearing was 
held on April 8, 2004, in Washington, DC. 
The Commission heard testimony from Dr. 
Condoleezza Rice, Assistant to the President 
for National Security Affairs. 
Thursday, April 8, 2004 

At the beginning of the Administration, 
President Bush revived the practice of 
meeting with the director of Central Intel- 
ligence almost every day in the Oval Office, 
meetings which I attended along with the 
Vice President and the chief of staff. At these 
meetings, the President received up-to-date 
intelligence and asked questions of his most 
senior intelligence officials. 

From January 20th through September 
10th, the President received at these daily 
meetings more than 40 briefing items on al 
Qaeda, and 13 of those were in response to 
questions he or his top advisers posed. In 
addition to seeing DCI Tenet almost every 
morning, I generally spoke by telephone to 
coordinate policy at 7:15 with Secretary — 
Secretaries Powell and Rumsfeld on a variety 
of topics. And I also met and spoke regularly 
with the DCI about al Qaeda and terrorism. 

Of course, we did have other responsibili- 
ties. President Bush had set a broad foreign 
policy agenda. We were determined to con- 
front the proliferation of weapons of mass 
destruction. We were improving Americas 
relations with the world's great powers. 

We had to change an Iraq policy that was 
making no progress against a hostile regime 
which regularly shot at U.S. planes enforcing 
U.N. Security Council resolutions. And we 
had to deal with the occasional crisis; for 
instance, when the crew of a Navy plane was 
detained in China for 1 1 days. 

We also moved to develop a new and 
comprehensive strategy to try and elimi- 
nate the al Qaeda network. President Bush 
understood the threat, and he understood 
its importance. He made clear to us that he 
did not want to respond to al Qaeda one 
attack at a time. He told me he was "tired of 
swatting flies." 

This new strategy was devel- 
oped over the spring and sum- 
mer of 2001, and was approved 
by the President s senior na- 
tional security officials on Sep- 
tember 4th. 

It was the very first major national security 
policy directive of the Bush administration 
— not Russia, not missile defense, not Iraq, 
but the elimination of al Qaeda. 

Although this National Security Presidential 
Directive was originally a highly classified 
document, we arranged for portions to be 
declassified to help the Commission in its 
work, and I will describe some of it today. 


Bush Planned Afghan Invasion BEFORE 9/11, Condoleezza Rice Testimony 

The strategy set as a goal the elimination 
of the al Qaeda network and threat and or- 
dered the leadership of relevant U.S. depart- 
ments and agencies to make the elimination 
of al Qaeda a high priority and to use all 
aspects of our national power -- intelligence, 
financial, diplomatic and military — to meet 
that goal. And it gave Cabinet secretaries 
and department heads specific responsibili- 
ties. For instance, it directed the secretary of 
State to work with other countries to end all 
sanctuaries given to al Qaeda. 

It directed the secretaries of the Treasury 
and State to work with foreign governments 
to seize or freeze assets and holdings of al 
Qaeda and its benefactors. 

It directed the director of Central Intelli- 
gence to prepare an aggressive program of 
covert activities to disrupt al Qaeda and 
provide assistance to anti-Taliban groups 
operating in Afghanistan. 

History Commons 




1976: CIA and Other Intelligence Agencies Use BCCI to Control 
anil Manipulate friminak anrt Twrnrists Worldwide 

Investigative journalist 
Joseph Trento will later 
report that in 1976, the 
Safari Club, a newly formed 
secret cabal of intelligence 
agencies (see September 1, 
1976-Early 1980s), de- 
cides it needs a network of 
twLT 1 banks to help finance its 

intelligence operations. Saudi Intelligence 
Minister Kamal Adham is given the task. 
"With the official blessing of George H. 
W. Bush as the head of the CIA, Adham 
transformed a small Pakistani merchant 
bank, the Bank of Credit and Commerce 
International (BCCI), into a world-wide 
money-laundering machine, buying banks 
around the world to create the biggest clan- 
destine money network in history." BCCI 
was founded in 1972 by a Pakistani named 
Agha Hasan Abedi, who was an associate 

of Adham's. Bush himself has an account at 
BCCI established while still director of the 
CIA. French customs will later raid the Paris 
BCCI branch and discover the account in 
Bush's name. [Trento, 2005, pp. 104] Bush, 
Adham, and other intelligence heads work 
with Abedi to contrive "a plan that seemed 
too good to be true. The bank would solicit 
the business of every major terrorist, rebel, 
and underground organization in the world. 
The intelligence thus gained would be 
shared with 'friends' of BCCI." CIA oper- 
ative Raymond Close works closely with 
Adham on this. BCCI taps "into the CIA's 
stockpile of misfits and malcontents to help 
man a 1,500-strong group of assassins and 
enforcers." [Trento, 2005, pp. 104] 


Magazine <x s^^im q 
B.C.C.I.: The Dirtiest Bank of All 

By JunuLhuri B L -uLy and S.C Gwyniu-Tk-w York Monday July 29. 1991 

Early June- September 10, 2001: Armed Drone Ready to Hit Bin 
Laden, but Bureacratic Concerns Prevent Its Use 

A Predator drone Firing a HellFire missile. [Source: tfS Air 

An armed version of the Preda- 
tor drone successfully passes a 
test showing it is ready for use 
in Afghanistan. The Predator 
had been used successfully in 
2000 to spot bin Laden (see 
September 7-October 2000), but 
it was not used in early 2001 
while an armed version was 
prepared (see January 10-25, 
2001). AHellfire missile was 

successfully test fired from a Predator on February 16, 2001. [CBS News, 6/25/2003] 


You are in: World: South Asia 
Frnnl Parjp Tuesday, L0 September, Z001, il;27 GMT 1Z:27 UK 

■■Bwaru us 'planned attack on 
i?&]jr Taleban' 

Amen cos 
Asia- Pacific 
Middle test 
South Asia] 

HwnUufttm K 


The widei uLrjeLli 

By the BfclU's ceorqe Arnay 

A former Pakistani diplomat has told the BBC 
that ths US was planning miiitary action 
dy-diniit Oidiiid Bill Lddan dind Dm Tdlubdn yvmi 
before last week's attacks. 

Zbigniew Brzezinski, born in Warsaw, Po- 
land, in 1928, the son of a diplomat posted 
to Canada in 1938, serves as Counselor, 
Center for Strategic and International 
Studies (CSIS) and is Professor of American 
Foreign Policy at the Paul H. Nitze School 
of Advanced International Studies (SAIS) 
at Johns Hopkins University, Washington, 
D.C. Brzezinski is said to be a protege of 
both Nelson A. Rockefeller and Paul H. 
Nitze, his CSIS profile states 
Brzezinski, in a interview for the French 
publication, Le Nouvel Observateur, was 
more forthright, and unapologetically 
claimed to be the mastermind of a feint 
which caused the Soviet Union to embark 
upon a military intervention to support 
their client government in Kabul, as well as 
training and arming extremists, which later 
became the Taliban government. 

Q: When the Soviets justified their in- 
tervention by asserting that they intended 
to fight against a secret involvement of the 
United States in Afghanistan, people didn't 
believe them. However, there was a basis of 
truth. You don't regret anything today? 

Tuesday, 18 September, 2001, 11:27 GMT 
12:27 UK 

US 'planned attack on Taleban' 
By the BBC's George Arney 
A former Pakistani diplomat has told the 
BBC that the US was planning military 
action against Osama Bin Laden and the 
Taleban even before last week's attacks. 
Niaz Naik, a former Pakistani Foreign Sec- 
retary, was told by senior American officials 
in mid- July that military action against 
Afghanistan would go ahead by the middle 
of October. 

Mr Naik said US officials told him of the 
plan at a UN-sponsored international con- 
tact group on Afghanistan which took place 
in Berlin. 

Brzezinski: Regret what? That secret 
operation was an excellent idea. It had 
the effect of drawing the Russians into the 
Afghan trap and you want me to regret it? 
The day that the Soviets officially crossed 
the border, I wrote to President Carter: We 
now have the opportunity of giving to the 
USSR its Vietnam war. Indeed, for almost 
10 years, Moscow had to carry on a war 
unsupportable by the government, a conflict 
that brought about the demoralization and 
finally the breakup of the Soviet empire. 

Q: And neither do you regret having 
supported the Islamic [integrisme], having 
given arms and advice to future terrorists? 

Brzezinski: What is most important to the 
history of the world? The Taliban or the col- 
lapse of the Soviet empire? Some stirred-up 
Moslems or the liberation of Central Europe 
and the end of the cold war? 

Le Nouvel Observateur, Interview with 
Dr. Zbigniew Brzezinski, Paris, January 15- 
21, 1998 


About Timelines BLog Donate Volunteer 

1999: NeoconserYative Philosopher: Intelligence Provides a 
Weans to Policy Ends, by Necessity Steeped in Deception 

September 2002: 'Office 
of Special Plans' Created; 
'Stovepipes' Questionable 
Intelligence Reports to 
Office of Vice President 

Gary Schmitt. [Source: Think 
Progress (.org)] 

Prominent neo conservative Abram Shulsky, 
who worked under former Senator Henry 
"Scoop" Jackson (see Early 1970s), joins 
fellow neoconservative Gary Schmitt, the 
founder of the Project for the New Ameri- 
can Century (PNAC - see January 26, 1998), 
in penning an essay called "Leo Strauss and 
the World of Intelligence." Both are Strauss 
proteges, having studied under him at the 
University of Chicago. Strauss is considered 
an intellectual guiding light for neoconser- 
vative philosophy. Strauss, as Shulsky and 
Schmitt write, believed that all intelligence 
work essentially boils down to deception 
and counterdeception, as much with the 
governments and citizenry an intelligence 
agency ostensibly serves as with an enemy 
government or organization. Strauss viewed 
intelligence as a means for policymakers 
to attain and justify policy goals, not to de- 
scribe the realities of the world. Intelligence 
is "the art of deception," Strauss taught. 
Shulsky will go on to implement Strauss's 
views in his work with the Office of Special 
Plans (see September 2002). [Middle East 
Policy Council, 6/2004] 


Undersecretary of Defense 
for Policy Douglas J. Feith 

William Luti. [Source: ' ° 

HafefK c. sbkkei/ and Deputy Secretary of 

Defense Department] ' ' 

Defense Paul Wolfowitz, both staunch 
neoconservatives, rename the Northern 
Gulf Affairs Office on the Pentagons fourth 
floor (in the seventh corridor of D Ring) the 
"Office of Special Plans" (OSP) and increase 
its four-person staff to sixteen. 

May 2002-Febru- 
ary 2003: Feith 
Holds Unrecord- 
ed Meeting with 

Karen Kwiatkowski escorts about half a 
dozen Israelis, including some generals, 
from the first floor reception area of the 
Pentagon to Douglas Feith's office. "We just 
followed them, because they knew exactly 
where they were going and moving fast," she 
later explains. The Israelis are not required 
to sign in as is required under special regu- 
lations put into effect after the 9/11 attacks. 
Kwiatkowski speculates that Feith's office 
may have waived this requirement for the 
Israelis so that there would be no record of 
the meeting. [Inter Press Service, 8/7/2003] 

Leo Strauss (September 20, 1899 - October 
18, 1973) was a German- American political 
philosopher and classicist who specialized 
in classical political philosophy. He was 
born in Germany to Jewish parents and later 
emigrated to the United States. He spent 
most of his career as a professor of political 
science at the University of Chicago, where 
he taught several generations of students 
and published fifteen books. 

Leo Strauss Philosophy 
of Deception 

Many neoconservatives like Paul Wolfowitz 
are disciples of a philosopher who believed 
that the elite should use deception, religious 
fervor and perpetual war to control the 
ignorant masses. 

What would you do if you wanted to topple 
Saddam Hussein, but your intelligence 
agencies couldn't find the evidence to justify 
a war? 

A follower of Leo Strauss may just hire the 
"right" kind of men to get the job done - 
people with the intellect, acuity, and, if nec- 
essary, the political commitment, polemical 
skills, and, above all, the imagination to find 
the evidence that career intelligence officers 
could not detect. 

The "right" man for Deputy Defense Sec- 
retary Paul Wolfowitz, suggests Seymour 
Hersh in his recent New Yorker article 
entitled 'Selective Intelligence,' was Abram 

Shulsky, director of the Office of Special 
Plans (OSP) - an agency created specifically 
to find the evidence of WMDs and/or links 
with Al Qaeda, piece it together, and clinch 
the case for the invasion of Iraq. 

Like Wolfowitz, Shulsky is a student of an 
obscure German Jewish political philoso- 
pher named Leo Strauss who arrived in the 
United States in 1938. Strauss taught at sev- 
eral major universities, including Wolfowitz 
and Shulsky s alma mater, the University of 
Chicago, before his death in 1973. 

Rule One: Deception 

It's hardly surprising then why Strauss is so 
popular in an administration obsessed with 
secrecy, especially when it comes to matters 
of foreign policy. Not only did Strauss have 
few qualms about using deception in poli- 
tics, he saw it as a necessity. 

Second Principle: 
Power of Religion 

According to Drury, Strauss had a "huge 
contempt" for secular democracy. Nazism, 
he believed, was a nihilistic reaction to the 
irreligious and liberal nature of the Weimar 
Republic. Among other neoconservatives, 
Irving Kristol has long argued for a much 
greater role for religion in the public sphere, 
even suggesting that the Founding Fathers 
of the American Republic made a major 
mistake by insisting on the separation of 
church and state. And why? Because Strauss 
viewed religion as absolutely essential in or- 
der to impose moral law on the masses who 
otherwise would be out of control. 

Third Principle: 
Aggressive Nationalism 

Like Thomas Hobbes, Strauss believed that 
the inherently aggressive nature of human 
beings could only be restrained by a power- 
ful nationalistic state. 



Published bv die Council on Foreign Relations 

Home International Editi ;■]-.= 

New Issue 








Home > Feature: > Zaayi > Catastrophic Terrorism: Tackling the New Danger 

Catastrophic Terrorism: 
Tackling the New Danger 

By Ashton B. Carter, John Deutch, and 

Philip Zelikow 
November/December 1998 


Terrorism is not a new phenomenon. But 
todays terrorists, be they international cults 
like Aum Shinrikyo or individual nihilists 
like the Unabomber, act on a greater variety 
of motives than ever before. More ominous- 
ly, terrorists may gain access to weapons of 
mass destruction, including nuclear devices, 
germ dispensers, poison gas weapons, and 
even computer viruses. Also new is the 
world's dependence on a nearly invisible and 
fragile network for distributing energy and 
information. Long part of the Hollywood 
and Tom Clancy repertory of nightmarish 
scenarios, catastrophic terrorism has moved 
from far-fetched horror to a contingency 
that could happen next month. Although 
the United States still takes conventional 
terrorism seriously, as demonstrated by the 
response to the attacks on its embassies in 
Kenya and Tanzania in August, it is not yet 
prepared for the new threat of catastrophic 


American military superiority on the 
conventional battlefield pushes its adver- 
saries toward unconventional alternatives. 
The United States has already destroyed 
one facility in Sudan in its attempt to target 
chemical weapons. Russia, storehouse of 
tens of thousands of weapons and material 
to make tens of thousands more, may be 
descending into turmoil. Meanwhile, the 
combination of new technology and lethal 
force has made biological weapons at least as 
deadly as chemical and nuclear alternatives. 
Technology is more accessible, and society 
is more vulnerable. Elaborate international 
networks have developed among organized 
criminals, drug traffickers, arms dealers, and 
money launderers, creating an infrastruc- 
ture for catastrophic terrorism around the 

September 7, 2011 — President Obama ap- 
pointed dual US-Israel Citizen and Zionist 
Philip Zelikow, associate dean for graduate 
academic programs in the University of Vir- 
ginias Graduate School of Arts & Sciences, 
to serve on the President's Intelligence Ad- 
visory Board, the White House announced 

History Commons 

About Timelines Blog 



November 1997- August 1998: 
Future 9/11 Commission 
Staff Attend Terrorism Study 
Group; Predict Consequences 
of 'Catastrophic Terrorism' 

Over a period of nine months, faculty from 
Harvard University, Stanford University, the 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and 
the University of Virginia meet in a collabo- 
rative effort called the Catastrophic Ter- 
rorism Study Group. Its members include 
experts on terrorism, national security, 

intelligence, and law enforcement. The 

project director is Philip Zeli- 
kow, future executive director 
of the 9/11 Commission. Future 

9/11 Commissioner Jamie Gorelick is also 
a member, along with Ernest May, who will 
be a senior advisor to the 9/11 Commission. 
The culmination of the group's efforts is a 
report written by Zelikow and its two co- 
chairs: former Assistant Secretary of Defense 
Ashton Carter and former CIA Director 
John Deutch. A condensed version of the re- 
port is published in the journal Foreign Af- 
fairs in late 1998. They write: "Long part of 

the Hollywood and Tom Clancy repertory of 
nightmarish scenarios, catastrophic terror- 
ism has moved from far-fetched horror to a 
contingency that could happen next month. 
Although the United States still takes con- 
ventional terrorism seriously. . . it is not yet 
prepared for the new threat of catastrophic 
terrorism." They predict the consequences 
of such an event: "An act of catastrophic 
terrorism that killed thousands or tens of 
thousands of people and/or disrupted the 
necessities of life for hundreds of thousands, 
or even millions, would be a watershed 
event in America's history. It could involve 
loss of life and property unprecedented for 
peacetime and undermine Americans' fun- 
damental sense of security within their own 
borders in a manner akin to the 1949 Soviet 
atomic bomb test, or perhaps even worse. 
Constitutional liberties would be challenged 
as the United States sought to protect itself 
from further attacks by pressing against 
allowable limits in surveillance of citizens, 
detention of suspects, and the use of deadly 
force. More violence would follow, either 
as other terrorists seek to imitate this great 
success' or as the United States strikes out 
at those considered responsible. Like Pearl 
Harbor, such an event would divide our past 
and future into a 'before' and after.'" 


The Khazars' dual-monarchy was 
a Turkic system under which the 
kagan was the supreme king and the 
bek was the civilian army leader. The 
kagans were part of the Turkic Asena 
ruling family that had provided ka- 
gans for other Central Asian nations 
in the early medieval period. The 
Khazar kagans had relations with the 
rulers of the Byzantines 

1997 witnessed the birth of one of the 
most pivotal American think tanks in 
modern times, whose ideas and ob- 
jectives would come to shape the for- 
eign policy of the United States (U.S.) 
for decades to come. The Project for a 
New American Century (PNAC) was 
founded by William Kristol, the chief 
of staff to Vice President Dan Quayle 
during the Bush senior administra- 
tion, and Robert Kagan, a Senior 
Fellow at the Brookings Institute and 
a member of the Council on Foreign 
Relations (CFR). The PNAC group's 
stated objectives included the desire 
to "shape a new century favourable 
to American principles and interests" 
along with challenging "regimes hos- 


tile to U.S. interest and values". 

Prominent individuals who belonged 
to the think tank include some of 
the most influential politicians in 
America's recent history, including 
the former U.S. Secretary of Defense 
Donald Rumsfeld, the Vice President 
of the U.S. during the George W. 
Bush administration, Dick Cheney, 
the ex President of the World Bank 
and former U.S. Deputy Secretary 
of State Paul Wolfowitz, and Rich- 
ard Perle, the Assistant Secretary of 
Defense for Global Strategic Affairs 
under Ronald Regan. In September 
2000, the PNAC group released a 
document titled: 'Rebuilding Amer- 
ica's Defenses - Strategy, Forces and 
Resources for a New Century', in 
which the group discusses the need 
for the U.S. to assert its military au- 
thority around the globe to secure its 
strategic objectives: 

"Preserving the desirable strategic 
situation in which the United States 
now finds itself requires a globally 
preeminent military capability both 
today and in the future (p.8)." 

Premeditated Wars 
The report then continues to advo- 
cate an increase in military spending 
to enable this "military capability" 
as well as asserting one year before 
9/11 that all this would be unlikely 

to manifest unless there was a "new 
Pearl Harbour" event (p.63). In ad- 
dition, the document lists a number 
of regimes that the group viewed as 
"deeply hostile to America". "North 
Korea, Iraq, Iran, Libya and Syria" 
(p.63 & p.64) are all pinpointed as 
enemies of the U.S. well before the 
illegal war in Iraq in 2003, as well as 
the illegal 201 1 war in Libya and the 
ongoing proxy war in Syria. 

Further evidence was revealed in 
2007 that supports the thesis that 
wars are premeditated by the An- 
glo-American elite for years prior to 
them being launched. This was when 
retired four star general and former 
NATO commander, Wesley Clark, 
disclosed a plan circulating around 
the Pentagon in 2001 to attack 7 
countries in 5 years. The countries 
named mirror the ones targeted by 
the PNAC group, as Iraq, Syria, Iran 
and Libya were all listed in addition 
to Lebanon, Somalia and Sudan. 

Israel is also set to benefit if the 
government of al-Assad is replaced 
with a client state of the West. A 
study group led by neocon Richard 
Perle prepared a policy document 

in 1996 for Israeli Prime Minister, 
Benjamin Netanyahu, titled: 'A Clean 
Break: A New Strategy for Securing 
the Realm', in which it outlines the 
strategic importance of removing 
Saddam Hussein from power in Iraq 
as well as the desire to weaken the 
regime in Syria: 

"Israel can shape its strategic envi- 
ronment, in cooperation with Turkey 
and Jordan, by weakening, contain- 
ing, and even rolling back Syria. This 
effort can focus on removing Sadd- 
am Hussein from power in Iraq - an 
important Israeli strategic objective 
in its own right - as a means of foil- 
ing Syria's regional ambitions." 

Divide and Conquer: How the First 
"Arab Spring" was Manipulated 
The plans for reconfiguring the Mid- 
dle East started several years before 
the First World War. It was during 
the First World War, however, that 
the manifestation of these colonial 
designs could visibly be seen with 
the "Great Arab Revolt" against the 
Ottoman Empire. 
The secret Sykes-Picot Agreement 
between London and Paris is a case 
in point. France and Britain merely 
managed to use and manipulate the 



History Commons 

A hoi it 

i irn p !i i 

King llrwijite WrtLintper 

: Mayor Giuliani Creates Office of Emergency Management 

■f * 

Jeroma Hausr f S>. ltdc: 

New York City Mayor Rudolph Giuliani 
establishes the city's Office of Emergency 
Management (OEM). This is tasked with 
coordinating the city's overall response to 
major incidents, including terrorist at- 
tacks. [Gotham Gazette, 9/12/2001; 9/11 
Commission, 7/24/2004, pp. 83-284] It will 
also be involved in responding to routine 
emergencies on a daily basis. [9/11 Com- 
mission, 5/18/2004 pdf file] OEM comprises 
personnel drawn from various City agencies, 
including police and fire departments, and 
emergency medical services. It begins with a 
staff of just 12, but by 9/1 1 this has increased 

to 72. Its first director is counter- 
terrorism expert Jerome Hauer. 

[New York Times, 7/27/1999] 

History Commons 

Otoe Donate 

.Iiitih ft, 1999: New Vink Fiiihi y+tmy C< mm trti ir I ThiiIhe fljiffDiHiI in 
WTC Building 7 

Giuliani 's emergency command 

New York City Mayor Rudolph Giuliani 
opens a $13 million emergency command 
center on the 23rd floor of World Trade 
Center Building 7. The center is intended to 
coordinate responses to various emergen- 
cies, including natural disasters like hurri- 
canes or floods, and terrorist attacks. The 
50,000 square foot center has reinforced, 
bulletproof, and bomb-resistant walls, its 
own air supply and water tank, beds, show- 
ers to accommodate 30 people, and three 
backup generators. 

Jerome Hauer On YlfflX After WTC 7 Demoiton &M pm 

9/11 Jerome Hauer on WPIX After 
WTC 7 Demolition 6.00 pm 

Then it collapses two hours after this 
inteview, what a miracle! ABC 3:00 pm 
September 11 2001. Jerry Hauer never had 
to answer for incredible incompetence or 
obvious prior knowledge. A highly engi- 
neered steel structure cannot fall perfectly 
into its footprint at the rate of gravitational 
acceleration from small poorly combusted 
isolated fires. They abandoned the OEM 
BEFORE the towers collapsed on the OEM 
building, which later fell in a perfect con- 
trolled demolition 

In 1983, Hauer joined IBM where he was 
responsible for the company's Hazardous 
Materials Response and Crisis Management 
and Fire Safety programs. 1986. 
In the early 1990s, Hauer got his first 
contacts to military and biodefense. Then 
he became member of the Johns Hopkins 


Working Group on Civilian Bio Defense, 
where he wrote various articles about a pos- 
sible bioterrorist attack. 

In 1998, he started working at the OEM 
(Office for Emergency Management) in New 

In the same year, Hauer and anthrax suspect 
Hatfill both supported the CFR as experts in 
their respective fields. The CFR is an acro- 
nym for Council on Foreign Relations, one 
of the most important think-tanks advising 
the US government, as well as many other 
governments abroad. 

On May 28, 1998, Hatfill and Hauer spoke 
together at the same CFR meeting about 
"Building a 'Biobomb': Terrorist Challenge" 
Hatfill was at that time also Senior Research 
Associate at the U.S. Army Medical Research 
Institute for Infectious Diseases (=USAM- 

On October 3, 2001, an Egyptian- Ameri- 
can scientist named Dr. Ayaad Assaad sat 
terrified in a vault-like interrogation room at 
an FBI office in Washington D.C. It was not 
yet known that a pair of letters containing 
deadly anthrax had been mailed to NBC 
Newsman Tom Brokaw and US Senator Tom 
Daschle. Five people would die as a result of 
the anthrax mailings which had been mailed 
from New Jersey. 

Before the anthrax murders were committed, 
someone had sent the FBI an anonymous let- 
ter accusing Dr. Assaad of being a bio-terror- 
ist with a grudge against the United States. 

One of the scientists known to have been a 
leader in the horrible attacks on Dr. Assaad 
was Dr. Lt. Col. Philip Zack. Philip Zack was 
to "voluntarily" leave Fort Detrick shortly 
after Assaad brought Zack's poem and camel 


to the attention of his supervisors. 

Dr. Assaad had been cleared and Dr. Zack 
was coming under a small amount of media 
and FBI suspicion. Enter, from stage left, 
one Barbara Rosenberg, a jewish environ- 
mentalist professor and political activist 
with no expertise in bio-warfare. Rosenberg 
suddenly went public with the claim that she 
knew who the anthrax killer was. She was 
supported in this effort by another Zionist 
New York Times journalist named Nicholas 
D. Kristof, who openly called for the arrest 
of Hatfill! 

Quietly and behind the scenes, Rosenberg 
began directing investigators towards an 
American scientist named Dr. Stephen 
Hatfill (and therefore away from Dr. Zack). 
The Washington Post confirmed that it was 
Rosenberg who helped put authorities on 
the trail of the innocent Dr. Hatfill. 

The name of Hatfill trickled forth from the 
news media. In a matter of weeks, the trickle 
became a media flood. Dr. Hatfill became 
a household name. Hatfill called a news 
conference to protest his innocence. There 
is not a shred of evidence against him and 
he passed an FBI lie detector test. But the 
Zionist controlled media lynch mob, led by 
the evil Rosenberg and the yellow journalist 
Kristoff, continued to pursue and harass 
Hatfill. Dr.Hatfill may never be imprisoned, 
but his life and career have been destroyed 
by these false allegations and the media 
hype. Lt. Col. Zack is off the hook. 

History Commons 





Volunteer □ Search this timeline only 

Home * Timelines by Topic : > Regions :> Asia * Afghanistan Complete 91 1 Timeline 

Complete 911 Timeline 


July 1996: Neoconservative Think Tank Advocates 
Aggressive Israeli Foreign Policy 


The Institute for Advanced Strategic and 
Political Studies, an Israeli think tank, 
publishes a paper titled "A Clean Break: 
A New Strategy for Securing the 
Realm." [Washington times, 10/7/2002; ch re ago 
sun -times. 3/6/2D03] The paper, whose Lead 
author is neoconservative Richard Perle, 
is meant to advise the new, right-wing 
Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin 
Netanyahu. Other authors include: 
■ influential neoconservative academic 
and former Bush adviser Richard Perle, 
primarily responsible for the content of the paper; 

Richard Perle. [Source: Public 

Rebuilding Zionism by Abandoning Past Policies - It advocates making a complete 
break with past policies by adopting a strategy "based on an entirely new intellectual 
foundation, one that restores strategic initiative and provides the nation the room to 
engage every possible energy on rebuilding Zionism.../' [Guardian, 9/3/2002] 

Aggressive, Militant Israeli Policy towards Arab Neighbors - Much along the lines of an 
earlier paper by Israeli Oded Yinon (see February 1982), the document urges the Is- 
raelis to aggressively seek the downfall of their Arab neighbors— especially Syria and 
Iraq— by exploiting the inherent tensions within and among the Arab States. 

The first step is to be the removal of Saddam Hussein in Iraq. A war with Iraq will 
destabilize the entire Middle East, allowing governments in Syria, Iran, Lebanon, and 
other countries to be replaced. "Israel will not only contain its foes; it will transcend 
them/' the paper says. [Perle, 7/8/1996; Guardian, 9/3/2002; Carnegie Endowment 
for International Peace, 3/19/2003] Iraq is first on the list of nations to be transfor- 
med. Saddam Hussein must be overthrown, the authors say. 


Perle was born in New York City, New York, 
the son of Martha Gloria and Jack Harold 
Perle. His family was Jewish. 

As a child, he moved to California, where 
he attended Hollywood High School in Los 
Angeles - his classmates including actor Mike 
Farrell, singer Ricky Nelson, and Joan Wohl- 
stetter (the daughter of Albert and Roberta 
Wohlstetter of the Rand Corporation). 

Perle earned a B.A. in International Politics 
in 1964 from the University of Southern 
California. As an undergraduate he studied 
in Copenhagen at Denmark's International 
Study Program. He also studied at the London 
School of Economics and obtained a M.A. in 
political science from Princeton University in 

Long-time Washington cold warrior Richard 
Norman Perle is a man of many hats: Penta- 
gon policy adviser (resigned February 2004), 
former Likud policy adviser, media manager, 
international investor, op-ed writer, talk show 
guest, think tank expert, and ardent supporter 
of the war in Iraq. 

Known in Washington circles as "Hie 

Prince of Darkness," Perle is asso- 
ciated with the American Enterprise Insti- 
tute and the Project for the New American 
Century, both of which have been prominent 
behind-the-scenes architects of the Bush ad- 
ministrations foreign policy, in particular its 
push for war with Iraq. 

He is closely allied with former Deputy 
Secretary of Defense Paul Dundes Wolfowitz, 
another Iraq hawk. Perle is also a vocal sup- 
porter of Israel and a critic of Saudi Arabia. 
Perle is on the Advisory Board of the Jewish 
Institute for National Security Affairs (JINSA), 
and is a former chairman of the Defense Poli- 

1996 A 

cy Board, a Defense Department advisory 
group composed primarily of former gov- 
ernment officials, retired military officers, 
and academics. 

Perle, 61, was so strongly opposed to 
nuclear arms control agreements with the 
former Soviet Union during his days in 
the Reagan administration that he became 

known as °the Prince of Dark- 



The k i n g Wa hi r ift4 r f c m r n r Jb 
the End of Empire in America 


Book Description 

Publication Date: November 1, 2007 
At nearly every pivotal moment in in- 
ternational politics over the past twen- 
ty-five years-from the Reagan- Gorbachev 
summits, to the Iran- Contra scandal, to 
the collapse of the Soviet Union, to the 
decision to go to war in Iraq-if you dug 
deeply you would find a figure just behind 
the scenes influencing the action: that of 


History Commons 

About Timelines BLog Donate Volunteer □ Search this timeline only 

Home :: - Timelines by Topic Regions Asia :: - Afghanistan :: - Complete 911 Timeline 

Complete 911 Timeline 

1993 Bombing of the World Trade Center 

January 4 y 1984: Alleged Terrorist Plot to Bomb WTC 


The New York Port Authority, which owns the 
World Trade Center, is aware of terrorism 
occurring around the world and that the WTC is 
vulnerable to attack. It has therefore created the 
Terrorist Intelligence Unit within its police 
department, headed by Detective Sergeant Peter 
Caram, to gather information about terrorist 

January 4, 1984: Alleged Terrorist Plot to Bomb WTC Uncovered 

The New York Port Authority, which owns the World Trade Center, is aware of terro- 
rism occurring around the world and that the WTC is vulnerable to attack. 

It has therefore created the Terrorist Intelligence Unit within its police department, 
headed by Detective Sergeant Peter Caram, to gather information about terrorist 
groups and assess the vulnerability of its numerous facilities to attack. 

On this day, Caram writes a memo to the assistant superintendent of the Port Aut- 
hority Police Department, reporting that the FBI has uncovered a terrorist threat: 
Two supporters of Ayatollah Khomeini are allegedly planning to bomb the WTC in the 
near future. Although the attack never occurs, this is the first of numerous occasions 
during the 1980s where the WTC is considered a potential target for a terrorist at- 

July 1990: 'Blind Sheikh' Enters US 
Despite Being on Terrorist Watch List, 
Takes Over Al-Kifah 

Despite being on a US terrorist watch list for three years, ra- 
dical Muslim leader Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman enters the US 
on a "much-disputed" tourist visa issued by an undercover CIA 
agent. [Village Voice, 3/30/1993; Atlantic Monthly, 5/1996; 
Lance, 2003, pp. 42] 


Early July 1992- FBI Fires Informant Who Has Penetrated 
WTC Bombing Group 

P\ In mid-June 1992, FBI informant Emad Salem 
Wk talks to EL Sayyid Nosair, who is in prison for 
I killing Zionist Leader Rabbi Meir Kahane (see 
I November 5, 1990). Nosair and an associate of 
his named All Shinawy reveal to Salem that 
Hi their group (all of whom are close to Sheikh 
% Omar Abdul-Rahman) is plotting to set off 
■ bombs at twelve "Jewish Locations" in New 
iiem. [source: York City, including temples and banks. A few 

February 26, 1993: WTC Is Bombed but Does Not Collapse, as Bombers Had 

The New York Times later reports on Emad Salem, an undercover agent who will be 
the key government witness in the trial against Yousef. 

Salem testifies that the FBI knew about the attack beforehand and told him they 
would thwart it by substituting a harmless powder for the explosives. However, an 
FBI supervisor called off this plan, and the bombing was not stopped. [New York 
Times, 10/28/1993] 

After February 2c, 1993: Threat Assessments Predict 
Possibility of Terrorists Crashing Plane into WTC 

Following the 1993 World Trade Center bombing 
(see February 26, 1993), the New York Port 
Authority asks investigative and security 
consulting firm KroLL Associates to help design 
new security measures for the WTC. KroLL' s 
Deputy Chairman Brian Michael Jenkins Leads the 
analysis of future terrorist threats and how they 
might be addressed. Assessments conclude that a 

Brian Michael 

Jenkins, /source; second terrorist attack against the WTC \s 

June 2001: Wolfowitz Asks CIA and DIA to Look into Theory 
that Iraq Masterminded 1993 Bombing of WTC 


|[] http : //www . alternet. org/stor y / 15935 

Alie i\N 8 1 / Uz/ Jim Lobe Q co m u e nt now! 

Leo Strauss' Philosophy of Deception 

Many neoconservatives like Paul Wolfowitz are disciples of a 
philosopher who believed that the elite should use deception, 
religious fervor and perpetual war to control the ignorant 








ABOUT 1 M 1 




Leo Strauss' Philosophy of Deception 

Many neoconservatives like Paul Wolfowitz are disciples of a philosopher who believed 
that the elite should use deception, religious fervor and perpetual war to control the 
ignorant masses. 

May 19, 2003 | What would you do if you wanted to topple Saddam Hussein, but 
your intelligence agencies couldn't find the evidence to justify a war? 

A follower of Leo Strauss may just hire the "right" kind of men to get the job done 
- people with the intellect, acuity, and, if necessary, the political commitment, po- 
lemical skills, and, above all, the imagination to find the evidence that career intel- 
ligence officers could not detect. 

The "right" man for Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, suggests Seymour 
Hersh in his recent New Yorker article entitled 'Selective Intelligence/ was Abram 
Shulsky, director of the Office of Special Plans (OSP) - an agency created specifically 
to find the evidence of WMDs and/or links with Al Qaeda, piece it together, and clinch 
the case for the invasion of Iraq. 


address hgj http://en. , A ,,i l Leo_Strauss 

N e w f e atu re s A Lo g i n / ere ate a ceo u i 

Article Discussion Read Edit View history 

Leo Strauss 



Tie Free Encyclopedia From 'A'ikipedia. the free encyclopedia 


Main page 
Featured content 
Current events 
Random article 


About Wikipedia 
Community portal 
Recent changes 
Contact Wikipedia 
Donate to Wikipedia 

What links here 

Leo Strauss [September 20 1899 - 
October 18 1973] was a political 
philosopher who specialized in classical 
political philosophy He was born in 
Germany to Jewish parents and later 
emigrated to the United States. He spent 
most of his career as a professor of 
political science at the University of 
Chicago, where he taught several 
generations of students and published 
fifteen books 

Originally trained in the Neo-Kantian 
tradition with Ernst Cassirer and later 
acquainted with phenoinenolcgists such as 
Edmund Husserl and Martin Heidegger. 
Strauss later focused his research on 
Greek texts of Plato and Aristotle, and 
encouraged application of their ideas on 
contemporary political theory- 

Leo Strauss 

Leu Strauss 
Lso Strauss 

Leo Strauss (September 20, 1899 - October 18, 1973) was a political philosopher who spe- 
cialized in classical political philosophy. He was born in Germany to Jewish parents and later 
emigrated to the United States. 

He spent most of his career as a professor of political science at the University of Chicago, where 
he taught several generations of students and published fifteen books. 

Originally trained in the Neo-Kantian tradition with Ernst Cassirer and later acquainted with phe- 
nomenologists such as Edmund Husserl and Martin Heidegger, Strauss later focused his research 
on Greek texts of Plato and Aristotle, and encouraged application of their ideas on contemporary 
political theory. 


Hello, Sign in to get personalized recommendations. New customer? Start here . 

1 Shop All Dc 

partments Q 



1 Books 




1 Bestsellers! 

The New York 
Times© Bestsellers 


The American Prophecies: Ancient 
Scriptures Reveal Our Nation's Future 


Michael D, Evans (Author) 

0 i. l,463 customer reviews 1 

Available from these sellers , 

29 new from ±1.58 92 used from $0.01 
9 collectible from $9.65 

Am 3 ion H ew U sed 
Price from from 



men ircrs 

Ikymi) imp TKr Nat Mmx 

Michael D, Evans 

Is America in Bible Prophecy? 

Beliefnet talks to the evangelist whose new book has zoomed up the best-seller lists 
in its first two weeks. 

This interview was first featured in August 2004 

Michael D. Evans is an evangelist, writer, and founder of the Jerusalem Prayer Team. 

Two weeks ago, Evans published a book, The American Prophecies: Ancient Scriptu- 
res Reveal Our Nation's Future. 

On Sept. 23, 1979, the founder of Israeli intelligence over dinner told me that Ame- 
rica was developing a tolerance for terror. The gentleman's name was Isser Ha- 
rel, the founder of Mossad Israeli intelligence-he ran it from 1947 to 1963. 

He told me that America had developed an alliance between two countries, Israel and 
Saudi Arabia, and that the alliance with Saudi Arabia was dangerous and would deve- 
lop a tolerance for terror among Americans. 

He said if the tolerance continued that Islamic fundamentalists would ultimately strike 
America. I said "Where?" 

He said, "In Islamic theology, the phallic symbol is very important. Your biggest phal- 
lic symbol is New York City and your tallest building will be the phallic symbol they 
will hit." 

Isser Harel prophesied that the tallest building in New York would be the first building 
hit by Islamic fundamentalists 21 years ago. 



The Free Encyclopedia 


Main page 
Featured content 
Current events 
Random article 

Inters rti inn 

About Wikipedia 
Community portal 
Rfirifint changes 
Contact Wikipedia 
Donate to Wikipedia 


What links here 

Isser Harel 

From wiripedla. the free encyclopedia 

Isser Harel (Hebrew: "jpon iot<. born Isser 
Halperin 1912 - 13 February 2003) was 
spym aster of the intelligence and the security 
sen/ices of Israel and the Director of the Mossad 
(1952 - 1963; 

Contents [hide] 

1 Childhood and youth 

2 Political career 
d Personal lite 

4 References 

5 Bibliography 

6 External links 

Childhood and youth 


lyytu HaiKl way bum in ViLbbsk. Ruyyia iuuvt 
Belarus) to a large, wealthy family. The exact date 
of his birth was not passed on to him because the 
book of Gemara in which the date was recorded 

Dale of birth 1912 

Place of birth Vitebsk, Russian Empire 
Year of aHy ah 1930 

dlerusalem Wavib $euifi 

Thii rc-.n] Ficri-iiM j.-riu ncvJ Ut> -ic? from 

Wufft □■id ch« Middk l-3*t 

Click Here 
to sign up for your 
free subscription 



■Jf-rujaLnn ".oriel .Wn-i:.>'cMur<Ml lltadlno 
^l*t O ntury T*rrori*Tn 

"Aaijcn cbwikllrow Am truth, aid At nruth ihtl\ ntyon fr 

Amrrbcwi Support JHn Utbr-n 

r-^..5 ia.-4t t 

P.-.r- P • 

-WBJ urnrtm win is Am*rn. -nfl -pu. * inn *Tw7 ■ t*,- \m 
hHp "Itftt* hi**, trtlfct mm EM? ttey *Pfr N« tffte-Hri i « 
b=idic|. lfw t=*rw &T*li 1uilfc=| cilhAl «1 i S|* TMWmr :i«r Jtirnt 
I* JSa nn Urmd. i J--*i±J hiii|inri zMt.uA im> t W»S* 1r« 

nmc t!ii ■ *jr ii niG m§ "iic Cm Enstn Sau BduIIde m iz* 
uUki bcidiDp fc>H**€T. cm M^uuj TUT. tbtmack tlUeT>|D 
Ti> in v# bLjLT Thn ttmh^lj iKk plic* ftcita ij:! 

By Mike Evans Published: April 30, 2007 

"Will terrorism come to America, and if so, when and where?" "Yes," he said, "I 
believe it will, and the most likely city will be New York.. .and the building, 
the Empire State Building in that it's the tallest." Isser Harrel (who ran Israel's 
Mossad Intelligence network from 1947 to 1963) was correct the year he told me that 
the Empire State Building was the tallest building; however, the following year, the 
much taller Twin Towers were built. That meeting took place decades ago! 


Divide and Conquer: How the First "Arab 
Spring" was Manipulated 

The plans for reconfiguring the Middle East 
started several years before the First World 
War. It was during the First World War, 
however, that the manifestation of these 
colonial designs could visibly be seen with 
the "Great Arab Revolt" against the Otto- 
man Empire. 

Despite the fact that the British, French, and 
Italians were colonial powers which had 
prevented the Arabs from enjoying any free- 
dom in countries like Algeria, Libya, Egypt, 
and Sudan, these colonial powers managed 
to portray themselves as the friends and 
allies of Arab liberation. 

During the "Great Arab Revolt" the British 
and the French actually used the Arabs as 
foot soldiers against the Ottomans to further 
their own geo-political schemes. The secret 
Sykes-Picot Agreement between London 
and Paris is a case in point. France and Brit- 
ain merely managed to use and manipulate 
the Arabs by selling them the idea of Arab 
liberation from the so-called "repression" of 
the Ottomans. 

In reality, the Ottoman Empire was a 
multi-ethnic empire. It gave local and 
cultural autonomy to all its peoples, but was 
manipulated into the direction of becoming 
a Turkish entity. Even the Armenian Geno- 
cide that would ensue in Ottoman Anatolia 
has to be analyzed in the same context as 
the contemporary targeting of Christians in 
Iraq as part of a sectarian scheme unleashed 
by external actors to divide the Ottoman 
Empire, Anatolia, and the citizens of the 
Ottoman Empire. 

After the collapse of the Ottoman Empire, 

it was London and Paris which denied free- 
dom to the Arabs, while sowing the seeds 
of discord amongst the Arab peoples. Local 
corrupt Arab leaders were also partners 
in the project and many of them were all 
too happy to become clients of Britain and 
France. In the same sense, the "Arab Spring" 
is being manipulated today. The U.S., Brit- 
ain, France, and others are now working 
with the help of corrupt Arab leaders and 
figures to restructure the Arab World and 

The Yinon Plan: Order from Chaos... 

The Yinon Plan, which is a continuation 
of British stratagem in the Middle East, is 
an Israeli strategic plan to ensure Israeli 
regional superiority. It insists and stipulates 
that Israel must reconfigure its geo-political 
environment through the balkanization of 
the surrounding Arab states into smaller 
and weaker states. 

A Strategy for Israel in the Nineteen Eight- 
ies by Oded Yinon 

This essay originally appeared in Hebrew 
in KIVUNIM (Directions), A Journal for 
Judaism and Zionism; Issue No, 14— Win- 
ter, 5742, February 1982, Published by the 
Department of Publicity/The World Zionist 
Organization, Jerusalem. 


A Clean Break: 
A New Strategy far Securing the Realm 

Following is a report prepared by The Institute for Advanced 
Strategic ar;d Political Studies ' "Stud} 1 Grotip on a Neiv Israeli 
Is>«fi?gv 'lirwani lOVU. " The' main substantive ideas in this paper 
emerge from a discussion in which prominent opinion maker s t 
including Richard Perle t James Colbert, Charles Fairbanks.. Jr... 
Daughr-s Fe:th, Rahsrt La^vAnhArg, David Tl~nnt?s#r r iitid MftfrW 
Wurmxar purtifiputud. Thu rvpvrl, untitled "A Clean Break: A New 
Strategy for Securing the Realm, " is the framtnmrk for a series of 
follow-up reports on strategy. 

Israel has a large problem. Labor Zionism, 
which for 70 years has dominated the Zion- 
ist movement, has generated a stalled and 
shackled economy. Efforts to salvage Israel's 
socialist institutions — which include pursu- 
ing supranational over national sovereignty 
and pursuing a peace process that embraces 
the slogan, "New Middle East" — undermine 
the legitimacy of the nation and lead Israel 
into strategic paralysis and the previous 
governments "peace process." That peace 
process obscured the evidence of eroding 
national critical mass — including a palpable 
sense of national exhaustion — and forfeit- 
ed strategic initiative. The loss of national 
critical mass was illustrated best by Israel's 
efforts to draw in the United States to sell 
unpopular policies domestically, to agree to 
negotiate sovereignty over its capital, and to 
respond with resignation to a spate of terror 
so intense and tragic that it deterred Israelis 
from engaging in normal daily functions, 
such as commuting to work in buses. 

Benjamin Netanyahu's government comes 
in with a new set of ideas. While there are 
those who will counsel continuity, Israel has 
the opportunity to make a clean break; it 
can forge a peace process and strategy based 
on an entirely new intellectual foundation, 
one that restores strategic initiative and pro- 
vides the nation the room to engage every 
possible energy on rebuilding Zionism, the 
starting point of which must be economic 
reform. To secure the nation's streets and 

A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Secur- 
ing the Realm 

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia 

A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm 
(commonly known as the "Clean Break" report) is a 
policy document that was prepared in 1996 by a study 
group led by Richard Perle for Benjamin Netanyahu, 
the then Prime Minister of Israel.The report explained 
a new approach to solving Israel's security problems in 
the Middle East with an emphasis on "Western values". 
It has since been criticized for advocating an aggressive 
new policy including the removal of Saddam Hussein 
from power in Iraq. 

borders in the immediate future, Israel can: 

Work closely with Turkey and Jordan to 
contain, destabilize, and roll-back some 
of its most dangerous threats. This implies 
clean break from the slogan, "comprehensive 
peace" to a traditional concept of strategy 
based on balance of power. 

Change the nature of its relations with the 
Palestinians, including upholding the right 
of hot pursuit for self defense into all Pal- 
estinian areas and nurturing alternatives to 
Arafat's exclusive grip on Palestinian society. 

Forge a new basis for relations with the 
United States— stressing self-reliance, matu- 
rity, strategic cooperation on areas of mutual 
concern, and furthering values inherent 
to the West. This can only be done if Israel 
takes serious steps to terminate aid, which 
prevents economic reform. 

Israel can shape its strategic environment, 
in cooperation with Turkey and Jordan, by 
weakening, containing, and even rolling 
back Syria. This effort can focus on remov- 
ing Saddam Hussein from power in Iraq 
— an important Israeli strategic objective in 
its own right — as a means of foiling Syria's 
regional ambitions. 


Cohn-Bendit sided with Israel in 
1967, but led May 1968 against the 

llffS^r Mark Kurlansky writes, in 
Oiosen A Chosen Few: The Resur- 
^ ew rection of European Jewry: 

In Paris many of those who had 
demonstrated for Israel in 1967 also 
demonstrated in May 1968. . . . 

One of the leaders of the student 
movement was Daniel Cohn-Bendit, 
a German Jew whose parents had 
returned to Frankfurt in 1949. ... A 
kind of folk hero in France, for years 
afterward French journalists would 
look him up in Frankfurt and ask 
him how he became a student radi- 

Finally he had to tell them. It was the 
Middle East Six-Day War. The Pales- 
tinian cry, "Drive them into the sea" 
had rallied him too. 

Cohn-Bendit saw no incompatibility 
between supporting Israel in 1967, 
and denouncing Western Imperial- 
ism in 1968. 

MAY 1968 

Daniel Marc Cohn-Bendit born 4 
April 1945 is a German politician. 
He was a student leader during the 
unrest of May 1968 in France and 
was also known during that time as 
Dany le Rouge (French for "Danny 
the Red", because of both his politics 
and the colour of his hair). 

Cohn-Bendit was born in Montau- 
ban, France, to German-Jewish par- 
ents who had fled Nazism in 1933. 
He spent his childhood in Montau- 
ban. He moved to Germany in 1958. 

He returned to France in 1966 to 
study sociology at the University of 
Nanterre. He soon joined the larg- 
er and classic nationwide anarchist 
federation Federation anarchiste, 
which he left in 1967 in favour of the 
smaller and local Groupe anarchiste 
de Nanterre and the Noir et rouge 

From 3 May 1968 onwards, massive 
student and workers riots erupted 
in Paris against Charles de Gaulle's 
government. Cohn-Bendit quick- 
ly emerged as a public face of the 
student protests, along with Jacques 
Sauvageot, Alain Geismar and Alain 
Krivine. His "foreign" origins were 
highlighted by opponents of the stu- 
dent movement, leading to students 
taking up the chant, "Nous sommes 
tous des Juifs allemands" ("We are all 
German Jews"). 

France and Israel had signed in 
1953 a modest nuclear cooperation 
agreement covering heavy water and 
uranium production. A year after the 
Suez Crisis, nuclear cooperation was 
substantially broadened. Although 
the details remain secret the agree- 
ment was believed to have provided 
Israel with a large (24-megawatt) 
reactor capable of producing one or 
two bombs worth of plutonium a 
year. France also provided Israel with 
blueprints for a reprocessing plant 
for turning spent fuel into weapons 
grade plutonium. 

Relations began to cool with the 
accession of Charles de Gaulle as 
president of Frances Fifth Repub- 
lic (1958-1969). At the same time, 
Israels relations with the United 
States began improving. The coming 
to power of John F. Kennedy in 1961 
saw the first sale of major arms to 
Israel by Washington. His successor, 
Lyndon B. Johnson, became the most 
pro -Israel president up to that time, 
substantially opening Americas arse- 
nal to Israel. 

The breaking point for De Gaulle was 
Israels launching of the 1967 war 
against Egypt, Jordan and Syria. He 
had urgently implored Israel not to 
attack. But Israel ignored him and 
attacked on June 5. As late as May 
24, President De Gaulle had pro- 
phetically warned Foreign Minister 
Abba Eban: "Don t make war. You 
will be considered the aggressor by 
the world and by me. You will cause 
the Soviet Union to penetrate more 
deeply into the Middle East, and Is- 
rael will suffer the consequences. You 
will create a Palestinian nationalism, 
and you will never get rid of it." 

On the day of Israels attack, France 
announced a total arms embargo on 
the Middle East. By that time, how- 
ever, Israel was receiving its major 
weapons from the United States and 
the embargo had little effect. De 
Gaulle also quietly ended Frances 
support of Israels nuclear program. 
He reveals in his memoirs that "... 
French cooperation in the construc- 
tion of a factory near Beersheva [Di- 
mona, Israels nuclear facility] for the 
transformation of uranium into plu- 
tonium — from which, one fine day, 
atomic bombs might emerge— was 
brought to an end." Israels program, 
however, was so far advanced that it 
no longer needed France. 

MAY 1968 

President John F. Kennedy - 
The President and the Press: 
Address before the American 
Newspaper Publishers Asso- 

Waldorf-Astoria Hotel New 
York City, April 27, 1961 

The very word "secrecy" is 
repugnant in a free and open 
society; and we are as a 
people inherently and his- 
torically opposed to secret 
societies, to secret oaths and 
to secret proceedings. 

We decided long ago that the dangers of excessive and unwarranted concealment of 
pertinent facts far outweighed the dangers which are cited to justify it. 

Even today, there is little value in opposing the threat of a closed society by imitating 
its arbitrary restrictions. Even today, there is little value in insuring the survival of our 
nation if our traditions do not survive with it. 

And there is very grave danger that an announced need for increased security will 
be seized upon by those anxious to expand its meaning to the very limits of official 
censorship and concealment. 

President John F.Kennedy, The Federal Re- 
serve And Executive Order 11110 
On June 4, 1963, a little known attempt was 
made to strip the Federal Reserve Bank of 
its power to loan money to the government 
at interest. 

On that day President John F. Kennedy 
signed Executive Order No. 11110 that 
returned to the U.S. government the power 
to issue currency, without going through the 
Federal Reserve. 

With the stroke of a pen, Mr. Kennedy was on his way to putting the Federal Reserve 
Bank of New York out of business. Executive Order 11110 gave the U.S. the ability to 
create its own money backed by silver. 

After Mr. Kennedy was assassinated just five months later, no more silver certificates 
were issued. 


Excerpts from Kennedy Letter to Ben-Gurion 

Regarding Visit to Israel nuclear reactor Dimona - May 18, 1963 

Dear Mr. Prime Minister 

I am sure you will agree that there is no more urgent business for the whole world 
than the control of nuclear weapons. 

We are concerned with the disturbing effects on world stability which would accom- 
pany the development of a nuclear weapons capability by Israel. 
Sincerely, John F. Kennedy 

Israel's Prime Minister David Ben-Gurion, who ruled that country from its inception in 
1948 resigned on June 16, 1963 

Excerpts from JFK's Letter to Eshkol About Dimona - July 5, 1963 
Dear Mr. Prime Minister 

I am sure our carefully considered request will have your most sympathetic attention. 
Sincerely, John F. Kennedy 

On the 22nd November, 1963, the United States President, John F. Kennedy, was 
murdered in Dallas, Texas. 

\ filming 


The Mont Pelerin Society: The ulti- 
mate neoliberal Trojan horse 


The Weekly Navtniagazme 

Walter Lippmann, the American journalist and CFR 
co-founder whose ideas led to the birth of the Mont 
Pelerin Society 

Far from being merely a "debate 
club" the Mont Pelerin Society is 
an elite globalist organization that 
played a leading role in shaping 
the economic policies of several 
countries and in creating numerous 
think-tanks devoted to propagat- 
ing the theories of the Chicago and 
Austrian schools of economics. In 
this article, Memehunter delves into 
the origins and goals of the MPS, 
and analyzes its impact on postwar 
economic policies. 


The globalist origins of the Mont 
Pelerin Society: Lippmann, Rap- 
pard, and Rockefeller money 

Although the birth of the Mont 
Pelerin Society (MPS) officially took 
place in 1947, its conception can 
be traced back to 1938. Capitaliz- 
ing on American journalist Walter 
Lippmanns visit to Paris, French 
right-wing philosopher Louis Rou- 
gier decided to organize a "Walter 
Lippmann Colloquium" (WLC) that 
would build upon the ideas presented 
in Lippmanns recent book The Good 
Society and promote the neoliberal 
ideology that was threatened by the 
emergence of fascist and communist 
regimes in Europe. 

Lippmann (1889-1974), who came 
from an upper-class German-Jew- 
ish background, was initially very 
influenced by the views of the Fabian 
Society: he was a founder and pres- 
ident of the Harvard Socialist Club 
as a student. Soon, Lippmann began 
moving in elite circles. Already in 
1917, he was working with "colonel" 
Edward Mandell House as an advisor 
to President Woodrow Wilson and 
participated in drafting the famous 
"Fourteen Points" speech. 

Together with House, Lippmann was 
one of the founding members of the 
Council on Foreign Relations. Lip- 
pmann, who viewed journalism as 

"intelligence work", was very inter- 
ested in the manipulation of public 
opinion, as evidenced by his book by 
that same title published in 1922. His 
political views apparently changed 
in the 1930s, and he openly began 
discussing liberalism as a viable alter- 
native to socialism. 

Upon hearing the news about Lip- 
pmanns visit, Rougier, who already 
in 1934 had received a grant from the 
Rockefeller Foundation to investigate 
totalitarianism in Central Europe, 
contacted Swiss academic William 
Rappard to discuss a list of attend- 
ees for the colloquium. Rappard, a 
hardcore globalist, had known both 
Lippmann and House for several 
years (he taught at Harvard in 1911- 
12), and had been instrumental in 
convincing Wilson to choose Geneva 
for the seat of the League of Nations 
in 1920. Rappard s globalist achieve- 
ments are celebrated nowadays in the 
form of the Center William Rappard, 
the headquarters of the World Trade 
Organization in Geneva. 

Rappard was also the co-founder 
of the Graduate Institute for Inter- 
national Studies in Geneva. The 
Institute for International Studies, 
which hosted several professors and 
visiting scholars associated with the 
neoliberal or Austrian ideologies, 
such as Friedrich von Hayek, Ludwig 
von Mises, Michael Heilperin, and 

Wilhelm Ropke, was almost entirely 
funded by the Rockefeller Founda- 
tion. Not surprisingly, Rougier s list 
of invitees to the WLC included, in 
addition to the above-mentioned 
scholars, the name of Tracy B. 
Kittredge, a longtime trustee of the 
Rockefeller Foundation. 

As pointed out in The Road from 
Mont Pelerin, the list of attendees 
to the WLC reads like a who's who 
of postwar economic and political 
prominence: we find a future Nobel 
Prize (Hayek), the first general sec- 
retary of the Organization for Euro- 
pean Economic Cooperation (Robert 
Marjolin), De Gaulle's financial ad- 
viser (Jacques Rueff), the director of 
the Bank of International Settlements 
(Roger Auboin) and its manager 
(Marcel van Zeeland), Ronald Rea- 
gan's adviser on the Star Wars project 
(Stephan T. Possony), and a promi- 
nent French philosopher (Raymond 
Aron), to name but a few. 

From the Walter Lippmann Collo- 
quium to the Mont Pelerin Society 

Although there were some dissen- 
sions between Austrian economists 
such as Mises and "softer" neoliberals 
like Lippmann and German econo- 
mist Alexander Riistow, WLC par- 
ticipants agreed on an agenda which 
would provide the cornerstone of 
the postwar neoliberal propaganda. 
One of the fundamental tenets of this 

agenda was that "only the mechanism 
by which prices are determined by 
the free market allows the optimal 
organization of the means of produc- 
tion and leads to the maximal satis- 
faction of human needs". 

The WLC led to the creation of the 
"Society for the Renovation of Lib- 
eralism", whose activities were inter- 
rupted by the onset of World War II. 
Nevertheless, the seed was planted, 
and as soon as the war ended, Hayek, 
Mises, Ropke and their colleagues 
devoted their energies to creating 
a society that would further the 
neoliberal aims enunciated at the 
WLC. This led in 1947 to the first 
meeting of the Mont Pelerin Society 
in Switzerland, a reunion which was 
sponsored by the Volker Fund, the 
Foundation for Economic Education 
(FEE), and most notably the multina- 
tional bank Credit Suisse, which paid 
93% of the total conference costs. 

The continuity between the WLC and 
the MPS becomes obvious when one 
considers than 12 of the 26 partici- 
pants to the WLC participated in the 

first meeting of the MPS, and anoth- 
er four eventually joined. Moreover, 
it was the arch-globalist Rappard, 
who was at the center of the WLC 
network, who gave the opening ad- 
dress of the first-ever MPS meeting. 

From a modest gathering of 36 
attendees in 1947, the MPS grew 
quickly to include 167 members 
in 1951, and 500 members by the 
late 1990s. Nevertheless, the MPS 
remained an exclusive club whose 
members are co-opted and must gen- 
erally first attend as guests. 

The impact of the Mont Pelerin 
Society on postwar economics and 

Hayeks goal was to mold the MPS 
into an intellectual meeting place 
which would help disseminate the 
neoliberal agenda. He was keenly 
aware that ideas were more powerful 
in the long run than politics, and he 
knew that the opinions of scholars 
carried more weight than those of 
businessmen and bankers. 

However, this should not be con- 
strued to mean that the MPS was 
merely a "debate club". On the con- 
trary, MPS members often ended up 
occupying leading positions in their 
respective countries, and ideas first 
enunciated behind closed doors at 
MPS meetings were eventually dis- 
seminated to a wider public by think- 

tanks and journalists, and became 
official policies a few decades later. 

Chancellor Ludwig Erhard (West 
Germany), President Luigi Einaudi 
(Italy), Chairman of the U.S. Federal 
Reserve Arthur Burns, Prime Min- 
ister Vaclav Klaus (Czech Republic) 
are among the best-known examples 
of MPS members who later occu- 
pied prominent public positions. 
In addition, no less than eight MPS 
members, including Hayek, Milton 
Friedman, and George Stigler, won 
Nobel prizes in economics. 

In essence, the MPS became the 
prototype for all the neoliberal 
think-tanks that proliferated in the 
decades following WWII. The first 
of the neoliberal think-tank breed- 
ers was Antony Fisher, a successful 
chicken farmer who was elected to 
the MPS in 1954. The following year, 
he founded the Institute of Econom- 
ic Affairs (IEA) in London and was 
soon joined by Ralph Harris, who 
eventually became president of the 
MPS from 1982 to 1984. Over the 
ensuing decades, the IEA spawned a 
dozen of think-tanks (including the 
Atlas network), that mostly function 
as fronts for the MPS. 

Harris candidly admitted in a 1996 
interview that "the Mont Pelerin So- 
ciety created the IEA, which comes to 
be called 'Thatchers think-tank,' but 

we were running long before Thatch- 
er. We weren't Thatcherites, but she 
was an 'IEA-ite.' " Harris added that 
MPS founder Hayek was dubbed a 
"Companion of Honor" of the British 
Empire by the Queen, one of only 60 
to ever receive that title. Following 
Thatcher's election, Harris himself 
became Lord Harris of High Cross, 
while Fisher was knighted. 

Edwin Feulner, MPS president (1996- 
1998) and treasurer (2004-2006), 
emulated Fisher on the other side of 
the Atlantic Ocean and co-founded 
the Heritage Foundation in 1973. 
The impact of the neoliberal wave 
was similarly powerful across the 
pond: Of 76 economic advisers on 
Ronald Reagan's 1980 campaign staff, 
22 were MPS members. In Chile, 
"free-market" policies inspired by 
the Chicago school of economics and 
supported by Friedman and Hayek 
were implemented soon after Pino- 
chet took power. In fact, according 
to Corey Robin, author of The Reac- 
tionary Mind, "Hayek admired Pino- 
chet's Chile so much that he decided 
to hold a meeting of his Mont Pelerin 
Society in Vina del Mar, the seaside 
resort where the coup against Allen- 
de was planned." 

Mont Pelerin Society, Black Nobili- 
ty, Bilderberg, and Pan-Europa: all 
in it together 

The MPS was also, from its incep- 


tion, associated with elite European 
aristocrats. Thus, Max von Thurn 
und Taxis, the head of an ancient 
and extremely wealthy family, as well 
as Otto von Habsburg, putative heir 
to the throne of Austria, were both 
influential members of the MPS. Von 
Thurn even served as the general sec- 
retary of the MPS from 1976 to 1988. 
This association between neoliberals 
and members of the Black nobility 
lends credence to the suspicion that 
the MPS ultimately seeks to promote 
a neo-feudalist society under the 
guise of the "free market" Utopia. 

Moreover, MPS members often took 
part in Bilderberg meetings, a clear 
indication of high-level connections 
between neoliberal thinkers and 
globalist policymakers: Frenchmen 
Aron, Rueff, and Marjolin attend- 
ed multiple annual meetings in the 
1950s and 60s, whilst economist Hei- 
lperin was invited twice in the 1950s. 

Finally, several MPS members had 
close ties to pan-European organi- 
zations. Besides Otto von Habsburg, 
who was president of the Pan-Europa 

Movement from 1973 until 2004, the 

best example is probably Marjolin, 
recipient of a Rockefeller scholarship 
in 1931, whose name is associated 
with the 1962 "Marjolin Memoran- 
dum", the official starting point of 
monetary integration in Europe. 

The relationship between the Mont 
Pelerin Society and Austrian eco- 

Austrian sympathizers, when con- 
fronted with the apparent paradox of 
Hayeks and especially Mises' prom- 
inent role in an elitist organization 
such as the MPS, often emphasize 
the distinctions between the Chicago 
and Austrian schools. They also con- 
clude from the oft-told anecdote that 
Mises stormed out of the initial MPS 
meeting shouting "You're all a bunch 
of socialists" that he quickly became 
disenchanted with the MPS. 

To be sure, there were two antago- 
nistic factions in the MPS, identified 
by longtime MPS secretary general 
Albert Hunold as "the laissez-faire 
liberals. . . and the neoliberals," and 
Mises was not alone in complaining 
about the collectivist tendencies of 
some of his colleagues. A group of 
American businessmen led by Jasper 
Crane of the DuPont company, along 
with the Volker Fund and the FEE, 
wanted Mises and his "hardcore" 
Austrian followers to play a larger 
role in the MPS. 

However, after being urged by Har- 
old Luhnow (director of the Volker 
Fund) to attend the second MPS 
meeting in 1949, Mises seems to have 
gotten over his initial disappoint- 
ment, as he became an active par- 
ticipant to MPS meetings until 1965 
(when he was 84 years old), even giv- 
ing a keynote in 1958 at Princeton. 

In spite of his sometimes tense re- 
lationship with the neoliberal wing, 
there is no doubt that Mises himself 
was a globalist. Indeed, he wrote 
in 1927 that "the [classical] liberal 
therefore demands that the political 
organization of society be extended 
until it reaches its culmination in a 
world state that unites all nations on 
an equal basis," even going so far as 
to hope that "a world superstate real- 
ly deserving of the name may some- 
day be able to develop that would 
be capable of assuring the nations 
the peace that they require". Later, 
Mises worked on currency issues for 
the Pan-Europa movement, founded 
by his fellow Austrian exile Richard 

Following Mises, several prominent 
Austrian economists have been active 
in MPS circles, including Murray 
Rothbard, Israel Kirzner, Hans-Her- 
mann Hoppe, Jesus Huerta de Soto, 
and Thomas Di Lorenzo. In addition, 
George Roche III and Larry Arnn, 
the last two presidents of Hillsdale 

College, a conservative institution 
which houses Mises personal library, 
were MPS members. 
In a blatant display of the close links 
between the MPS, the globalist elites, 
and the most anti-statist factions of 
the Austro-libertarian movement, 
Otto von Habsburg, an active MPS 
member and noted pan-European- 
ist whom Mises served as economic 
advisor, was the first-ever winner 
(in 1999) of the $10,000 Schlarbaum 
Prize, awarded by the Ludwig von 
Mises Institute "to a public intellec- 
tual or distinguished scholar" for 
"lifetime defense of liberty". 


From its earliest origins to its con- 
temporary incarnation, the MPS has 
served globalist interests. Despite its 
appearances as a mere intellectual 
meeting place, the MPS became the 
ultimate neoliberal Trojan horse, 
influencing the public opinion and 
infiltrating political movements 
worldwide, with a pronounced im- 
pact on economic policies. Although 
there have been tensions between the 
"laissez-faire" and "true neoliberal" 
wings of the MPS, Austro-libertarian 
economists in the Mises/Rothbard 
mold have always found a home in 
the MPS, indicating the close ties 
between the "free-market" anti-statist 
ideology and the "one-world" agenda 
of the transnational plutarchy. 


U.S. Treasury Secretary Henry Mor- 
ganthau confers with John Maynard 
Keynes at Bretton Woods, 1944. 

The Battle of Bretton Woods 

John Maynard Keynes, Harry Dexter White, 

and the Making of a New World Order 

Author: Benn Steil, Senior Fellow and Direc- 
tor of International Economics 

As World War II drew to a close, represen- 
tatives from forty-four nations convened in 
the New Hampshire town of Bretton Woods 
to design a stable global monetary system. 
Leading the discussions were John Maynard 
Keynes, the great economist who was there 
to find a place for the fading British Em- 
pire, and Harry Dexter White, a senior U.S. 
Treasury official. By the end of the confer- 
ence, White had outmaneuvered Keynes to 
establish a global financial framework with 
the U.S. dollar firmly at its core. How did a 
little -known American bureaucrat sideline 
one of the greatest minds of the twentieth 
century, and how did this determine the 
course of the postwar world? 

The Battle of Bretton Woods: John May- 
nard Keynes, Harry Dexter White, and the 
Making of a New World Order tells the 
story of the intertwining lives and events 
surrounding that historic conference. In a 


book the Financial Times calls "a triumph 
of economic and diplomatic history," author 
Benn Steil, CFR senior fellow and director 
of international economics, challenges the 
misconception that the conference was an 
amiable collaboration. He reveals that Presi- 
dent Franklin D. Roosevelt's Treasury had an 
ambitious geopolitical agenda that sought to 
use the conference as a means to eliminate 
Great Britain as a rival. 

Steil also offers a portrait of the complex and 
controversial White, revealing the motives 
behind Whites clandestine communications 
with Soviet intelligence officials— to whom 
he was arguably more important than the 
famous early-Cold War spy Alger Hiss. 
"Everything is here: political chicanery, 
bureaucratic skulduggery, espionage, hard 
economic detail and the acid humour of men 
making history under pressure," writes Tony 
Barber, reviewer for the FT. 

With calls for a new Bretton Woods follow- 
ing the financial crisis of 2008 and escalating 
currency wars, the book also offers valuable, 
practical lessons for policymakers today. 

The London Gold Pool was the pooling of 
gold reserves by a group of eight central 
banks in the United States and seven Euro- 
pean countries that agreed on 1 November 
1961 to cooperate in maintaining the Bretton 
Woods System of fixed-rate convertible 
currencies and defending a gold price of 
US$35 per troy ounce by interventions in the 
London gold market. 

The central banks coordinated concerted 
methods of gold sales to balance spikes 
in the market price of gold as determined 
by the London morning gold fixing while 
buying gold on price weaknesses. The United 
States provided 50% of the required gold 
supply for sale. The price controls were suc- 
cessful for six years until the system became 
no longer workable. The pegged price of gold 
was too low and runs on gold, the British 
pound, and the US dollar occurred and 
France decided to withdraw from the pool. 
The London Gold Pool collapsed in March 

By the beginning of the 1960s, the U.S.$ 35 
= 1 oz. Gold price was becoming more and 
more difficult to sustain. Gold demand was 
rising and U.S. Gold reserves were falling, 
both as a result of the ever increasing trade 
deficits which the U.S. continued to run with 
the rest of the world. 

Shortly after President Kennedy was Inau- 
gurated in January 1961, and to combat this 
situation, newly- appointed Undersecretary 
of the Treasury Robert Roosa suggested that 
the U.S. and Europe should pool their Gold 
resources to prevent the private market price 
for Gold from exceeding the mandated rate 
of U.S. $ 35 per ounce. Acting on this sugges- 
tion, the Central Banks of the U.S., Britain, 
West Germany, France, Switzerland, Italy, 
Belgium, the Netherlands, and Luxembourg 
set up the "London Gold Pool" in early 1961. 
One wonders why they were so cooperative 
with the U.S. Granted the gold that left these 
nations ahead of the war was still in the U.S. 
and slowly but surely they felt it necessary 
to get it back. What happened in occupied 
Europe was that U.S. dollars became more 
abundant there and a market in 'Eurodollars' 
sprang up derived in part from U.S. soldiers 
still in Europe. But the volumes grew more 
and more as the U.S. established a perpetual 

Trade deficit feeding the rest of the world 
with them. 

The 'Pool' came apart as Europe, under 
Charles de Gaulle, decided enough was 
enough and began to send the Dollars 
earned by Europe back to the U.S. back and 
exchanged these for their gold. Then they 
were unwilling to continue accepting U.S. 
Treasury Bills & Bonds in return. Under the 
terms of the 'Bretton Woods Agreement' 
signed in 1944, Europe was legally entitled 
to do this. It would appear that by the time 
the gold sent to the U.S. before the war had 
returned to Europe, the U.S. pulled the plug 
on exchanging gold for dollars letting the 
London Gold Pool fold in April 1968. But 
the demand for gold from Europe did not 


Petrodollar maintenance was pretty easy 
until 2000 and manageable until recently, but 
now it seems to be failing. Only a few realize 
how intense the consequences for the US 
will be when it ends. The US policy toward 
maintaining the standard has created very 
difficult circumstances for the superpower, 
one that is no longer tenable as US power 
declines. The end result will be far more 
tumultuous than any crisis of the past sixty 
years. For America, it could easily be worse 
than WWII or the Great Depression. Oil will 
be far more expensive, and that's the least of 
the problems. 


After Bretton Woods (a defunct currency 
agreement), the US dollar alone was convert- 
ible into gold. When the amount of dollars 
became disproportionate to the amount of 
gold backing the currency at $35 per ounce, 
countries began buying US gold with their 
dollars. When foreign exchange reserves 
became too great and the US balance of 
payments deficit (monetary outflow) kept 
increasing, some countries got edgy and 
cashed in. In 1960, the open market price 
spiked to $40. The Federal Reserve and Bank 
of England agreed to defend the price. The 
1961 London 

Gold Pool was a protective measure to hold 
down the price of gold. A group of 8 central 
banks, led by the Federal Reserve, agreed to 
maintain the dollar convertibility into gold 
at $35 and to defend it with interventions 
in the gold market. The US put in half the 
gold and the other 7 nations the other half. It 
was a public policy with a particular idea. If 
people thought the gold price would be de- 
fended at $35 an ounce, there was little point 
in trying to profit from arbitrage - buying 
low in one market (US government gold, 
which only a few had access to) and selling 
high in another (London gold market, where 
the pool operated). The London Gold Pool 
set out to openly control the public market 
for gold. 

Prior to 1971, the US was caught in the 
Triffin dilemma. Economist Robert Triffin 
pointed out the problem in 1960 for any 
world reserve currency. The nation issu- 
ing the currency is stuck with conflicting 
domestic and international monetary policy 
goals. They need to simultaneously maintain 
a current account trade deficit - putting out 
more money than taking in - and a current 
account trade surplus - taking in more than 
sending out. Obviously, the two are mutually 

exclusive. The need for the deficit comes 
from the need to supply excesses of curren- 
cy to the rest of the world. The need for the 
surplus is to maintain the strength and confi- 
dence in the currency. 

On August 15, 1971, the world lost its 
connection with sound money' Money was 
no longer connected to a limited supply of 
a commodity - it became unfixed and has 
been ever since, floating mainly on an ocean 
of oil. The dollar was now a fiat currency, 
mandated for all debts public and private 
by government decree. In this case, it is not 
illegal to make or use a competing currency 
with the dollar. Local currencies are legal, 
but the court system will not enforce a 
contract put outside of dollar terms. If your 
contract is settled in gold or silver, you are 
on your own collecting. This is the method 
of enforcing use of the dollar. 
Petrodollar creation 

A deal was struck in 1973 with Saudi Arabia. 
The US agreed to militarily support the un- 
popular Saudi Royals. This made the country 
more or less attack proof. No one wanted to 
go to war with America. It also made it inter- 
nally stable. The military power dominated 
any possibility of successful rebellion. In 
return for bolstering the regime, the royals 
agreed to sell Saudi oil only in US dollars. 
The also agreed to re-invest those dollars 
back into the US banking and Treasury debt 
complex. Two years later, every OPEC nation 
accepted only dollars for oil and was rein- 
vesting likewise. The US supplied military 
support in the other OPEC nations, as well. 
The skillful power grab by architect Henry 
Kissinger was non-violent even. After the 
heated six-day war, this was a very enticing 

Soon, all oil producers followed suit. Every 
oil importer needed dollars and every oil 


exporter received US dollars. All those 
exporters recycled the dollars right back into 
the US debt complex. This money was then 
spent into the general economy (along w 

ith a certain amount of new money from the 
Fed), where it was used to purchase foreign 
goods, moving those dollars to oil importing 
countries. They sent the dollars to oil export- 
ers. The cycle of debt has continually ramped 
up this way to the present day. In 1973, 
economics professor Ibrahim Oweiss named 
it the Petrodollar Standard. It has never been 
formalized as a standard, however. It stands 
as a political open secret - everyone in pow- 
er knows, but no one talks about it. 

This created a multi-decade virtuous circle 
for the US. Every country needs oil, so every 
country without excess capacity had to get 
US dollars first. As countries industrialized 
and used more and more oil, they needed 
more dollars. The US was able to export 
inflation - that has been the main product. 
This created a high standard of living and 
gave the government its real power. This is 
why the government can deficit spend itself 
into the trillions. Every country wants to 
sell goods to the US so they can soak up the 
dollars and buy oil. The dollars then come 
back to fund the burgeoning debt - a critical 
part of the agreement. 

President Richard M. Nixon and his Sec- 
retary of State, Henry Kissinger, knew that 
their destruction of the international gold 
standard under the Bretton Woods arrange- 
ment would cause a decline in the artificial 
global demand of the U.S. dollar. Main- 
taining this "artificial dollar demand" was 

vital if the United States were to continue 
expanding its "welfare and warfare"spend- 
ing. In a series of meetings, the United 
States — represented by then U.S. Secretary 
of State Henry Kissinger — and the Saudi 
royal family made an agreement. According 
to the agreement, the United States would 
offer military protection for Saudi Arabia's 
oil fields. The U.S. also agreed to provide the 
Saudis with weapons, and protection from 

The agreement included: 

1) The Saudis must agree to price all of their 
oil sales in U.S. dollars only. (In other words, 
the Saudis were to refuse all other currencies, 
except the U.S. dollar, as payment for their 
oil exports.) 

2) The Saudis would be open to investing 
their surplus oil proceeds in U.S. debt secu- 

By 1975, all of the oil-producing nations of 
OPEC had agreed to price their oil in dollars 
and to hold their surplus oil proceeds in U.S. 
government debt securities in exchange for 
the generous offers by the U.S. 
They were, five countries namely Islamic, 
Republic of Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia 
and Venezuela. They were to become the 
Founder Members of the Organization. 
These countries were later joined by Qatar 
(1961), Indonesia (1962), Libya (1962), 
the United Arab Emirates (1967), Algeria 
(1969), Nigeria (1971), Ecuador (1973), 
Gabon (1975) and Angola (2007). 
From December 1992 until October 2007, 
Ecuador suspended its membership. Gabon 
terminated its membership in 1995. Indo- 
nesia suspended its membership effective 
January 2009. 

In 2000, Saddam Hussein announced Iraqi 
oil would be traded in euros, not dollars. 
Some say sanctions and an invasion followed 
because the Americans were desperate to 
prevent OPEC from transferring oil trading 
in all its member countries to the euro. 


The Nixon Shock was a series of eco- 
nomic measures undertaken by Unit- 
ed States President Richard Nixon in 
1971, the most significant of which 
was the unilateral cancellation of the 
direct convertibility of the United 
States dollar to gold. 

While Nixon's actions did not for- 
mally abolish the existing Bretton 
Woods system of international 
financial exchange, the suspension of 
one of its key components effectively 
rendered the Bretton Woods system 
inoperable. While Nixon publicly 
stated his intention to resume di- 
rect convertibility of the dollar after 
reforms to the Bretton Woods system 
had been implemented, all attempts 
at reform proved unsuccessful. By 
1973, the Bretton Woods system was 
replaced de facto by a regime based 
on freely floating fiat currencies that 
remains in place to the present day. 

In 1944 in Bretton Woods, New 
Hampshire, representatives from 44 
nations met to develop a new inter- 
national monetary system that came 

to be known as the Bretton Woods 
system. Conference members had 
hoped that this new system would 
"ensure exchange rate stability, pre- 
vent competitive devaluations, and 
promote economic growth." [1] It 
was not until 1958 that the Bretton 
Woods System became fully opera- 
tional. Countries now settled their 
international accounts in dollars 
that could be converted to gold at a 
fixed exchange rate of $35 per ounce, 
which was redeemable by the U.S. 
government. Thus, the United States 
was committed to backing every dol- 
lar overseas with gold. Other curren- 
cies were fixed to the dollar, and the 
dollar was pegged to gold. 

For the first years after World War II, 
the Bretton Woods system worked 
well. With the Marshall Plan Japan 
and Europe were rebuilding from the 
war, and foreigners [who?] wanted 
dollars to spend on American goods 
— cars, steel, machinery, etc. Because 
the U.S. owned over half the worlds 
official gold reserves — 574 million 
ounces at the end of World War II — 
the system appeared secure. [2] 

However, from 1950 to 1969, as 
Germany and Japan recovered, the 
US share of the world's economic 
output dropped significantly, from 
35% to 27%. Furthermore, a negative 
balance of payments, growing public 
debt incurred by the Vietnam War 

and Great Society programs, and 
monetary inflation by the Federal 
Reserve caused the dollar to become 
increasingly overvalued in the 1960s. 

In France, the Bretton Woods Sys- 
tem was called "America's exorbi- 
tant privilege" [3] as it resulted in an 
"asymmetric financial system" where 
foreigners "see themselves support- 
ing American living standards and 
subsidizing American multination- 
als". As American economist Barry 
Eichengreen summarized:"It costs 
only a few cents for the Bureau of 
Engraving and Printing to produce 
a $100 bill, but other countries had 
to pony up $100 of actual goods in 
order to obtain one". [4] In February 
1965 President Charles de Gaulle 
announced his intention to exchange 
its U.S. dollar reserves for gold at the 
official exchange rate. [5] 

By 1966, foreign central banks held 
$14 billion, while the United States 
had only $13.2 billion in gold reserve. 
Of those reserves, only $3.2 billion 
was able to cover foreign holdings 
as the rest was covering domestic 
holdings. [6] 

By 1971, the money supply had 
increased by 10%.[7] In May 1971, 
West Germany left the Bretton 
Woods system, unwilling to reval- 
ue the Deutsche Mark. [8] In the 

following three months, this move 
strengthened its economy. Simul- 
taneously, the dollar dropped 7.5% 
against the Deutsche Mark. [8] Other 
nations began to demand redemption 
of their dollars for gold. Switzerland 
redeemed $50 million in July. [8] 
France acquired $191 million in gold. 
[8] On August 5, 1971, the United 
States Congress released a report 
recommending devaluation of the 
dollar, in an effort to protect the dol- 
lar against "foreign price-gougers". 
[8] On August 9, 1971, as the dollar 
dropped in value against European 
currencies, Switzerland left the Bret- 
ton Woods system. [8] The pressure 
began to intensify on the United 
States to leave Bretton Woods. 

The puich.ishuj powei of $1 from the time 
the Ferieiol Reserve was established in 1913 

1913 1923 1933 1943 1953 1963 1973 1983 1993 2003 



King Abdel Aziz ibn Saud unified the king- 
dom of Saudi Arabia following a series of 
military conquests between 1902 and 1926. 
He established an absolute monarchy, which 
gained legitimacy from an 18th century 
alliance between the Al Saud family and 
the Wahhabi sect of Islam. Muhammed bin 
Abd al-Wahhab, the founder of Wahhabism, 
preached a strict adherence to the principles 
of sharia (Islamic law). His relationship with 
a local chieftain of the Al Saud family con- 
tributed to the strengthening and endurance 
of both the Wahhabis' religious authority, 
and the Al Sauds' political authority. Saudi 
Arabia and the United States established 
diplomatic relations in 1933. 


King Abdel Aziz granted a concession to the 
U.S. company, Standard Oil, which allowed 
them to explore for oil in the country's East- 
ern Province. The joint enterprise eventually 
became known as the Arabian American Oil 
Company (Aramco). The company granted a 
loan of £50,000 to the Saudi government and 
paid it other assorted rental fees and royalty 
payments. In exchange, Aramco received 
exclusive rights to mine, produce and export 
oil from the eastern part of the country, free 
of Saudi taxes and duties. In 1938, efforts 
were rewarded with the first discovery of 
commercial quantities of oil at Dammam 
Well Number 7, located near Dhahran. 

The agreement was modified several times 
over the years. In 1950, Saudi Arabia and 
Aramco agreed to a 50-50 profit-sharing 
arrangement, and a series of agreements be- 
tween 1973 and 1980 resulted in the Saudis' 
regaining full control of the company. In 
1988, King Fahd issued a royal decree es- 
tablishing the Saudi Arabian Oil Company, 
known as Saudi Aramco, to replace Aramco. 
1940 - 45 

Although Saudi Arabia officially maintained 
neutrality through most of the war, the U.S. 
began to court the kingdom as it realized the 
strategic importance of Saudi oil reserves. 
In 1943, President Franklin Roosevelt 
made Saudi Arabia eligible for Lend-Lease 
assistance by declaring the defense of Saudi 
Arabia of vital interest to the U.S. In 1945, 
King Abdel Aziz and President Roosevelt 
cemented the tacit oil-for- security relation- 
ship when they met aboard the USS Quincy 
in the Suez Canal. 

Under a mutual defense agreement, the U.S. 
established a permanent U.S. Military Train- 
ing Mission in the kingdom and agreed to 
provide training support in the use of weap- 
ons and other security-related services to the 
Saudi armed forces. The U.S. Army Corps 
of Engineers assisted in the construction of 
military installations in the kingdom. This 
agreement formed the basis of what grew 
into a longstanding security relationship. 

Upon his death, King Abdel Aziz was suc- 
ceeded by his son, Crown Prince Saud, who 
was known for his reputation as a spend- 
thrift. Under King Saud, the kingdom's trea- 
sury diminished rapidly and he was forced 
to turn over direct control of government 
affairs to his half-brother Faisal from 1958 to 
1961. In 1964, the royal family and religious 
leadership forced Saud to abdicate in favor 
of Faisal. 

At a conference in Baghdad, Saudi Arabia 
joined Iran, Iraq, Kuwait and Venezuela in 
founding the Organization of Petroleum Ex- 
porting Countries (OPEC). The organization 
— which was later joined by Qatar, Indone- 
sia, Libya, United Arab Emirates, Algeria 
and Nigeria — was established to coordinate 
and unify petroleum production and pricing 
among the member nations. 


The 1962-1967 civil war in Yemen pitted 
Saudi- supported royalists against Egyp- 
tian-supported republicans. In November 
1963, Egyptian aircraft bombed several 
villages inside Saudi territory. U.S. President 
John F. Kennedy responded by sending a 
squadron of F- 100 fighter jets to protect 
Saudi Arabia. The Egyptians backed down 
after the threat from the U.S., but tensions 
between the two nations did not subside 
until Egypt withdrew its troops from Yemen 
in 1967. 

King Faisal began a modernization program, 
1974 - 85 

Petroleum prices rose during the 1970s and 
early 1980s, and the Saudi economy became 
one of the fastest-growing world economies. 
By 1981, oil revenues in the kingdom had 
reached $116 billion per year. 

The explosion of petrodollars into the 
Saudi economy led to a rapid infrastruc- 
ture development during the government's 
First Five Year Development Plan (1970-75) 
and Second Five Year Development Plan 
(1975-80). The nation rapidly increased its 
pipeline capacity, seaports, and telecom- 
munication structure. The government also 
invested large sums of money in building 
new airports, hotels, schools, hospitals and 
power plants, and tripled the total length of 
paved highways. Many foreign private firms 
invested in joint ventures to build refineries 
and other technologies important to the 
petrochemical industry. During the Third 
Five-Year Development Plan (1980-1985), 
the government targeted spending on social 
services, education and healthcare. 

The petrodollars were also used to fund the 
construction of new mosques and religious 
schools, known as madrassas, throughout 
the kingdom and abroad. There was an ex- 
plosion in religious charities that were fund- 

ed by a newly wealthy citizenry. U.S. officials 
believe that the network of madrassas across 
the world -- funded by the Saudi charities 
and fueled by the strict Wahhabi interpre- 
tation of Islam — evolved into a network of 
recruiting schools that were to train Islamic 
militants to fight the jihad war in Afghani- 
stan against the Soviet invasion (1979-1989). 

Zbigniew Brzezinski, known for his hardline 
policies on the Soviet Union, initiated in 
1979 a campaign supporting mujaheddin in 
Pakistan and Afghanistan, which was run 
by Pakistani security services with financial 
support from the Central Intelligence Agency 
and Britain's MI6.[43] This policy had the 
explicit aim of promoting radical Islamist 
and anti- Communist forces. 
Years later, in a 1997 CNN/National Security 
Archive interview, Brzezinski detailed the 
strategy taken by the Carter administration 
against the Soviets in 1979: 
Pakistan a month or so after the Soviet inva- 
sion of Afghanistan, for the purpose of coor- 
dinating with the Pakistanis a joint response, 
the purpose of which would be to make the 
Soviets bleed for as much and as long as is 
possible; and we engaged in that effort in a 
collaborative sense with the Saudis, the Egyp- 
tians, the British, the Chinese, and we started 
providing weapons to the Mujaheddin, from 
various sources again 


The weapondollar-petrodollar coa- 
lition: still about oil? 

December 16, 2014 by Shimshon 
Bichler and Jonathan Nitzan 
1. The Triangle of Conflict 
Analyses of modern Middle East 
conflicts vary greatly They range 
from sweeping regional histories to 
narratives of individual disputes. 
They draw on various analytical 
frameworks and reflect different 
ideological standpoints. They rely on 
realism to emphasize state interests, 
alignments and conflicts, on liberal- 
ism to accentuate markets, trade and 
interest groups, on Marxism to stress 
exploitation, dependency and impe- 
rialism, and on postism to transform 
both the conflicts and their causes 
into a cultural-ethnic-racist collage of 
deconstructible 'texts'. They use these 
views, opinions and dogmas to cri- 
tique and condemn, rationalize and 
moralize, predict and strategize.[l] 

Underlying this great variety, how- 
ever, lies a simple triangular scheme. 
Regardless of their particular theo- 
retical foci and ideological bent, all 


analyses seem to derive from and 
accentuate one or more of the follow- 
ing themes: (1) outside intervention, 

(2) culture and internal politics and 

(3) scarcity. 

Outside intervention. Analysts of 
international relations tend to divide 
the history of foreign intervention in 
the region into four broad eras: (i) 
the period up till the Second World 
War, (ii) the post-war stretch till the 
collapse of the Soviet Union, (iii) the 
era of neoliberal globalization till the 
recent financial crisis and (iv) the 
new period of growing multipolari- 
ty. Foreign meddling in the Middle 
East is said to have intensified during 
the nineteenth century. With the 
decline of Ottoman rule and the 
rise of European imperialism, direct 
colonial takeovers carved up the 
region among the leading European 
powers. This division ended after 
the Second World War. Colonialism 
disintegrated, and with superpower 
confrontation substituting for in- 
ter-imperial struggles, proxy conflicts 

replaced the need for direct occupa- 
tion. The 1990s collapse of the Soviet 
Union again shuffled the cards. The 
previously bipolar world was ren- 
dered unipolar, and this unipolarity, 
argue the pundits, enabled the United 
States to launch an aggressive re- 
gime-changing campaign to promote 
democracy and make the Middle 
East safe for business. But this era 
too seems to be drawing to a close. 
The United States is not what it used 
to be. Its chronic current account 
deficit, mounting debt, sliding dollar 
and recent financial crisis, along with 
its failed military interventions, have 
given rise to mounting challenges 
from China, India and the new Rus- 
sia, among others countries, as well 
as from armed NGOs in various parts 
of the world. These centrifugal forces 
create peripheral vacuums, includ- 
ing in the Middle East, which local 
mini-powers such as Iran and Turkey 
and militias like ISIS and Hezbollah 
jockey to fill. 

Culture and internal politics. The is- 



sue here is the bellicose consequenc- 
es of the regions tribal traditions, 
ethnic differences and religious hos- 
tilities - as well as the ways in which 
these cultural-political traits differ 
from those in other, mainly Western 
societies. Oriental pundits, analysts 
and deconstructivists examine how 
cultural incompatibilities breed con- 
flict within the Middle East, as well 
as a broader clash of civilizations', 
particularly between Islam and the 
West. Some claim that the regions 
cultural-political bellicosities are 
deeply ingrained and therefore diffi- 
cult to change, while others see them 
as malleable attributes that can be 
smothered or nourished depending 
on circumstances and expediency. 

Scarcity. This subject is handled 
more or less exclusively by econo- 
mists. The main focus here is water, 
which the region is short on, and oil, 
of which it has plenty. In the short 
term, say the economists, the overall 
supply of both water and oil can be 
taken as given, so the ups and downs 
of their scarcity depend mostly on 
variations in demand. 


The Council on Foreign Relations 
(CFR), founded in 1921, is a United 
States nonprofit, 4900 member orga- 
nization, publisher, and think tank 
specializing in U.S. foreign policy and 
international affairs. Its membership 
has included senior politicians, more 
than a dozen Secretaries of State, CIA 
directors, bankers, lawyers, profes- 
sors, and senior media figures. 

The CFR regularly convenes meet- 
ings at which government officials, 
global business leaders and prom- 
inent members of the intelligence/ 
foreign-policy community discuss 
major international issues. It pub- 
lishes the bi-monthly journal For- 
eign Affairs, and runs a think tank 
called the "David Rockefeller Studies 
Program", which influences foreign 
policy by making recommendations 
to the presidential administration 
and diplomatic community, testifying 
before Congress, interacting with the 
media, and authoring books, reports, 
articles, and op-eds on foreign policy 

The CFR is headquartered in New 
York City, with an additional office in 
Washington, D.C.. 


The Three -State Solution 

By Leslie H. Gelb 

Published: November 25, 2003 

President Bush's new strategy of transfer- 
ring power quickly to Iraqis, and his critics' 
alternatives, share a fundamental flaw: all 
commit the United States to a unified Iraq, 
artificially and fatefully made whole from 
three distinct ethnic and sectarian commu- 
nities. That has been possible in the past 
only by the application of overwhelming and 
brutal force. 

President Bush wants to hold Iraq together 
by conducting democratic elections coun- 
trywide. But by his daily reassurances to the 
contrary, he only fans devastating rumors of 
an American pullout. Meanwhile, influential 
senators have called for more and better 
American troops to defeat the insurgency. 
Yet neither the White House nor Congress is 
likely to approve sending more troops. 

And then there is the plea, mostly from 
outside the United States government, to 
internationalize the occupation of Iraq. 
The moment for multilateralism, however, 
may already have passed. Even the United 
Nations shudders at such a nightmarish 

The only viable strategy, then, may be to 
correct the historical defect and move in 
stages toward a three- state solution: Kurds in 
the north, Sunnis in the center and Shiites in 
the south. 

The Middle East has been engulfed in 
a state of chaos for decades now, with 
the region becoming increasingly 
unstable in recent years largely due to 
western sponsored proxy wars. The 
current map of the Middle East was 
created in 1916 through the surrep- 
titious Sykes-Picot agreement, a deal 
which divided the Ottoman-ruled 
territories of Syria, Iraq, Lebanon 
and Palestine, into areas controlled 
by either Britain or France. Today the 
chaos we see in the Middle East is the 
creation of Anglo-American-Israeli 
power, which is attempting to redraw 
the map to meet their present strate- 
gic and imperial objectives. 

Islamic State: A Creation of US Intel- 

The Islamic State (IS) has hit the 
headlines in recent months due to 
their latest terror campaign in Iraq, 
which has led to US airstrikes in the 
North of the country. What has been 
omitted from mainstream circles 
though is the intimate relationship 
between US intelligence agencies and 
IS, as they have trained, armed and 
funded the group for years. Back in 
2012, World Net Daily received leaks 
by Jordanian officials who reported 
that the US military was training ISIL 
(as it was then known) in Jordan, 
before being deployed into Syria to 
fight against Bashar al- Assad. Francis 
Boyle, a Law professor at the Uni- 

versity of Illinois, has described IS as 
a "covert US intelligence operation" 
whose objective is to "destroy Iraq as 
a state". 

The strategy in the Middle East is the 
creation of a perpetual condition of 
instability and a policy of "construc- 
tive chaos", where nation states are to 
be destroyed so that the map of the 
Middle East can be redrawn. IS pro- 
vided the pretext to intervene in Iraq 
once again, with the intervention en- 
suring the oil fields in Erbil are safely 
in the hands of multi-national cor- 
porations - as oppose to chaotic and 
dysfunctional mercenaries. As well as 
providing the justification for the US, 
Britain and France to "bolster" the 
Kurds in the North of the country, 
which furthers the agenda of destroy- 
ing "Iraq as a state". As the President 
of the Council on Foreign Relations 
(CFR) and Former Director of Policy 
Planning at the State Department, 
Richard Hass, wrote in an Op Ed for 
Project Syndicate last month: 

"It is time to recognize the inevita- 
bility of Iraq's break-up (the country 
is now more a vehicle for Iran's influ- 
ence than a bulwark against it) and 
bolster an independent Kurdistan 
within Iraq's former borders." 

As I reported in June, the policy in 
Iraq is to split the country into 3 


separate religious and ethnic mini- 
states: a Sunni Iraq to the West, an 
Arab Shia State in the East and a Free 
Kurdistan in the North. The objective 
of dividing Iraq into 3 has been dis- 
cussed in neo-imperial policy circles 
since as far back as 1982, when Israeli 
journalist - who also had close con- 
nections to the Foreign Ministry in 
Israel - Oded Yinon, wrote an article 
which was published in a journal 
of the World Zionist Organisation, 
titled: "A Strategy for Israel in the 
Nineteen Eighties". Yinon discusses 
the plan for a Greater Israel and pin- 
points Iraq in particular as the major 
obstacle in the Middle East which 
threatens Israels expansion: 

"Iraq, rich in oil on the one hand 
and internally torn on the other, is 
guaranteed as a candidate for Israels 
targets. Its dissolution is even more 
important for us than that of Syria. 
Iraq is stronger than Syria. In the 
short run it is Iraqi power which 
constitutes the greatest threat to Is- 
rael (p. 12) The dissolution of 

Syria and Iraq later on into ethnically 
or religiously unique areas such as 
in Lebanon, is Israels primary target 
on the Eastern front in the long run, 
while the dissolution of the military 
power of those states serves as the 
primary short term target." (p.l 1.) 

Yinon continues: 

"In Iraq, a division into provinces 

along ethnic/religious lines as in Syr- 
ia during Ottoman times is possible. 
So, three (or more) states will exist 
around the three major cities: Basra, 
Baghdad and Mosul, and Shi'ite areas 
in the south will separate from the 
Sunni and Kurdish north. 

Engineer a Civil War for the "Three 
State Solution" 

Shortly after the initial 2003 invasion 
and occupation of Iraq, the New York 
Times ran an op-ed piece by Leslie 
Gelb, President Emeritus and Board 
Member of the US-based Council on 
Foreign Relations, the most influen- 
tial and powerful think tank in the 
United States. The op-ed, titled, "The 
Three State Solution," published in 
November of 2003, stated that the 
"only viable strategy" for Iraq, "may 
be to correct the historical defect 
and move in stages toward a three- 
state solution: Kurds in the north, 
Sunnis in the center and Shiites in 
the south." Citing the example of the 

break up of Yugoslavia, Gelb stated 
that the Americans and Europeans 
"gave the Bosnian Muslims and 
Croats the means to fight back, and 
the Serbs accepted separation." Ex- 
plaining the strategy, Gelb states that, 
"The first step would be to make the 
north and south into self-governing 
regions, with boundaries drawn as 
closely as possible along ethnic lines," 
and to "require democratic elections 
within each region." Further, "at the 
same time, draw down American 
troops in the Sunni Triangle and ask 
the United Nations to oversee the 
transition to self-government there." 
Gelb then states that this policy 
"would be both difficult and danger- 
ous. Washington would have to be 
very hard-headed, and hard-hearted, 
to engineer this breakup." [6] 

Following the example of Yugoslavia, 
as Gelb cited, would require an engi- 
neered civil war between the various 
ethnic groups. The US supported and 
funded Muslim forces in Bosnia in 
the early 1990s, under the leadership 
of the CIA- trained Afghan Muja- 
hideen, infamous for their CIA-di- 
rected war against the Soviet Union 
from 1979-1989. In Bosnia, the 
Mujahideen were "accompanied by 
US Special Forces," and Bill Clinton 
personally approved of collaboration 
with "several Islamic fundamentalist 
organisations including Osama bin 
Ladens al Qaeda." In Kosovo, years 

later, "Mujahideen mercenaries from 
the Middle East and Central Asia 
were recruited to fight in the ranks 
of the Kosovo Liberation Army 
(KLA) in 1998-99, largely support- 
ing NATO's war effort." The US 
Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), 
the British Secret Intelligence Ser- 
vices (MI6), British SAS soldiers and 
American and British private security 
companies had the job of arming and 
training the KLA. Further, "The U.S. 
State Department listed the KLA as 
a terrorist organization, indicating 
that it was financing its operations 
with money from the international 
heroin trade and loans from Islamic 
countries and individuals, among 
them allegedly Usama bin Laden," 
and as well as that, "the brother of a 
leader in an Egyptian Jihad organiza- 
tion and also a military commander 
of Usama bin Laden, was leading an 
elite KLA unit during the Kosovo 
conflict." [7] 

Could this be the same strategy being 
deployed in Iraq in order to break up 
the country for similar geopolitical 


"It is the duty of Israeli leaders to explain 
to public opinion, clearly and courageously, 
a certain number of facts that are forgotten 
with time. The first of these is that there is 
no Zionism, colonialization, or Jewish State 
without the eviction of the Arabs and the 
expropriation of their lands." 

— Ariel Sharon, Israeli Foreign Minister, 
addressing a meeting of militants from the 
extreme right-wing Tsomet Party, Agence 
France Presse, November 15, 1998. 

"Everybody has to move, run and grab as 
many (Palestinian) hilltops as they can to 
enlarge the (Jewish) settlements because 
everything we take now will stay ours... 
Everything we don't grab will go to them." 

— Ariel Sharon, Israeli Foreign Minister, 
addressing a meeting of the Tsomet Party, 
Agence France Presse, Nov. 15, 1998. 

"Israel may have the right to put others on 
trial, but certainly no one has the right to put 
the Jewish people and the State of Israel on 

— Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon, 25 
March, 2001 quoted in BBC News Online 

"If we thought that instead of 200 Palestin- 
ian fatalities, 2,000 dead would put an end 
to the fighting at a stroke, we would use 
much more force...." 

— Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Barak, quot- 
ed in Associated Press, November 16, 2000. 


"If I knew that it was possible to save all 
the children of Germany by transporting 
them to England, and only half by trans- 
ferring them to the Land of Israel, I would 
choose the latter, for before us lies not only 
the numbers of these children but the histor- 
ical reckoning of the people of Israel." 

— David Ben-Gurion (Quoted on pp 855-56 
in Shabtai Teveth's Ben-Gurion in a slightly 
different translation). 

"This country exists as the fulfillment of a 
promise made by God Himself. 
It would be ridiculous to ask it to account 
for its legitimacy." 

- Golda Meir, Le Monde, 15 October 1971 

"[The Palestinians] are beasts walking on 
two legs." 

— Israeli Prime Minister Menachem Begin, 
speech to the Knesset, quoted in Amnon 
Kapeliouk, "Begin and the 'Beasts,'" New 
Statesman, June 25, 1982. 

"We walked outside, Ben-Gurion accom- 
panying us. Allon repeated his question, 
What is to be done with the Palestinian 
population?' Ben-Gurion waved his hand in 
a gesture which said 'Drive them out!" 
— Yitzhak Rabin, leaked censored version of 
Rabin memoirs, published in the New York 
Times, 23 October 1979. 

"(The Palestinians) would be crushed like 
grasshoppers ... heads smashed against the 
boulders and walls." 
— Israeli Prime Minister (at the time) 
Yitzhak Shamir in a speech to Jewish set- 
tlers, New York Times April 1, 1988 


The $5 Trillion Cold War Hoax 
by Eustace Mullins 

For more than four decades, the American 
people have been terrorized, not by a foreign 
threat, but by their own government. In 
order for the Federal Reserve System central 
bankers to continue to loot the nation after 
the successful conclusion of the I Second 
World War, they had to invent a new threat. 
The only candidate was our erstwhile gallant 
ally, the Soviet Union. The central bank 
conspirators faced the task of continuing to 
mobilize the people against a terrible threat, 
taxing them heavily in order to save them 
from destruction. 

The World Order billionaires launched a 
complex, long-term plan to demonize Soviet 
Russia. Overnight, they would undergo a 
sea change, from the darlings of the Amer- 
ican political Establishment to a dangerous 
and possibly overwhelming enemy, la my 
researches of more than fifty years, I finally 
located the smoking gun which exposed 
this conspiracy, a little known article in the 
August 1977 issue of American Heritage 
magazine, "Who Started the Cold War?" by 
historian Charles L. Mee Jr., editor of Hori- 
zon magazine, and author of one of the first 
cold war books, Meeting at Potsdam. 


LIFE --^ 

v- ' ' 1 


I M in . w 20 DPllE 


In this article, Mee writes that on Feb. 27, 
1947, "President Truman met with Con- 
gressional leaders in the White House. 
Undersecretary of State Dean Acheson 
was present at the meeting, and Truman 
had him tell the Congressmen what was 
at stake. Acheson spoke for ten minutes, 
informing the legislators that nothing less 
than the survival of the whole of West- 
ern civilization was in the balance at that 
moment; he worked in references to ancient 
Athens, Rome, and the course of Western 
civilization and freedom since those times. 
The Congressmen were silent for a few 
moments, and then, at last. Senator Arthur 
Vandenberg of Michigan, a prominent Re- 
publican who had come to support an active 
foreign policy, spoke up. All this might be 


true, Vandenberg said, but, if the President 
wishes to sell his program to the American 
people, he would have to 'scare hell out of 
the country'. It was at that moment that the 
Cold War began in earnest for the United 

This is one of the most revealing statements 
in American history. This is the smoking 
gun which proves that the federal govern- 
ment used a terror campaign to frighten 
the American people into supporting four 
decades of Cold War spending on arma- 
ments. The initial campaign was the "atom 
bomb scare", which raged for some years; 
it finally lost its effectiveness, and was re- 
placed by the ogre, based solely on falsified 
and invented CIA statistics, that Soviet 
Russia was the most terrifying military 
power, with the fastest growing economy, 
in the world. 

apogee in the Cold War. Hopefully, we will 
not see another such travesty of history. 
On March 5, 1946, at Fulton, Churchill 
made his famous "Iron Curtain" speech. He 
warned that an "Iron Curtain" had descend- 
ed upon Europe, the Communist enslave- 
ment of the Eastern European countries. 
He failed to mention that he and Franklin 
Delano Roosevelt had joined at Yalta to 
deliver Eastern Europe to Stalin, with Alger 
Hiss, the originator of the plan, beaming 
in the background. Not a single journalist, 
anywhere in the world, mentioned Chur- 
chill's overwhelming personal complicity in 
creating and maintaining the dire situation 
which he now publicly deplored. 

Truman needed an excuse for deficit 
spending, because without it he could not 
have kept the American economy busy and 
productive. Thus he waged a Cold War, after 
the hot war was won, to justify continued 
deficit spending. With the Truman Doctrine 
and the Marshall Plan, the encouragement 
of American multinational companies, and 
a set of defense treaties that came finally to 
encompass the world, he institutionalized it." 

As Charles T. Mee Jr. points out in his article, 
Stalin was a principal beneficiary of the Cold 
War. " Stalin needed the Cold War, not to 
venture out into the world again after an 
exhausting war, but to discipline his restless 
people at home. He had need of that ancient 
stratagem of monarchs — the threat of an im- 
placable external enemy to be used to unite 

his own people in Russia." Mee also names 


The Cold War, the Hegelian invention of 
Soviet Russia and the United States at each 
other's throats, the "free world" vs. the "slave 
empire", Capitalism vs. Communism, was 
the final triumph of dialectical materialism, 
also invented by the German philosopher, 
Hegel. He laid down the dictum that to rule 
the world, you create a problem; you find an 
antidote to that problem; and you throw the 
two conflicting theses against each other, 
to result in a consensus or resolution. This 
diabolical and cynical formula reached its 

Winston Churchill as a prime suspect in the 
Cold War conspiracy. He states that Chur- 
chill "emerged from World War II with a 
ruined empire, irretrievably in debt, an em- 
pire losing its colonies and headed inevitably 
toward bankruptcy Churchill's scheme for 
saving Great Britain was to arrange to have 
America and Russia quarrel, while America 
and Russia quarrelled, England would — as 
American diplomats delicately put it — 'lead' 


The first victims of the Cold War were not 
soldiers, they were American politicians who 
were reluctant to embrace the new cam- 
paign. The first casualty was elder statesman 
Henry Stimson, who wrote a memo to Presi- 
dent Truman in the autumn of 1945, cited by 
Mee as the cause of Stimson's disappearance 
from Washington. Stimson's memo de- 
nounced the projected Cold War as a serious 
error, and called for "satisfactory relations" 
with Russia. Henry Wallace, Secretary of 
Commerce, also protested against the Cold 
War, he was allowed to resign. Mee identifies 
the "comers" in Washington as those who 
were quick to latch onto the Cold War as 
"the wave of the future". Those who tended 
to believe in an aggressive attitude toward 
Russia, were spotted, and promoted — young 
men such as John Foster Dulles and Dean 




George Kennan, then in the American 
Embassy in Moscow, was discovered after he 
sent a perfervid 8,000 word telegram back 
to Washington. "We have here a political 
force committed fanatically to the belief that 
with U.S. there can be no permanent modus 
vivendi, that it is desirable and necessary 
that the internal harmony of our society 
be disrupted, our traditional way of life be 
destroyed, the international authority of our 
state be broken." Mee mentions that, in his 
memoirs, Kennan says that he now looks 
back on his cable with horrified amuse- 
ment'. "At the time, however, he was ideal 
for Truman's use, and he was recalled from 
Moscow and made chairman of the State 
Department's Policy Planning Committee, or 
as the New York Times called him, 'America's 
global planner'." 


That Sizzling Congress Race 


Critics of the new Cold War foreign policy 
quickly found a nickname for its architects, 
"the eggheads". Like George Kennan, they 


were liberal intellectuals, often prematurely 
bald, and unanimous in their dislike of the 
American people, whom they hated and 
feared, and their Constitution. Their goal, 
which they now seem to have achieved, was 
to liberate the federal government, which 
Thomas Jefferson and the other Founding 
Fathers had written to "bind down the 
government with the chains of the Constitu- 
tion". While ostensibly following an "an- 
ti-Communist" policy, the eggheads never 
forswore their dedication to Marxism, and 
its monolithic state. 


During most of its history, the Cold War was 
a propaganda war, in which the opponents 
hurled invectives at each other. However, the 
military- industrial complex cannot make 
billions of dollars from propaganda; there 
had to be occasions of real shooting. We en- 
dured the Korean War and the Vietnam War, 
with hundreds of thousands of casualties, 
while Soviet Russia did not lose a man in 
either war. Both Russia and the United States 
were careful to have the scenes of battle take 
place thousands of miles from their own 
lands, in poverty-stricken countries such as 
Korea and Vietnam. We had the Cuban mis- 
sile crisis, a soap opera in which the media 
convinced Americans that they had been on 
the brink of atomic destruction, being saved 
just before the bombs were launched by 

the "incredible diplomatic skills" of John F. 
Kennedy and Khrushchev, neither of whom 
before or after this crisis had ever shown the 
slightest skill at diplomacy. The Berlin Wall 
was built, to prevent all of its population 
from fleeing the desolation of Communist 
East Germany. The eggheads greeted the 
Berlin Wall with praise. President John F. 
Kennedy made a special trip to Germany to 
put his seal of approval on the Berlin Wall, 
and to reassure the Communists that the 
United States would not remove it. And we 
never did. It was the Germans themselves, 
driven beyond endurance, who ripped it 
down, much to the consternation of our 
eggheads in Washington. 


I ml 




Although few Americans recognize the 
name of George Kennan, he not only was 
the source of the nickname "egghead", he 
also was the bureaucrat entrusted with the 
maintenance of the Gold War in Washington 
for many years. He was named after his un- 
cle. George Kennan, who spent many years 
travelling in Czarist Russia on "missionary 
work" for the world Communist movement. 
He was entrusted with many millions of 
dollars by Jacob Schiff, known as "A Prince 
in Israel", who was born in the Rothschild 
house in Frankfurt, and who, according to 


his grandson, John Schiff, had spent twen- 
ty-two-million dollars of his, personal funds 
to bring about the Bolshevik Revolution in 
Russia. Most of this money was spent on 
revolutionary propaganda, which Kennan, 
with journalistic credentials, distributed 
throughout Russia. Some historians credit 
George Kennan as the pivotal force in the 
Bolshevik Revolution, pointing out that it 
was his distributing of thousands of revolu- 
tionary leaflets to officers in the Czar s Army 
which turned them against the regime and 
led to the downfall of the Czar. 

cation of the Council on Foreign Relations, 
titled "The Sources of Soviet Conduct", that 
George Kennan continues to be remembered 
in Washington. This article laid down the 
principle of "containment" which was to be 
official U.S. policy towards Russia for the 
remainder of the Cold War. No wonder the 
New York Times called Kennan "Americas 
global planner". Henry Kissinger, who in- 
herited the Kennan policy of the Cold War, 
wrote in White House Years, p. 135, that 
"George Kennan came as close to authoring 
the diplomatic doctrine of his era as any 
diplomat in our history." 

Paul Kennedy, in The Rise and Fall of 
the Great Powers, defined the "policy of 
containment" as follows: "The view from 
Washington was that a master plan for world 
Communist domination was unfolding and 
needed to be contained'." Walter Lippmann, 
who was a one-man think tank in Washing- 
ton for fifty years, and an adviser to many 
Presidents, adopted Kennans policy in his 
influential The Cold War; a Study in United 
States Foreign Policy, as Americas senior 
elder statesman. 

George Kennan also worked with Jacob 
Schiff in financing Japan in the Russo-Japa- 
nese War of 1905. The Japanese government 
decorated Kennan with the Gold War Medal, 
and the Order of the Sacred Treasure. (The 
World Order, by Eustace Mullins, p. 64). 
Schiff instigated this war to strike a blow 
against the alleged oppression of Jews in 
Russia, and to create a governmental crisis 
by which the Communists could seize 
power. The "1905 Revolution" failed mis- 
erably; the Communists had to wait twelve 
more years, with Schiff s continued support, 
before they could seize power. 


However, it is as "X", the anonymous author 
of an article which appeared in the July, 1947 
issue of Foreign Affairs, the official publi- 


Kennans "containment" policy was just that; 
that the Soviet Union and world Commu- 
nism would be contained, but never openly 
challenged or fought against. It was a per- 
manent guarantee that the captive nations of 
Eastern Europe, which had been delivered 
to Stalin by Roosevelt, Churchill and Alger 
Hiss at Yalta, would never be liberated from 
Communism. An organization championing 
the captive nations was for many years the 
most hated and derided group in Washing- 
ton, Composed of a few Congressmen from 
Chicago and Cleveland who had strong 
ethnic backing from Poles, Czechs and other 
Eastern Europe countries, it was a polit- 
ical embarrassment for many years to the 
oligarchs of the Cold War. 


The government propaganda techniques by 
which the American people were terrorized 
for some forty years began with the dire 
threat of nuclear annihilation. School chil- 
dren went through daily drills of falling to 

the floor in terror of the atomic bomb which 
would destroy their school. Their parents 
built backyard "bomb shelters" stocked with 
food and water. Because "scientific studies" 
showed that the radiation peril would last 
for at least five hundred years, the survivors 
apparently expected to spend that much 
time in their shelters. Nationwide philo- 
sophical debates ensued as to whether the 
survivors, huddled in their shelters after the 
blast, should open the door to neighbours or 
to "minorities" who had neglected to build 
bomb shelters, or whether they should shoot 
those who battered down the doors to get 
food. Hollywood loyally produced many 
movies about the coming atomic debacle, 
such as Dr. Strangelove, in which insane 
fascists were determined to use the bomb 
to destroy the civilized world; War Games, 
in which a mad computer tried to trick the 
United States and Russia into destroying 
each other; and a steady stream of films de- 
picting "Bette Davises" as little old librarians 
who were determined that students should 
be allowed to read the works of Karl Marx. 


The King David Hotel bombing was 

an attack carried out by the militant 
right-wing Zionist underground orga- 
nisation, the Irgun, on the King David 
Hotel in Jerusalem on 22 July 1946. 

The hotel was the site of the central of- 
fices of the British Mandatory authori- 
ties of Palestine, the Secretariat of the 
Government of Palestine and Headqu- 
arters of the British Forces in Palestine 
and Transjordan. 

The attack was the deadliest directed 
at the British during the Mandate era 

La von Affair 

In July 1954 Egypt was plagued by a series of bomb outrages 
directed mainly against American and British property in Cairo 
and Alexandria. 

It was generally assumed that they were the work of the 
Moslem Brothers, then the most dangerous challenge to the 
still uncertain authority of Colonel (later President) Nasser and 
his two-year-old revolution. Nasser was negotiating with Bri- 
tain over the evacuation of its giant military bases in the Suez 
Canal Zone, and, the Moslem Brothers, as zealous nationa- 
lists, were vigorously opposed to any Egyptian compromises. 

It therefore came as a shock to world, and particularly Jewish opinion, when on 5 
October the Egyptian Minister of the Interior, Zakaria Muhieddin, announced the 
break-up of a thirteen-man Israeli sabotage network. An 'anti-Semitic' frame-up was 

This whole episode, which was to poison Israeli political life for a decade and more, 
came to be known as the 'Lavon Affair', for it had been established in the Cairo trial 
that Lavon, as Minister of Defence, had approved the campaign of sabotage. 


USS Liberty 

ON JUNE 8, 1967, while patrol- 
ling in international waters in the 
Eastern Mediterranean Sea, USS 
Liberty (AGTR-5) was savagely 
attacked without warning or justi- 
fication by air and naval forces of 
the state of Israel. 

Of a crew of 294 officers and men 
(including three civilians), the ship 
suffered thirty four (34) killed in 
action and one hundred seventy 
three (173) wounded in action. 

The ship itself, a Forty Million ($40,000,000) Dollar state of the art signals intelligen- 
ce (SIGINT) platform, was so badly damaged that it never sailed on an operational 
mission again and was sold in 1970 for $101,666.66 as scrap. 

Within a few short moments, and without any warning, Israeli fighter aircraft laun- 
ched a rocket attack on USS Liberty. The aircraft made repeated firing passes, attack- 
ing USS Liberty with rockets and their internal cannons. After the first flight of fighter 
aircraft had exhausted their ordnance, subsequent flights of Israeli fighter aircraft 
continued to prosecute the attack with rockets, cannon fire, and napalm. 

During the air attack, USS Liberty's crew had difficulty contacting Sixth Fleet to re- 
quest assistance due to intense communications jamming 

The initial targets on the ship were the command bridge, communications antennas, 
and the four .50 caliber machine guns, placed on the ship to repel boarders. After the 
Israeli fighter aircraft completed their attacks, three Israeli torpedo boats arrived and 
began a surface attack about 35 minutes after the start of the air attack. The torpedo 
boats launched a total of five torpedoes, one of which struck the side of USS Liberty, 
opposite the ship Is] research spaces. 

Twenty-five Americans, in addition to the nine who had been killed in the earlier air 
attacks, were killed as a result of this edplosion. 


"Now I am become death, the destroyer of 
worlds." - Robert Oppenheimer 

Manhattan Project - Einstein Szilard 

Bernard Baruch - J P Morgan 

John Foster Dulles - Truman 




The Untold Story 

by Eustace C. Mull ins 
June 199B 


The atomic bomb was developed at the Los 
Alamos Laboratories in New Mexico. The 
top secret project was called the Manhattan 
Project, because its secret director, Bernard 
Baruch, lived in Manhattan, as did many 
of the other principals. Baruch had chosen 
Maj . Gen. Leslie R. Groves to head the 
operation. He had previously built the Pen- 
tagon, and had a good reputation among the 
Washington politicians, who usually came 
when Baruch beckoned. 

The scientific director at Los Alamos was J. 
Robert Oppenheimer, scion of a prosperous 
family of clothing merchants. In Oppen- 
heimer; the Years Of Risk, by James Kunet- 
ka, Prentice Hall, NY, 1982, Kunetka writes, 

p. 106, "Baruch was especially interested 
in Oppenheimer for the position of senior 
scientific adviser." The project cost an esti- 
mated two billion dollars. No other nation 
in the world could have afforded to develop 
such a bomb. The first successful test of the 
atomic bomb occurred at the Trinity site, 
two hundred miles south of Los Alamos 
at 5:29:45 a.m. on July 16, 1945. Oppen- 
heimer was beside himself at the spectacle. 
He shrieked, "I am become Death, the 
Destroyer of worlds." Indeed, this seemed 
to be the ultimate goal of the Manhattan 
Project, to destroy the world. There had 
been considerable fear among the scientists 
that the test explosion might indeed set off a 
chain reaction, which would destroy the en- 
tire world. Oppenheimer 's exultation came 
from his realization that now his people had 
attained the ultimate power, through which 
they could implement their five- thousand- 
year desire to rule the entire world. 

The story begins in Germany. In the 1930s, 
Germany and Japan had a number of sci- 
entists icing on the development of nuclear 
fission. In both of these countries, their 
leaders sternly forbade them to continue 
their research. Adolf Hitler said he would 
never allow anyone in Germany to work to 
work on such an inhumane weapon. 

The Emperor of Japan let his scientists 
know that he would never approve such a 
weapon. At that time the United States had 
no one working on nuclear fission. The dis- 
gruntled German scientists contacted friends 
in the United States, and were told that there 
was a possibility of government support for 
their work here. As Don Beyer tells these 
immigrants to the United States pushed their 

"Leo Szilard, together with his long time 
friends and fellow Hungarian physicists, 
Eugene Wigner and Edward Teller, agreed 
that the President must be warned; fission 
bomb tehnology was not so farfetched. The 
Jewish emigres, now living in America, had 
personal experience of fascism in Europe. 
In 1939, the three physicists enlisted the 
support of Albert Einstein, letter dated Au- 
gust 2 signed by Einstein was delivered by 
Alexander Sachs to Franklin D. Roosevelt 
at the White House on October 11, 39." 

The scientists who had built the atomic 
bomb were gleeful when they received the 
news of its success at Hiroshima and Na- 
gasaki. In the book, Robert Oppenheimer, 
Dark Prince, by Jack Rummel, 1992, we 
find, p. 96, "Back in the United States the 
news of the bombing of Hiroshima was 
greeted with a mixture of relief, pride, joy, 
shock and sadness. Otto Frisch remembers 
the shouts of joy, 'Hiroshima has been de- 
stroyed! ' 'Many of my friends were rushing 
to the telephone to book tables at the La 
Fonda Hotel in Santa Fe in order to cele- 
brate. Oppenheimer walked around "like 
a prizefighter, clasping his hands together 
above his head as he came to the podium".'" 



David Cole in Auschwitz Full Documentary 

A Jewish Revisionist's Visit to Aus- 
chwitz by David Cole 
When I decided last September to 
take a well- deserved vacation, I 
thought, what better destination than 
Europe. After all, as a Revisionist 
I'd always felt it my duty to see the 
concentration camps in person. My 
girl-friend, though, said that she'd 
like to go to Europe to visit Euro-Dis- 
ney, the new Disneyland theme park 
in France. So I thought for a while 
about where to go: Auschwitz or Eu- 
ro-Disney. And as I looked around, 
and saw the miserable state of the 
world and this country, the political 
and social malaise and depression, I 
realized that if I did take a vacation, 
I wanted to go to a place as far away 
from reality as possible: a fantasy 
land of wondrous fairy tales. So, of 
course, I chose Auschwitz. 

Now that I've gone through the Aus- 
chwitz main camp, Auschwitz-Birke- 
nau, Majdanek, Mauthausen, and 
Dachau, I feel more secure in my 

position as a Revisionist that there 
exists no convincing evidence that 
Jews or anyone else were taken en 
masse into gas chambers and killed 
by the Nazis at these camps. In fact, 
the remains that I inspected at the 
camp sites seem, in many different 
ways, to directly contradict these 

I returned to the United States with 
more than 25 hours of video footage 
from the camps. At Majdanek I un- 
covered obvious tampering with the 
buildings exhibited as gas chambers. 
This evidence was discovered when 
my attractive camerawoman busted 
a lock and got into a room that is not 
open to tourists. There we were able 
to view several items in their original 
state, most notably the doors, which 
were clearly constructed to latch 
from both the outside and the inside. 

The high point of my visit, though, 
was my interview with Dr. Fran- 
ciszek Piper, Senior Curator of the 
Polish government's Auschwitz State 
Museum. He has worked there for 
more than 26 years. On tape, he 
admits that the so-called gas cham- 
ber in Crematory Building (Krema) 
I, which is shown to half a million 
visitors a year as a genuine homicidal 
gas chamber, is in fact a reconstruc- 
tion-- even down to the holes cut 
into the ceiling. Piper also admits 

that walls were knocked down and 
bathroom facilities removed. He 
went on to tell us that the remains 
of the "white cottage," supposed site 
of the first preliminary gassings at 
Birkenau, are also reconstructed. This 
was hardly news to me. Even a quick 
examination of the remains of the 
"white cottage" shows that the bricks 
are not connected in any way, but are 
simply laid on top of each other like 
children's building blocks. 
Piper has no problems with the 
Leuchter Report. He told me that he 
agrees with Leuchter's findings re- 
garding traces of ferro-ferric-cyanide 
in the walls of Crematory Buildings 
(Kremas) I, II and III. So what is his 
explanation for this lack of traces in 
the supposed homicidal gas cham- 
bers when, by contrast, there are sig- 
nificant traces in the non-homicidal 
delousing gas chambers? He told me 
that the amount of hydrogen cyanide 
(from Zyklon) supposedly used by 
the Germans to kill people -- unlike 
the amount needed to kill lice in de- 
lousing chambers — was not enough 
to leave blue (ferro-ferric-cyanide) 
staining, or appreciable traces. 

This argument has problems, though. 
For one thing, the supposed hom- 
icidal gas chambers at Majdanek 
(which in reality were non-homicidal 
delousing chambers) have abundant 
blue staining. So according to Piper's 
"Holocaust logic" gassing people in 

Auschwitz did not leave blue stains, 
but gassing people at Majdanek did. 
Talk about a Magic Kingdom! As we 
spoke, I half expected to see Piper's 
nose grow as long as Pinocchio's! 

The importance of Piper's revela- 
tions is obvious. The burden of proof 
has now shifted decisively to the 
Exterminationist side. For example, 
Piper's admission that the four holes 
in the ceiling of Crematory Building 
(Krema) I were put in after the war 
makes ludicrous the oft-repeated 
claim of Auschwitz tourists that 
"Now I've seen the gas chambers with 
my own two eyes." Now that the of- 
ten-made claims are no longer valid, 
can the Exterminationists produce 
any evidence --a photograph, docu- 
ment, plan, or order — showing that 
the supposed gas chamber there was 
ever used to kill people as alleged? 
Most likely not, but what else is new? 
We've never been asked to accept 
the Holocaust story on anything but 
faith, and for me, that's not good 

On the issue of the Holocaust — and 
perhaps uniquely on this issue ---we 
are told: "Close the books, there will 
be no more learning, no more dis- 
cussion, no more questions. Not only 
will no questions be tolerated, but 
anyone who dares to ask such ques- 
tions will be slandered and viciously 
attacked " 


Pearl Harbor 

The attack against Pearl Harbor was the excuse for entry into World War II. Both of 
these attacks involved gross deception of the American public. The Watergate cover- 
up was nothing compared with the cover-up over Pearl Harbor. 

Roosevelt incited the attack with an oil embargo, and knew that the attack was co- 
ming. It was not a surprise attack. The Pacific war began in deception and cover-up 
and ended the same way. The Japanese offered to surrender prior to the bombing of 
Hiroshima on condition that the office of Japanese Emperor be retained, and after the 
bombing the war was concluded with that condition accepted. Why then was Hiro- 
shima bombed? 

Most people's understanding of the Pearl Harbor attack is based on popular portrayals 
such as the docudrama film Tora, Tora, Tora, which presents the attacks as a surprise. 
The Final Secret of Pearl Harbor by Rear Admiral Theobald, which examines the days 
immediately preceding the attack, shows that it was not a surprise. It shows instead 
that Washington authorities had ample foreknowledge of the time and place of the 
Japanese attack, and that the failure to warn General Short and Admiral Kimmel was 
due to Roosevelt's order that no warning be sent lest their preparations for defense 
might deter the Japanese from attacking. 

Theobald also shows that Pearl Harbor was denied a "Purple" decoding machine lest 
the commanders there might independently decode Japanese messages and take 
steps to ward off the attack. 

Eustace Mullins 'The Secret History Of The Atomic Bomb" 


The scientists who had built the atomic bomb were gleeful when they received the 
news of its success at Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Otto Frisch remembers the shouts of 
joy, 'Hiroshima has been destroyed!' 'Many of my friends were rushing to the telep- 
hone to book tables at the La Fonda Hotel in Santa Fe in order to celebrate. Oppen- 
heimer walked around "like a prizefighter, clasping his hands together above his head 
as he came to the podium".'" 


On August 6, 1945, a uranium bomb 3-235, 20 kilotons yield, was exploded 1850 
feet in the air above Hiroshima, for maximum explosive effect. It devastated four 
square miles, and killed 140,000 of the 255,000 inhabitants. In Hiroshima's Shadows, 
we find a statement by a doctor who treated some of the victims. Dr. Shuntaro Hida: 
"It was strange to us that Hiroshima had never been bombed, despite the fact that 
B-29 bombers flew over the city every day. Only after the war did I come to know 
that Hiroshima, according to American archives, had been kept untouched in order to 
preserve it as a target for the use of nuclear weapons. 

The atomic bombs against Japan stared the Cold War also called World War III. So 
911 started World War IV according to e.g. Norman Podhoretz. 

Gulf of Tonkin 

Most of you probably don't know what the Gulf of Tonkin incident was. Well, like some 
False Flag Operations, this was used as the excuse for the US to go to war with North 
Vietnam in 1964. The official report stated that North Vietnamese torpedo boats sup- 
posedly attacked the USS Maddox in the Gulf of Tonkin off Vietnam in South East Asia 
in a pair of assaults on August 2 and 4, 1964. 

This was the basis for the Tonkin Gulf Resolution, which committed major US forces 
to war in Vietnam. The resolution passed through the US House of Representatives 
unanimously, and passed in the US Senate with only 2 dissenting votes. 

Over 50,000 US Military personnel and an estimate 2 million Vietnamese civilians 

mufti* nhtoqj uss MMttcnrttsmmart^ari^s Rriniiwsc?- Fit** mi died in the Vietnam war which ended in 1975 

after a vicious bombing campaign over North 
Vietnam by US forces (ordered by then US 
President Nixon). 

It is clear now that this alleged attack was 
nothing less than a transparent pretext / ex- 
cuse for war. Initial Media descriptions of the 
attack on the 2nd of August 1964 was that 
this was an "unprovoked attack" against an 
US destroyer on a "routine patrol", but what 
was not mentioned was that the USS Maddox 
was providing support for South Vietnamese 
military. The alleged August 4, 1964 attack 
appears to be a complete fabrication, with 
official accounts attributing the "error" to 


51 Documents: Zionist Collaboration 
with the Nazis - March 16, 2010 
by Lenni Brenner 

51 1HM 1 MFMS 



Edited by Lenni Brenner 

History can be deceptive. It's fair 
to say that some of the sensational 
never-published-before documents, 
in this book, will shock those who 
have accepted Zionism and its 
supposed history, at face value, as 
a political movement that was the 
hope of the Jews. Lenni Brenner, the 
intrepid author of "Zionism in the 
Age of Dictators," reveals disturbing 
new evidence in his latest effort, that 
suggest just the opposite. In fact, he 
makes a compelling case that the 
Zionist record was "dishonorable." 

You can consider this excellent tome 
as a worthy sequel to his first expose' 
on the myopic Zionist zealots of that 
bygone era. 

For openers, Brenner showed how 
the Zionists had a long history of 
shameless cooperation with the 
Nazis, especially after the dictator 
Adolph Hitler had came to power 
in 1933. The Zionists were also in 
bed, to some extent, with the oth- 
er members of what later became 
known as WWII's "Axis of Evil," that 
included Benito Mussolini's Italy, and 
Tojo Hideki's Japan. For example, in 
March 29,1936, Zionists praised II 
Duce, and his regime, at the opening 
of a maritime school, funded by the 
Fascist government, at Civitavecchia. 
This is where a Zionist youth group, 
the "Betar," trained its sailors for the 
future Revisionist state. The speakers 
ignored the fact that on Oct. 3, 1935, 
Italian troops had invaded Abyssinia. 

On another front, the "Third Con- 
gress of the Jewish Community of 
the Far East," was held in Jan., 1940, 
in Harbin, Manchuria, then reeling 
under a brutal military occupation by 
the Japanese imperial forces. At that 
time, too, Tokyo was already aligned 
with Hitler and Italy's Mussolini, in 
the notorious Anti-Comintern Pact. 
Also, keep in mind, that the Japa- 
nese's murderous "Rape of Nanking," 
had occurred in Dec, 1937, and the 


"Crystal Night" incident on Nov. 9, 
1938. Nevertheless, the Zionist con- 
fab went out of its way to legitimize 
the Japanese occupation by certifying 
it as a guarantor of the "equality of all 
citizens," in that beleaguered land. 
The Zionist also had a trade plan 
with the Berlin government by which 
German Jews could redeem their 
property in Nazi goods exported 
to then British-occupied Palestine. 
And to top it all off, the infamous 
SS-Hptscharf. Adolf Eichmann, had 
visited Palestine, in October, 1937, 
as the guest of the Zionists. He also 
met, in Egypt, with Feivel Polkes, a 
Zionist operative, whom Eichmann 
described as a "leading Haganah 
functionary." The chain-smoking 
Polkes was also on the Nazis' payroll 
"as an informer." 

Brenner isn't the first writer to ad- 
dress the mostly taboo subject of how 
the Zionist leadership cooperated 
with the Nazis. Rolf Hilberg's seminal 
"The Destruction of European Jews"; 
Hannah Arendt's "Eichmann in Jeru- 
salem"; Ben Hecht's "Perfidy"; Edwin 
Black's "The Transfer Agreement"; 
Francis R. Nicosia's "The Third Reich 
and the Palestine Question"; Rudolf 
Vrba and Alan Bestic's "I Cannot 
Forgive"; and Rafael Medoff 's "The 
Deadening Silence: American Jews 
and the Holocaust," also dared, with 
varying public success. 
After the Holocaust began in 1942, 
Eichmann dealt regularly with Dr. 

Rudolf Kastner, a Hungarian Jew, 
whom he considered a "fanatical 
Zionist." Kastner was later assassinat- 
ed in Israel as a Nazi collaborator. At 
issue then, however, was the bargain- 
ing over the eventual fate of Hunga- 
ry's Jews, who were slated for liqui- 
dation in the Nazi-run death camps. 
Eichmann said this about Kastner, 
the Zionist representative, "I believe 
that [he] would have sacrificed a 
thousand or a hundred thousand of 
his blood to achieve his political goal. 
He was not interested in old Jews or 
those who had become assimilated 
into Hungarian society. 'You can 
have the others,' he would say, 'but 
let me have this group here.' And 
because Kastner rendered us a great 
service by helping keep the deporta- 
tion camps peaceful. I would let his 
groups escape." 

Readers, too, will be surprised to 
learn, that after the Nuremberg 
Anti-Jewish Race Laws were enacted 
in Sept., 1935, that there were only 
two flags that were permitted to be 
displayed in all of Nazi Germany. 
One was Hitler's favorite, the Swasti- 
ka. The other was the blue and white 
banner of Zionism. The Zionists 
were also allowed to publish their 
own newspaper. The reasons for this 
Reich-sponsored favoritism was, 
according to the author: The Zionists 
and the Nazis had a common inter- 
est, making German Jews emigrate to 






Jekyll Island - 

Eustace Mullins 

"The matter of a uniform discount rate was 
discussed and settled at Jekyll Island."— Paul 
M. Warburgl 

On the night of November 22, 1910, a 
group of newspaper reporters stood dis- 
consolately in the railway station at Hobo- 
ken, New Jersey They had just watched a 
delegation of the nations leading financiers 
leave the station on a secret mission. It 
would be years before they discovered what 
that mission was, and even then they would 
not understand that the history of the Unit- 
ed States underwent a drastic change after 
that night in Hoboken. 
In 1910 the Jewish bankers held a secret 
meeting on a Morgan estate on Jekyll Island 
where they drafted the Blueprint, and then 
handed it over to Aldrich, who brought it 
into Congress. 

"Aldrich 1 s investigation led to his plan in 
1912 to bring central banking to the United 
States, with promises of financial stability, 
expanded international roles, control by 
impartial experts and no political meddling 
in finance. Aldrich asserted that a central 
bank had to be (contradictorily) decentral- 
ized somehow, or it would be attacked by 
local politicians and bankers as had the First 
and Second Banks of the United States. The 
Aldrich plan was introduced in 62nd and 


63rd Congresses (1912 and 1913) but never 
gained much traction as the Democrats in 
1912 won control of both the House and the 
Senate as well as the White House." This later 
became known as the Federal Reserve Act 

When in 1913 Woodrow Wilson who was 
put up and backed by the Jewish bankers was 
elected President upon the promise to them 
in return for their financial support to sign 
the Fed Reserve act into law. At the time the 
act was frustrated in Congress from passing. 
The Jews moved, days before the Christmas 
of 1913 when the majority of the Congress 
men where home with their families the Fed- 
eral Reserve act was voted in. And Wilson 
true to his treasonous word, make it law. 

"Under the Federal Reserve Act, panic's 
are scientifically created as the present 
panic is the first scientifically created one, 
worked out as we work out a mathematical 
equation."- Congressman Lindbergh, on the 
crash of 1920 

Charles August Lindbergh (born Carl Mans- 
son; January 20, 1859 - May 24, 1924) was 
a United States Congressman from Minne- 
sota's 6th congressional district from 1907 
to 1917. He opposed American entry into 
World War I as well as the 1913 Federal 
Reserve Act. 

Lindbergh is best known as the father of 
famous aviator Charles Lindbergh. 

The Wall Street Crash of 1929, also known as 
Black Tuesday, the Great Crash, or the Stock 
Market Crash of 1929, began in late October 
1929 and was the most devastating stock 
market crash in the history of the United 
States, when taking into consideration the 
full extent and duration of its fallout. 

at a penny cost. Leaving them in control of 
numerous corporations across the board. 
And generally the entire economic system. 
The Jews then purposely shrank the money 
supply increasing the depression to the point 
it is remember to this day as "The Great 




miiKU' f<' nostra 


m America 

frflhLl IVuPip J Or J 

From 1921 to 1929 the Jewish Fed replayed 
this criminal robbery again, the new tool 
also used was the Margin loan, which 
allowed a investor to only have to put down 
10% of a stocks worth with the other 90% 
being loaned by a broker. Hence the "Roar- 
ing 20 's" The catch the Jews put in was the 
Margin loan could be called in at any time 
and had to be paid within 24 hours of such 
"Margin call" The result of such a call is the 
selling of the stock brought with the loan in 

1 929 the Jewish bankers such as Rockefel- 
ler and others withdrawn from the market 
out the backdoor. On Oct 24, the Margin 
loans are called in mass waves. Every- 
one starts selling their stocks at once, in 
the encoring crash over 1 6,000 banks are 
wiped out alone. The Jews then swooped 
in and brought up the entire socket market 

"It was a carefully contrived occurrence, 
International Bankers sought to bring condi- 
tions of despair so they might emerge rulers 
of us all". -Congressman Madden, on the 
truth of the Great Depression 

Congressman McFadden along term cru- 
sader against the Jewish bankers, declared 
his intention of pushing for an impeachment 
of the Fed, he had already survived two 
assassin attempts on his life, the third one 
was successful McFadden was poisoned at a 
dinner banquet and died, before he could get 
the impeachment. 

The next step was the Jews had the gold 
standard abolished "to end the depression" 
in 1933 the Jews brought about the infamous 
gold seizure: 

Executive Order 6102 required U.S. citizens 
to deliver on or before May 1, 1933 all but 
a small amount of gold coin gold bullion 
and gold certificates owned by them to the 
Federal Reserve in exchange for $20.67 
per troy ounce Under the Trading With the 
Enemy Act of October 6, 1917, as amended 
on March 9, 1933, violation of the order was 
punishable by fine up to $10,000 ($167,700 
if adjusted for inflation as of 2010) or up to 
ten years in prison, or both. Most citizens 
who owned large amounts of gold had it 
transferred to countries such as Switzer- 


Satan's Secret Agents: the Frankfurt 
School and their Evil Agenda 



— Friedrich Nietzsche, Thus Spoke 




Lets begin by considering the corro- 
sive work of the Frankfurt School: a 
group of German-American scholars, 
mostly Jewish, who developed highly 
provocative and original perspectives 
on contemporary society and culture, 
drawing on Hegel, Marx, Nietzsche, 
Freud, and Weber. 


Their idea of a "cultural revolution" 
was not particularly new Joseph, 
Comte de Maistre (1753-1821), who 
for fifteen years had been a Free- 
mason, had this to say: "Until now, 
nations were killed by conquest, that 
is by invasion. But here an important 
question arises: can a nation not die 
on its own soil, without resettlement 
or invasion, by allowing the flies of 
decomposition to corrupt to the very 
core those original and constituent 
principles which make it what it is?" 

What was the Frankfurt School? 
Well, in the days following the Bol- 
shevik Revolution in Russia, it was 
believed that a Workers Revolution 
would sweep into Europe and, even- 
tually, into the United States. It failed 
to do so. Towards the end of 1922, 
the Communist International (Com- 
intern) began to consider the reasons 
for this failure. 

On Lenin's initiative, a meeting was 
organized at the Marx-Engels In- 
stitute in Moscow. The aim of the 
meeting was to throw light on the 
meaning of Marx s Cultural Revolu- 
tion. What did "cultural revolution" 
entail? What was it all about? 

First, among those present, was 
Georg Lukacs, a Jewish Hungarian 
aristocrat and son of a banker. He 
had become a Communist during 
World War I. A good Marxist theo- 
retician, he had developed the idea 
of "Revolution and Eros" — sexual 
instinct used as an instrument of 

Then there was Willi Miinzenberg, 
another revolutionary Jew whose 
proposed solution to the problems 
besetting society was "to organize the 
intellectuals and use them to make 
Western civilization stink. Only 
then, after they have corrupted all 

its values and made life impossible, 
can we impose the dictatorship of the 

Lenin died in 1924, but by that time 
Stalin had risen to power and was 
beginning to look on Willi Mun- 
zenberg, George Lukacs and other 
Jewish revolutionaries (like Trotsky) 
as dangerous Marxist "revisionists", 
introducing concepts into Marx- 
ism that were alien to Marxism and 
which served only a Jewish agenda. 
In June 1940, on Stalin's orders, 

Miinzenberg was hunted down to the 
south of France by a NKVD assassi- 
nation squad and hanged from a tree. 
In the summer of 1924, after being 
attacked for his writings by the Fifth 
Comintern Congress, Lukacs moved 
to Germany. Here he chaired the first 
meeting of a group of Communist 
oriented sociologists. This gathering 
was to lead to the foundation of the 
Frankfurt School. 


This "School", designed to put flesh 
on their revolutionary program, was 
started at the University of Frankfurt 
in the Institut fur Sozialforschung. To 
begin with, school and institute were 

In 1923, the Institute had been 
officially established, and funded by 
Felix Weil (1898-1975). Weil, born 
in Argentina into a wealthy Jewish 
family, was sent to attend school 
in Germany at the age of nine. He 
attended the universities in Tubingen 
and Frankfurt, where he graduated 
with a doctoral degree in political 
science. While at these universities 
he became increasingly interested in 
socialism and Marxism. 
Carl Grunberg, the Institutes Jew- 
ish director from 1923-1929, was an 
avowed Marxist, although the Insti- 
tute did not have any official party 


But in 1930 Max Horkheimer (also 
Jewish) assumed control. He believed 
that Marx's theory should be the 
basis of the Institutes research. 
When Hitler came to power, the 
Institute was closed and its members, 
by various routes, fled to the United 
States and ended up as academics 
at major US universities: Columbia, 
Princeton, Brandeis, and California 
at Berkeley. 

The fact that they spoke very poor 
English was no disqualification. They 
were Jewish, and so they managed to 
obtain prestigious academic appoint- 
ments through Jewish influence, i.e., 
through networking — a system that 
works exceptionally well even today 
and which accounts for the huge 
and unfair preponderance of Jews in 

The School included among its mem- 
bers the 1960s guru of the New Left 
Herbert Marcuse — denounced by 

Pope Paul VI for his theory of libera- 
tion which "opens the way for [sexu- 
al] licence cloaked as liberty" — 

Max Horkheimer, Theodor Adorno, 
the popular writer Erich Fromm, Leo 
Lowenthal, and Jurgen Habermas. All 
these individuals except Habermas 
were of Jewish origin. 
Basically, the Frankfurt School be- 
lieved that as long as an individual 
had the belief — or even the hope of 
belief — that his divine gift of rea- 
son could solve the problems facing 
society, then that society would never 
reach the state of hopelessness and 
alienation that they considered nec- 
essary to provoke a socialist revolu- 

To undermine Western civilization, 
the Frankfurt School Jews called for 
the most negative and destructive 
criticism possible of every sphere of 
life. To de-stabilize society and bring 
it to its knees, to engineer collapse, to 
produce crisis and catastrophe — this 
became the aim of these maladjusted 
and mentally sick Jewish revolution- 
aries masquerading as high-powered 

Their policies, they hoped, would 
spread like a virus — "continuing 
the work of the Western Marxists by 
other means", as one of their mem- 
bers noted. 

To further the advance of their "qui- 

et" cultural revolution, the Frankfurt 
School made the following twelve 
recommendations — all of them 
calculated to undermine the founda- 
tions of society and create the dysto- 
pia we now see all around us: 

1. The creation of racism offences 
and hate speech laws. 

2. Continual change to create confu- 
sion (e,g., in school curricula). 

3. Masturbation propaganda in 
schools, combined with the homo- 
sexualization of children and their 
corruption by exposing them to child 
porn in the classroom. 

4. The systematic undermining of 
parental and teachers authority. 

5. Huge immigration to destroy 
national identity and foment future 
race wars. 

6. The systematic promotion of 
excessive drinking and recreational 

7. The systematic promotion of sexu- 
al deviance in society. 

8. An unreliable legal system with 
bias against the victims of crime. 

9. Dependency on state benefits. 

10. Control and dumbing down of 
media. (Six Jewish companies now 
control 96 percent of the world s 

11. Encouraging the breakdown of 
the family. 

12. All all-out attack on Christianity 
and the emptying of churches. 


One of the main ideas of the Frank- 
furt School was to exploit Freud's 
idea of "pansexualism": the search for 
indiscriminate sexual pleasure, the 
promotion of "unisex", the blurring 
of distinctions between the sexes, the 
overthrowing of traditional relation- 
ships between men and women, and, 
finally, the undermining of hetero- 
sexuality at the expense of homo- 
sexuality — as, for example, in the 
idea of "same-sex marriage" and the 
adoption of children by homosexual 

All families were essentially evil, 
these thinkers believed — even 
happy families — so they had to be 
destroyed. It was better if children 
had no parents, or did not know who 
their parents were. Or if they were 
orphans of the state. It was better 
if romantic love between the sexes, 
leading to stable long-term marriag- 
es, were destroyed in favor of short- 
1 It WKl I IM 1 1t SCHOOL 

term, unstable, promiscuous rela- 
tionships. After all, the former might 
lead to happiness for all concerned, 
and that was clearly impermissible 
— for the whole point of the Cultural 
Revolution was "to create a culture 
of pessimism" (Lukacs) and "to 
make life impossible for everyone." 

The Institute scholars therefore 
In 1933, Wilhelm Reich, an hon- 
ored and adulated member of the 
Frankfurt School, wrote in The Mass 
Psychology of Fascism that matriar- 
chy was the only genuine family type 
of "natural society." 

Bertrand Russell was to join the 
Frankfurt School in their efforts at 
mass social engineering. He spilled 

the beans in his 1951 book, The Im- 
pact of Science on Society. He wrote: 
The social psychologists of the future 
will have a number of classes of 
school children on whom they will 
try different methods of producing 
an unshakable conviction that snow 
is black. Various results will soon be 
arrived at. First, that the influence of 
home is obstructive. Second, that not 
much can be done unless indoctri- 
nation begins before the age of ten. 
Third, that verses set to music and 
repeatedly intoned are very effective. 
Fourth, that the opinion that snow is 
white must be held to show a morbid 
taste for eccentricity. 

But I anticipate. It is for future sci- 
entists to make these maxims pre- 
cise and discover exactly how much 
it costs per head to make children 
believe that snow is black, and how 
much less it would cost to make them 
believe it is dark gray. 
When the technique has been per- 
fected, every government that has 
been in charge of education for a 
generation will be able to control its 
subjects securely without the need of 
armies or policemen. 

This, then, is the secret agenda of or- 
ganized Jewry as represented by the 
Cultural Marxists of the Frankfurt 
School: the destruction of traditional 
values, the destruction of the moral 
order, the destruction of the family 

unit, the destruction of religion, the 
destruction of meaning and purpose, 
and, finally, the destruction of happi- 
ness itself. 

These are the people who now rule 
over us. They are in control. They 
create new wars with the same 
rapidity that a stage magician pulls 
rabbits from a hat. And they make 
sure that the people they rule over, 
their subject populations, are either 
demoralized debt slaves in insecure 
jobs or unemployed bums living on 
state benefits and a diet of junk food 
and sleazy junk entertainment laid 
on by the Jews. 

Satan's Secret Agents have been only 
too successful in creating a New 
World Order that bears a remarkable 
resemblance to hell. 



Wall Street 

and the Bolshevik Revolution 
Chapter 2: Trotsky Leaves New York 
to Complete the Revolution 

President Wilson facilitated Trotsky's 
passage to Russia at the same time 
careful State Department bureau- 
crats, concerned about such revo- 
lutionaries entering Russia, were 
unilaterally attempting to tighten up 
passport procedures. 

The Stockholm legation cabled the 
State Department on June 13, 1917, 
just after Trotsky crossed the Finnish- 
Russian border: "Legation confiden- 
tially informed Russian, English and 
French passport offices at Russian 
frontier, Tornea, considerably wor- 
ried by passage of suspicious persons 
bearing American passports." 
Chapter 3: Lenin and German Assistance for the Bolshevik Revolution 



- ■( 

? '0 12 3Q 

In April 1917, Lenin and a party of 32 Russian revolutionaries, mostly Bolsheviks, 
journeyed by train from Switzerland across Germany through Sweden to Petrograd, 
Russia. They were on their way to join Leon Trotsky to "complete the revolution." 

At the highest level the German political officer who approved Lenin's journey to Rus- 
sia was Chancellor Theobald von Bethmann-Hollweg, a descendant of the Frankfurt 
banking family Bethmann. 

The idea of using Russian revolutionaries in this way can be traced back to 1915. On 
August 14 of that year, Brockdorff-Rantzau wrote the German state undersecretary 
about a conversation with Helphand (Parvus). Brockdorff-Rantzau's ideas of directing 
or controlling the revolutionaries parallel, as we shall see, those of the Wall Street 

It was J. P. Morgan and the American International Corporation (AIC) that attempted 
to control both domestic and foreign revolutionaries in the United States for their own 

Chapter 11: The Alliance of Bankers and Revolution 

...the return to Russia of Lenin and his party of exiled Bolsheviks, followed a few 
weeks later by a party of Mensheviks, was financed and organized by the German 

The necessary funds were transferred in part through the Nya Banken in Stockholm, 
owned by Olof Aschberg, William Boyce Thompson -- a director of the Federal Re- 
serve Bank of New York, a large stockholder in the Rockefeller-controlled Chase Bank, 
and a financial associate of the Guggenheims and the Morgans — that he (Thompson) 
contributed $1 million to the Bolshevik Revolution for propaganda purposes. 


Wall street and the rise of Hitler 
Introduction - Unexplored Facets of Naziism 

Since the early 1920s unsubstantiated reports have circulated to the effect that not 
only German industrialists, but also Wall Street financiers, had some role -- possibly a 
substantial role -- in the rise of Hitler and Naziism. 

This book presents previously unpublished evidence, a great deal from files of the 
Nuremburg Military Tribunals, to support this hypothesis. However, the full impact 
and suggestiveness of the evidence cannot be found from reading this volume alone. 
Wall Street involvement with Hitler's Germany highlights two Germans with Wall 
Street connections -- 

Hjalmar Schacht and "Putzi" Hanfstaengl. The latter was a friend of Hitler and Roo- 
sevelt who played a suspiciously prominent role in the incident that brought Hitler to 
the peak of dictatorial power -- the Reichstag fire of 1933. 

Wall Street and FDR 


Although the New Deal and its most significant component, the National Recovery 
Administration (NRA), are generally presented as the progeny of FDR's brain trust, as 
we have seen the essential principles had been wored out in detail long before FDR 
and his associates came to power. 

America's Secret Establishment: 

An Introduction to the Order of Skull & Bones 

The Order: What It Is and How It Began 

The Order was incorporated as the Russell Trust in 1856. It was also once known as 
the "Brotherhood of Death". Those who make light of it... call it "Skull & Bones". 

The American chapter of this German order was founded in 1833 at Yale University by 
General William Huntington Russell and Alphonso Taft. The Order is not just another 
campus Greek letter fraternal society. Chapter 322 is a secret society whose mem- 
bers are sworn to silence. 

Satanic Aspects of The Order 

Even with our limited knowledge of the internal ritual of The Order we can make 
three definite statements about the links between The Order and satanic beliefs... 


Arthur James 


The Weekly Newsmagazine 

KffVjn&tr aid, \9 IT, 

Bait uora nGthacniXfl, 

1 htvi such pliururt in cfliivisring ic yau . on 
bthalr of Wis fcsj*aty 's CovcrTvs«nl, th* JcLIotlp^ 

His Hbje&iy'a Gc^rnnam tui in lb f^our ifac 
tsia&llshrceBt id Palestine oi a aaticcal hotr* for vm 
J Ml in piue-l*, md will us* titir t»st mdtavuura to 
Ja-.iiiuL* iha *cnl Bwjnont of ttu «fr>ct. it Nicff 
ciBBuiy uno«r3tooa tr-oi nothing shall tin dons ldilctj 
n*y pfojiidica ut* tivil and Toliglcua rlchte of 
•^UVtDf nan«j«niah cnrrruni U u? Palestine . At- Hit 
riKtiU tafl poll Lictl atatua flii:^** by J#m in my 
*«iey country 
i »&«uid it *rev»rui it fm ■mim wins uuo 

Leopold Amery 


Edward Mandel House and Bernard Baruch 
front men and the real power in the United 
States in early years of the 20th century - not 
President Wilson 

The Jewish Rothschild /Illuminati-manip- 
ulated First World War led to the 'Balfour 
Declaration' in 1917 when the British For- 
eign Secretary, Lord Balfour, declared his 
government's support for a Jewish home- 
land in Israel. This announcement was con- 
nected to a deal to bring the United States 
into the war, a scam orchestrated through 
President Woodrow Wilson's minders, 
Edward Mandel House and Bernard Baruch. 
Both were Jewish Rothschild agents in 

The Balfour Declaration (dated 2 Novem- 

ber 1917) was a letter from the United 
Kingdom's Foreign Secretary Arthur James 
Balfour to Baron Rothschild (Walter Roth- 
schild, 2nd Baron Rothschild), a leader of 
the British Jewish community, for trans- 
mission to the Zionist Federation of Great 
Britain and Ireland. 

The Balfour Declaration was a product of 
years of careful negotiation. After centuries 
of living in a diaspora, the 1 894 Dreyfus 
Affair in France shocked Jews into realiz- 
ing they would not be safe from arbitrary 
antisemitism unless they had their own 

In response, Jews created the new concept 
of political Zionism in which it was be- 
lieved that through active political maneu- 
vering, a Jewish homeland could be created. 
Zionism was becoming a popular concept 
by the time World War I began. 

During World War I, Great Britain need- 
ed help. Since Germany (Britain's enemy 
during WWI) had cornered the production 
of acetone — an important ingredient for 
arms production - It was this fermenta- 
tion process that brought Weizmann to the 
attention of David Lloyd George (minister 
of ammunitions) and Arthur James Balfour 
(previously the British prime minister but 
at this time the first lord of the admiralty). 
Chaim Weizmann was not just a scientist; 
he was also the leader of the Zionist move- 

Weizmann 's contact with Lloyd George and 
Balfour continued, even after Lloyd George 
became prime minister and Balfour was 
transferred to the Foreign Office in 1916. 
Additional Zionist leaders such as Nahum 
Sokolow also pressured Great Britain to 
support a Jewish homeland in Palestine. 

Alhough Balfour, himself, was in favor of 
a Jewish state, Great Britain particularly 
favored the declaration as an act of policy. 
Britain wanted the United States to join 
World War I and the British hoped that by 
supporting a Jewish homeland in Palestine, 
world Jewry would be able to sway the U.S. 
to join the war. 

Though the Balfour Declaration went 
through several drafts, the final version was 
issued on November 2, 1917, in a letter 
from Balfour to Lord Rothschild, president 
of the British Zionist Federation. The main 
body of the letter quoted the decision of the 
October 31, 1917 British Cabinet meeting. 

The author of the Balfour Declaration, 
Leopold Amery, is Jewish, according to 
Professor Rubenstein of modern history at 
the University of Wales. As the assistant 
secretary to the British war cabinet in 1917, 
Amery also helped to create the Jewish Le- 
gion. The Legion became the first organized 
Jewish fighting force since Roman times, 
and the precursor to the Israeli Defense 
Force (IDF). 

Amery 's 1955 autobiography merely men- 
tions his mother, whom he said was on of 
the many Hungarian exiles fleeing Constan- 
tinople. He writes that his father is from an 
old English family. 

Rubinstein's research revealed that Amery 's 
mother was named Elisabeth Joanna Saphir, 
and the family lived in Pest, which later 
became Budapest, and the city's first Jewish 
quarter. He also found that her parents were 
both Jewish, and that Amery changed his 
middle name from Moritz to Maurice. This 
helped him disguise his identity. 


Theodor Herzl Leaving the Synagogue 
in Basel on the Occasion of the Sixth 
Zionist Congress (1903) 

Theodor Herzl, of Austria, was the founder 
of Political Zionism. It was established at a 
secret convention of Zionist leaders August 
29th to 31st, 1897, in Bazle, Switzerland. 

Herzl first sought the aid of Kaiser Wilhelm. 
He says of the Kaiser in his diary, October 
19, 1898: 

'The Kaiser, in the dark uniform of a Hus- 
sar, came toward me. I stood still and made 
a deep bow. He came up to me, almost to 
the door, and offered me his hand. I believe 
he said that he was glad to see me, or 
something like that. I said: 'Your Imperial 
Majesty, I am happy to be the recipient of 
this distinction/ . . . 

The Kaiser was willing to sponsor the esta- 
blishment of a Jewish state in Palestine as a 
colony of the German Empire, but that did 
not fit in with Herzl's plans. 

Failing to make a satisfactory deal with the Kaiser, Herzl sought to acquire Palestine 
from the Sultan of Turkey, first with the Kaiser's support and later by direct negotia- 
tion with the Sultan's minister, N. Bey. The Company could colonize in Mesopotamia, 
Syria, Anatolia, but not in Palestine. Herzl: "A Charter without Palestine I refused at 

It was obviously the plan of Herzl to found a Zionist Empire; That probably was also 
the purpose of the Rothschilds and oil rich Jews, and it was the only basis on which 
Herzl could interest them in his Zionist Empire scheme. 

But after obtaining the support of the Rothschilds his spirits were revived. He records 
on June 13, 1901: 

"Society is interested in me. I am a social curiosity, a dish; people come to meet Dr. 

Baron Edmond Rothschild of Paris, the managing partner of the original M. A. Roth- 
schild & Son banking firm was the main support of the Zionist political movement in 
the beginning. 

n Edmond de Rothschild visits 
3 early settlements in Pales- 


The Balfour Declaration of 1917 (dated 2 November 1917) was a formal statement of 
policy by the British government. 

The declaration was made in a letter from Foreign Secretary Arthur James Balfour to 
Baron Rothschild (Walter Rothschild, 2nd Baron Rothschild), a leader of the British 
Jewish community, for transmission to the Zionist Federation of Great Britain and 

Ftttiff* or net, 

Dm Lord Rothschild > 

I have imich plftaeu** in conveying to you, on 
Uttolf Of Hi* IMjealy'fl cov*rrtffl*ni, in* foil Wing 
dtclftrtticn of wpatfty *ith Jewisa Zionist aa pi rati dm 
which has b«n eutaitted to, and approve bj t the Cabin* t 

*Hi* M*jeaty'o Gov*rro*nt v«v *itb favour tbt 
«ta&lialm*nt in Paleaun* of a national ham* for iht 

"His Majesty's government view with favour the establishment 
in Palestine of a national home for the Jewish people, and will 
use their best endeavours to facilitate the achievement of this 
object, it being clearly understood that nothing shall be done 
which may prejudice the civil and religious rights of existing 
non-Jewish communities in Palestine, or the rights and politi- 
cal status enjoyed by Jews in any other country/' 

The long-term motives behind the British policy of allowing Jewish immi- 
gration into the League of Nations Mandate of Palestine were in order to 
protect the nearby Suez Canal, which formed part of the sea lane to British 
India, and the use of Palestine as a terminus (at the Mediterranean sea port 
of Haifa) of an oil pipeline coming from the Iraqi city of Mosul. 

This oil pipeline was completed in 1935. The Iraqis cut off the flow of oil via 
this pipeline to Haifa after Israel declared its independence in 1948. 


^■^1 g fr effetti ffgrk $xmt$. I E ^L [ 



Sunk by the German U-20, the Lusitania was a blockade runner car- 
rying munitions under the guise of transporting civilians. 
Her sinking with the loss of almost 1,200 lives caused such outrage 
that it propelled the U.S. into the First World War. 

But now divers have revealed a dark secret about the cargo carried 
by the Lusitania on its final journey in May 1915. Munitions they 
found in the hold suggest that the Germans had been right all along 
in claiming the ship was carrying war materials and was a legitimate 
military target. 


False Flag: r The victor will not be asked whether 
he told the truth." -- the 70th Anniversary of 
the "Gleiwitz Incident" 

The Gleiwitz radio Lower as ft appears today. 

The Gleiwitz incident was a staged attack by Nazi forces posing as 
Poles on 31 August 1939 on the eve of World War II in Europe. 

False flag operations are covert operations conducted by governments, corporations, 
or other organizations which are designed to deceive the public in such a way that 
the operations appear as though they are being carried out by other entities. The 
name is derived from the military concept of flying false colors; that is, flying the flag 
of a country other than one's own. False flag operations are not limited to war and 
counter-insurgency operations, and have been used in peace-time. — Wikipedia. 


Gavrilo Princip (Serbian Cyrillic: 
TaBpMno npMHu;Mn 5 25 July [O.S. 13 
July] 1894[3] - 28 April 1918) was a 

Bosnian Serb who assassinated Arch- 
duke Franz Ferdinand of Austria and 
his wife, Sophie, Duchess of Hohen- 
berg, in Sarajevo on 28 June 1914. 

Just prior to World War I, under the 
orders of the Chief of Serbian Mil- 
itary Intelligence, Serbian Military 
Officers and remnants of the by then 
moribund Black Hand organized and 
facilitated the assassination of Franz 
Ferdinand, Archduke of Austria 
on occasion of his visit to Sarajevo, 

The leaders of the World Revolu- 
tionary Movement, and the top-level 
officials of continental 
Freemasonry, met in Switzerland in 
1912. It was during this meeting that 

they reached the 

decision to assassinate the Archduke 
Francis Ferdinand in order to bring 
about World War One. 
The actual date on which the mur- 
der was to be committed was left in 
abeyance because the cold blooded 
plotters did not consider the time 
was quite ripe for his murder to 
provide the maximum political 
repercussions. On September 15th, 
1912 the "Revue Internationale des 
Societes Secretes" edited by M. Jou- 
in, published the following words on 
pages 787-788 "Perhaps light 
will be shed one day on these words 
spoken by a high Swiss Freemason. 
While discussing the subject of the 
heir to the throne of Austria he said : 
'The Archduke is a remarkable man. 
It is a pity that he is condemned. He 
will die on the steps of the throne."' 

Benjamin Freedman speech, given in 
1961 at the Willard Hotel in Wash- 
ington, D.C. 

World War I broke out in the 
summer of 1914. Within two years 
Germany had won that war. 

Now Germany — not a shot had 
been fired on the German soil. Not 
an enemy soldier had crossed the 
border into Germany. And yet, here 
was Germany offering England peace 

Well, England, in the summer of 
1916 was considering that. Seriously! 
They had no choice. It was either 
accepting this negotiated peace that 
Germany was magnanimously offer- 
ing them, or going on with the war 
and being totally defeated. 

While that was going on, the Zi- 
onists in Germany, who represented 
the Zionists from Eastern Europe, 
went to the British War Cabinet and 
the Zionists in London went to the 
British war cabinet and they said: 
"Look here. You can yet win this war. 
You don t have to give up. You don t 
have to accept the negotiated peace 
offered to you now by Germany. You 
can win this war if the United States 
will come in as your ally." 

In other words, they made this 
deal: "We will get the United States 
into this war as your ally. The price 
you must pay us is Palestine after 

you have won the war and defeat- 
ed Germany, Austria- Hungary, and 

Benjamin H. Freedman, born in 
1890, was a successful Jewish busi- 
nessman of New York City who was 
at one time the principal owner of 
the Woodbury Soap Company. He 
broke with organized Jewry after the 
Judeo-Communist victory of 1945, 
and spent the remainder of his life 
and the great preponderance of his 
considerable fortune, at least 2.5 
million dollars, exposing the Jewish 
tyranny which has enveloped the 
United States. Mr. Freedman knew 
what he was talking about because 
he had been an insider at the highest 
levels of Jewish organizations and 
Jewish machinations to gain power 
over our nation. Mr. Freedman was 
personally acquainted with Bernard 
Baruch, Samuel Untermyer, Wood- 
row Wilson, Franklin Roosevelt, Jo- 
seph Kennedy, and John F. Kennedy, 
of our times. 



Qj-SLKe J .UiR3 MuiSei 0. 




iid« s*5fli« cam 

1 31 

iiduo goorjln cnm 

rh* Ne-y ■.■■aria 'jrcfrr bmia:g 

^dto [foaglE cnm 

TTiflJje : »r 

Lidto qcogle cam 

Eustace Mullins presents: The World Order 

Eustace Mullins argues that the Federal Reserve Act of 1913, drafted by German 
banker Paul Warburg and others in a secret meeting, defies Article 1, Section 8, Pa- 
ragraph 5 of the US Constitution by creating a "central bank of issue" for the United 


.. ■ 

| viz f ^ ^ 

Mullins goes on to claim that World War I, the Agricultural Depression of 1920, the 
Great Depression of 1929, and Adolf Hitler's rise to power were brought about by 
international banking interests in order to profit from conflict and economic instability. 

Eustace Mullins talks about the New World Order: Eustace Mullins, Interviewed 
By Bobby Lee Talks about the Skull & Bones, Bush, Clinton 


M ' ■■■■ M f frf. •r7>Uv ^- 


Part £ CuMjib Mylhns u\te 
******* w 
G3 =6 



13 M 20 56 

E.unLi!Ey "■. ' . ! u i Jui 7, 

.iri^n r.^nglr cam 

1 31 25 

¥HJ*U rr»gli com 

"^rte , " o.-: Order 

•.ii1*n 9dogl» :in 

i;r^v--M t'-t- - r^J v ^ 

sid« oi-ayk' cam 

Eustace Mullins - Secrets of the Federal Reserve 

Eustace Mullins 'The Secrets of the Federal Reserve" Recorded during a visit to Ha- 
waii around the year 1989, this lecture presents a unique opportunity for you to see 
and hear this remarkable man lay out the shocking truth about the privately-owned 
corporation known as the Federal Reserve System. There is also a fascinating Q & A 
session after the talk. 

CHAPTER ONE Jekyll Island 

"The matter of a uniform discount rate was discussed and settled at Jekyll Island."-- 
Paul M. Warburg 

On the night of November 22, 1910, a group of newspaper reporters stood disconso- 
lately in the railway station at Hoboken, New Jersey. They had just watched a delega- 
tion of the nation's leading financiers leave the station on a secret mission. 

It would be years before they discovered what that mission was, and even then 
they would not understand that the history of the United States underwent a drastic 
change after that night in Hoboken. 



Niall Campbell Douglas Elizabeth Fergu- 
son, the author discusses the "killer app" 
of Science, and how it explains the expan- 
sion of Western civilization relative to the 
Rest of the World - to the Islamic World, 
in particular. The most powerful Islamic 
empire of the early modern period, Fer- 
guson observes, was the Ottoman, which 
dominated the Middle East, North Africa, 
and southeastern Europe, and whose armies 
twice laid siege to Christendom's eastern 
bastion, Vienna. 

The second of these sieges, however, ended 
in what turned out to be a "long Ottoman 
retreat," as the empire was undermined, 
apparently, by its inability to replicate 
European science and technology. In the 
Muslim world, Professor Niall tells us, there 
was no separation of church and state, and 
the former had paramount power in matters 
of the mind; if religious leaders denounced 
European innovations as blasphemous, the 
state had no choice but to suppress them. 

In Western Europe, meanwhile, Europeans 
benefited from a lack of Church restraint on 
science, from state support for science in the 
form of royal scientific societies (an import- 
ant point, actually), and from the printing 
press, which allowed scientists widely to 
disseminate their findings. (Also helpful, 
though Ferguson doesn't mention it, was a 
common learned language, namely Latin, 
which allowed researchers from different 
nations to communicate.) The result was 
a "scientific revolution" that made Europe 
more powerful, in the long run, than the 
Ottomans and other Islamic states, even 
though the Ottoman Empire routinely tried 
to copy Western technology and military 
science in the 1700s and 1800s. 

The biggest problem with this chapter is 
Ferguson's failure to establish a convincing 

connection between science and state pow- 
er, apart from a two-page digression on the 
scientist Benjamin Robins and his inven- 
tion of the science of ballistics. Artillery is 
important, but inferior artillery and under- 
developed technology were not the most 
important causes of the Ottoman Empire's 
decline. Our Man Niall actually identifies 
one of these later in the chapter: inefficient 
taxation and the consequent inability of the 
Ottoman regime to pay for a modern army 
without heavy borrowing, at usurious rates, 
in Europe 

The Ottomans grew economically weak, 
due to the economic boom of European In- 
dustrialization. Their workers lost their jobs 
due to cheaper products marketted by their 
European rivals. The Ottoman government, 
to save their state from this decline wanted 
educational, cultural and Militarial reforms 
which would cost so much that their trea- 
sury couldn't bare. So they borrowed, from 
the European Money lenders hence went 
severely under Debt. 

During the end of the 1 8th century, the 
Ottoman rulers fell into the grievous sin of 
borrowing money on usury, from Jewish 
bankers based in Europe, a practice con- 
demned in the Quran itself. This lead to 
financial takeover of the Ottoman empire 
by these bankers when the Ottomans were 
unable to pay their debts. These Jewish 
bankers even approached the last Ottoman 
ruler Sultan Abdul Hamid with the offer 
to erase all his state debts in exchange for 
Palestine, an offer which was rejected. But 
the British, French, Russians and Jewish 
bankers were not the only ones eyeing the 
Ottoman empire. 

In December 1686, more than three hundred 
Jewish families converted to Islam in Salo- 
nica. Like Shabtai and other Marranos, they 

continued to attend Jewish services secretly 
and observed certain Jewish customs in 
their homes 

This was the origin of the most import- 
ant group, numerically and historically, of 
Islamic Marranos. The Turkish Muslims 
called these hidden Jews 'doenmehs', the 

renegades Over the years the 'doenmeh' 

movement became firmly established in 
Asia Minor. In the nineteenth century the 
sect was estimated to have twenty thou- 
sand members. Salonica remained its main 
seat until that city became Greek in 1913. 
Although the Jewish community remained 
there under Greek rule, the 'doenmehs' 
moved to Constantinople. " 

... On the 1st May, 1909, the representatives 
of 45 Turkish Lodges met in Constantinople 
and founded the 'Grand Orient Ottoman'. 
Mahmoud Orphi Pasha was nominated 
Grand Master..." 

The Freemason Grand Orient Ottoman 
Lodge has currently camouflaged itself 
as Naqshbandis, pseudo-Islamic esoteric 
cults and are still very active. All leaders 
following Ataturk were crypto-jews. The 
Orphi Pasha mentioned above was a strong 
opponent of Sultan Abdul Hamid. Muslims 
note that they have tampered with Quranic 
verses in their log 



by Webster Tarpley 

"There are no frictions between us, there is 
only rivalry" - Edward VII to State Secretary 
von Tschirschky of the German Foreign 
Ministry at the Cronberg Anglo-German 
summit, 1906 

The Triple Entente is the name given to the 
alliance among Great Britain, France, and 
Russia which was formed during the first 
decade of this century, and which led to the 
outbreak of the First World War. This Triple 
Entente was the personal creation of King 
Edward VII of Britain. The Triple Entente 
was King Edward's own idea. 
It was King Edward who set up the British 
alliance with Japan, the Russo-Japanese War, 
and the 1905 Russian Revolution. It was 
King Edward VII, acting as the autocrat of 

British foreign policy, who engineered the 
Entente Cordiale between Britain and France 
in 1903-04, and who then went on to seal 
the fateful British-Russian Entente of 1907. 
It was King Edward who massaged Theo- 
dore Roosevelt and other American leaders 
to help bring about the U.S. -U.K. "special 
relationship," which dates from the time of 
his reign. This diplomatic work was master- 
minded and carried out by King Edward VII 
personally, with the various British minis- 
ters, cabinets, round tables, and other appa- 
ratus merely following in his wake. Edward 
had a geopolitical vision in the Venetian 
tradition, and it was one of brutal simplicity: 
the encirclement of Germany with a hostile 
coalition, followed by a war of annihilation 
in which many of Britain's erstwhile "allies" 
- notably France and Russia - would also be 
decimated and crippled. 
Edward VII died in May 1910, before he 
could see his life's work carried through 
to completion. But he had created the war 
alliance of Britain, France, Russia, and Japan, 
with support from the United States, that 
would take the field in August 1914. 

Sir Edward Grey Turned Sarajevo Crisis Into 
War by Webster Tarpley 
Even after decades of British geopolitical 
machinations, it still required all of Sir Ed- 
ward Grey's perfidy and cunning to detonate 
the greatest conflagration in world history by 
exploiting the diplomatic crisis surrounding 
the assassination of the Austrian heir appar- 
ent Archduke Franz Ferdinand on June 28, 
1914 in Sarajevo, Bosnia. 
Sir Edward Grey declared in 1912 that any 
differences between England and Germany 
would never assume dangerous proportions 
"so long as German policy was directed by" 
Some weeks after the assassination of 
Archduke Franz Ferdinand, the Austrian 
government, blaming Belgrade, addressed 

a very harsh ultimatum to Serbia on July 
23 demanding sweeping concessions for 
investigating the crime and the suppression 
of anti- Austrian agitation. The Russian court 
Slavophiles were dem 

If Sir Edward Grey had sincerely wished to 
avoid war, he could have pursued one of two 
courses of action. The first would have been 
to warn Germany early in the crisis that in 
case of general war, Britain would fight on 
the side of France and Russia. This would 
have propelled the kaiser and Bethmann into 
the strongest efforts to restrain the Vienna 
madmen, probably forcing them to back 
down. The other course would have been to 
warn Paris and especially St. Petersburg that 
Britain had no intention of being embroiled 
in world war over the Balkan squabble, and 
would remain neutral. This would have 
undercut the St. Petersburg militarists, and 

would have motivated Paris to act as a re- 
straining influence. 

Grey, a disciple of Edward VII, did neither 
of these things. Instead he maintained a 
posture of deception designed to make Ger- 
many think England would remain neutral, 
while giving Paris hints that England would 
support Russia and France. These hints were 
then passed on to Russian Foreign Minister 
Sazonov, a British agent, and to Czar Nicho- 
las II. In this way, French {revanchistes} and 
Russian Slavophiles were subtly encouraged 
on the path of aggression. 

Illuminati Bankers Instigated World War 
One by Henry Makow Ph.D. 
Edward VII didn't become king until 1901 
when he was 60 years old. As Prince of 
Wales, he was estranged from his mother, 
kept on an allowance and deeply in debt. He 
allowed a "series of Jewish bankers to man- 
age his personal finances." These included 
Baron von Hirsch and Sir Ernest Cassell. 
"Edward also cultivated the Rothschild and 
Sassoon families. In short, Edward's personal 
household finance agency was identical with 
the leading lights of turn-of-the-century 

Tarpley goes into some detail about how 
King Edward and his Foreign Secretary Sir 
Edward Grey, the son of Edward's horse mas- 
ter, engineered World War One. Essentially, 
they deceived Germany into believing that 
England would remain neutral. To prevent 
the war, all they had to do was clarify this 
point. Germany would have backed down 
and reined in Austria. 

"England's" animosity against Germany was 
part of an agenda to use a catastrophic war 
to undermine Western civilization, and ad- 
vance the Judeo-Masonic New World Order. 
Three empires disappeared in that inferno 
while Communism and Zionism rose like 
the phoenix EDV ARD VII AND WW I 

Christian Rakovsky was a veteran Communist insider. 
Born Chaim Rakeover in 1873, he studied medicine in 
France before becoming a revolutionary. He was the 
leader of a terror group that attacked government of- 
ficials. In 1919, Lenin put him in charge of the Soviet 
Ukraine government. He successfully kept the area for 
the Bolsheviks during the Civil War. Stalin appointed 
him Russian ambassador to Paris in 1925. 

The 50-page transcript of his interrogation, dubbed 'The Red Symphony/' was not 
meant to become public. It confirms that the Rothschild-Illuminati planned to use 
Communism to establish a world dictatorship of the super rich. This is perhaps the 
most explosive political document in modern history. It reveals why the Illuminati 
created Hitler and then sought to destroy him, and why Stalin made a pact with Hitler 
in 1939. 

Rakovsky belonged to the powerful Trotskyite faction that took their orders from the 
Rothschilds. Many of this group were shot in Stalin's 1937 Communist Party purge. 
The "Revolutionary Movement" was an attempt by Meyer Rothschild and his allies to 
protect and extend this monopoly by establishing a totalitarian New World Order. 

According to Rakovsky, "The Rothschilds were not the treasurers, but the chiefs of 
that first secret Communism. ..Marx and the highest chiefs of the First International 
... were controlled by Baron Lionel Rothschild, [1808-1878] whose revolutionary 
portrait was done by Disraeli the English Premier, who was also his creature, and has 
been left to us [in Disraeli's novel 'Coningsby.']" 

Lionel's son Nathaniel (1840-1915) needed to overthrow the Christian Romanoff 

Through his agents Jacob Schiff and the Warburg 
brothers, he financed the Japanese side in the Russo 
Japanese War, and an unsuccessful insurrection in 
Moscow in 1905. 

Then he instigated the First World War (Trotsky was 
behind the murder of Archduke Ferdinand) ;and fi- 
nanced the 1917 Bolshevik Revolution. Rakovsky says 
he was personally involved in the transfer of funds in 


Mao in a high-level meeting with several Jews - Frank Coe, Israel Epstein, Elsie Fair- 
fax-Cholmely, and Solomon Adler 

1949: On October 1, Mao Tse Tsung declares the founding of the People's Republic of 
China in Tiananmen Square, Beijing. He is funded by Rothschild created Communism 
in Russia and also the following Rothschild agents: 

Solomon Adler, a former United States Treasury official who was a Soviet Spy; Israel 
Epstein, the son of a Jewish Bolshevik imprisoned by the Tsar in Russia for trying to 
forment a revolution there; and Frank Coe, a leading official of the Rothschild owned 

It is well known from many sources that General George Catlett Marshall, a top ope- 
rator for President FDR (1932 to 1945) and President Truman (1945 to 1952) - made 
the famous statement: "I have disarmed Chiang Kai Shek with the stroke of a pen." 

What did this mean? 

This meant that as the battle ramped up between Chaing Kai Shek and the Com- 
munists led by Mao Tse Tung, both sides had been increasingly funded from outside 
sources helping them get more sophisticated weapons. The banksters' arm of Com- 
munism in Russia was funding the Communist Mao Tse Tung, and providing him with 

Circa 1946, bankster agent General George Catlett Marshall signed an order to stop 
all funding of Chaing Kai Chek. The predictable result was that the freedom fighters 
were pushed off Mainland China - and onto the large island of Taiwan - and the Red 
Chinese, or Communists, took over the mainland. 




AN 5 THt HEW ir-DfltD DflfltR 

WILL;; M t N b u ■ NL 

Oil & World War I 

by F. William Engdahl, 22 June, 2007 

The pillars of Empire 

Approaching the end of the 1890's, Britain was 
in all respects the pre-eminent political, military 
and economic power in the world. Since the 
1814-15 Congress of Vienna, which carved up 
post -Napoleonic Europe, the British Empire had 
exacted rights to dominate the seas, in return for 
the self-serving "concessions" granted to Habs- 
burg Austria and the rest of Continental European 
powers, which concessions served to keep central 
Continental Europe divided, and too weak to rival 
British global expansion. 

London a City built on gold 

British gold reserves were very much the basis 
for the role of the Pound Sterling as the source 
spring of world credit after 1815. 
Rothschild's added the role of becoming the Royal 
Mint gold refinery besides their banking business, 
along with Johnson Matthey. 

A revolution in Naval Power 

In 1885 a German engineer, Gottleib Daim- 
ler, had developed the world's first workable 
petroleum motor to drive a road vehicle. 

By 1904 John "Jackie" Fisher had been named 
Britain's First Sea Lord, the supreme naval com- 
mander, and immediately set to implement his 
plan to convert the British navy from coal to oil. 

By 1909, a British company, Anglo-Persian Oil 
Company held rights to oil exploration in a 60- 
year concession from the Persian Shah at Mai- 
dan-i-Naphtun near the border to Mesopotamia. 
That decision to secure its oil led England into a 
fatal quagmire of war which in the end finished 
the British Empire as the world hegemon by Versailles in 1918, though it would take a 
second World War and several decades before that reality was clear to all. 

Germany emerges in a second industrial revolution 

Beginning the 1870's the German Reich, proclaimed after the Prussian victory over 
France in 1871, saw the emergence of a colossal new economic player on the map of 
Continental Europe. 

By the 1890's, British industry had been surpassed in both rates and quality of 
technological development by an astonishing emergence of industrial and agricultural 
development within Germany. 


Berlin's Drang nach Osten 

The answer for Berlin's need to secure new markets and raw material to feed its boo- 
ming industries clearly lay in the east— specifically in the debt-ridden, ailing Ottoman 
Empire of Sultan Abdul Hamid II. 

The Sultan, Abdul Hamid II, on November 27, 1899, awarded Deutsche Bank, 
headed by Georg von Siemens, a concession for a railway from Konia to Baghdad and 
to the Persian Gulf. 

Isolating the German Reich 

The success of the so-called Young Turk revolution of 1908-9 in forcing the Sultan to 
reinstate a constitutional monarchy with a parliament unleashed a series of destabili- 
zing revolts in the Balkan provinces of the empire. 

British intelligence was actively engaged in pushing events along. The Young Turk 
revolutions of 1908 and 1909, which ended the reign of Abdul Hamid in the Ottoman 
Empire, offered France and Great Britain an unprecedented opportunity to assume 
moral and political leadership in the Near East. 

British active measures 

In June 1914, just days before outbreak of war, the British Government, acting on 
First Lord of the Admiralty Winston Churchill's urging, bought the majority share of 
the stock of Anglo -Persian Oil Company and with it she took automatically APOC's 
major share in Deutsche Bank's Turkish Petroleum Company. London left nothing to 

Why would England risk a world war in order to stop the development of 
Germany's industrial economy in 1914? 

The ultimate reason England declared war in August, 1914 lay fundamentally, "in the 
old tradition of British policy, through which England grew to great power status, and 
through which she sough to remain a great power/' stated Deutsche Bank's Karl Helf- 
ferich, the man in the midst of negotiations on the Baghdad Railway, in 1918. 

"Ever since Germany became the politically and economically strongest Continental 
power, did England feel threatened from Germany more than from any other land in 
its global economic position and its naval supremacy. Since that point, the English- 
German differences were unbridgeable, and susceptible to no agreement in any one 
single question." 


Helena Petrovna Blavatsky born in 
Yekaterinoslav, formerly as Helena 
von Hahn (Russian: EneHa IleTpOBHa 
TaH; 12 August [O.S. 31 July] 1831 
- 8 May 1891), was a Russian phi- 
losopher, and occultist. [1] In 1875, 
Blavatsky, Henry Steel Olcott, and 
William Quan Judge established a re- 
search and publishing institute called 
the Theosophical Society 

The Theosophical Society was founded in 
1875 by Helena Petrovna Blavatsky (1831- 
1891), Rene Guenon thus briefly sketches 
her career. 

Mme. Blavatsky s extraordinary life of 
adventure started in 1848. During her travels 
in. Asia Minor with her friend Countess 
Kiseleff, she met a Copt (some say a Chal- 
dean) called Paulos Metamon, who claimed 
to be a magician, and who seems to have 
been a fairly accomplished conjurer. She 


continued her travels with this personage 
with whom she went to Greece and 

Egypt till her funds gave out, when she 
returned to Europe." 

Having quarrelled with her family, she was 
unable to go to Russia so she went to London 
where she frequented spiritualist and revo- 
lutionary circles. She was initiated into the 
revolutionary Carbonari (whose high digni- 
taries were Misraim freemasons) by Mazzini 
in 1856 and was also an initiate of the Order 
of the Druses, according to John Yarker. 

Guenon continues: 

Towards 1858, Madame Blavatsky decided 
to return to Russia; she became reconciled 
with her father, staying with him till 1863 
when she went to the Caucasus and met 
her husband. A little later she was in Italy 
whither she seemed to have been summoned 
by a Carbonarist order; in 1866, she was 
with Garibaldi, whom she accompanied 
during his expeditions, she fought at Viterbo, 
then at Mentana, where she was seriously 
wounded and left on the field as dead ; she 
recovered however and went to Paris for her 
convalescence. There she remained some 
time under the influence of a certain Victor 
Michal, a spiritist-magnetizer. This Michal, 
a journalist, was a Freemason as was also 
his friend Rivail (alias Allan Kardec) once 
founder, later director of the Folies-Marigny 
and the pioneer of French spiritism. It was 
Michal who developed the mediumistic 
faculties of Madame Blavatsky... Madame 
Blavatsky was, at that time, herself a believer 
in spiritism and claimed to belong to the 
school of Allan Kardec, from whom she pre- 
served certain ideas, notably those concern- 
ing reincarnation. 

In 1867, she succeeded after three previous 
attempts in entering Tibet. "Inquire Within", 
who acknowledges Guenon as her source 

of information and who has also closely 
followed the activities of Madame Blavatsky 
during this period of her life, refers to her 
visit to America in the following terms: 

In 1875 Madame Blavatsky was sent from 
Paris to America where she founded a soci- 
ety, said to be for ' spiritualist investigations 
', in New York. Among other members were 
Charles Sothern, one of the high dignitaries 
of American Masonry, and also for a short 
time General Albert Pike, Grand Master of 
the Scottish Rite for the Southern Jurisdic- 
tion U. S. A., who was said to be the author 
of the thirty-three degrees received from the 
Arabian member of the 'Great School.' 

"In November, 1878 ", according to ' Inquire 
Within', "Madame Blavatsky and Olcott left 
for India, and in 1882 founded the Theo- 
sophical centre in Adyar, near Madras ; 
there she initiated her ' esoteric section ', and 
contacted the so-called ' Mahatmas ', and her 
phantastic phenomena, precipitated letters, 
astral bells, materialisations, etc., were in 
time suspected and exposed." 

Madame Blavatsky from then on was widely 
held to be a Tsarist agent and played her part 
in the Great Game. . . . 

Guenon, detailing this American visit of 
Madame Blavatsky, further explains how 
"George H. Felt, self-styled Professor of 
Mathematics and Egyptologist, had been 
introduced to Madame Blavatsky by a 
journalist called Stevens. Felt was a member 
of a secret society generally called by the 
initials ' H. B. of L. ' (Hermetic Brotherhood 
of Luxor)." 

A letter from John Yarker quoted in Free- 
masonry Universal (Vol. V, part 2 Autumn 
Equinox, 1929) states that Madame Blav- 
atsky's masonic certificate in the Ancient and 
Primitive Rite of Masonry was issued in the 
year 1877. He writes 

both the Rites of Memphis and Mizraim, 
as well as the Grand Orient of France, 
possessed a Branch of Adoptive Masonry, 
popular in France in the 18th century and of 
which, in later years, the Duchess of Bour- 
bon held the Rank of Grand Mistress. We 
accordingly sent H. P. B., on the 24/1 1/77, 
a Certificate of the highest rank, that of a 
Crowned Princess, said to have been insti- 
tuted at Saxe in the last quarter of the 18th 


Modernism, Mondrian and mum- 

More than 100 years after the found- 
ing of the Theosophical Society, a 
major retrospective of the work of 
Piet Mondrian has been organised at 
the Gemeente Museum in Amster- 
dam. Cool, elegant, rational - Mon- 
drian's horizontals and verticals, his 
squares and grids show again and 
again an artist committed to explor- 
ing the parameters of perception and 
meaning. From naturalism to Cub- 
ism, to the arrival at a grammar of 
almost total abstraction, Mondrian is 
rightly represented as a pivotal figure 
in the unfolding story of Modernism. 

But while they promote this view of 
Mondrian as the very model Mod- 
ernist, the exhibition's organisers 
have found it necessary to suppress 
one astonishing fact: Mondrian was 
a card-carrying Theosophist. He was, 
by his own admission, influenced 
by Madame Blavatsky's intoxicating 

brew of hocus-pocus, and he was fas- 

cinated by her monumentally opaque 
tome, The Secret Doctrine, a work in 
two volumes that Blavatsky claimed 
contained the key to all knowledge. 

In other words, while Mondrian 
was straining for an art that broke 
completely with the past, he was 
also meddling with spiritualism and 
mouthing the mumbo-jumbo of 
the ancients. And he was not alone. 
Some of the greatest artists and writ- 
ers of his time were steeped in the 
magic and mysteries of the occult. 

There was plenty of it on offer as the 
new century broke into its stride. 
After Darwin had given the world 
his theory of evolution, it took a lot 
of faith still to believe that the world 
had been created in six days. Ni- 
etszche had decided that God didn't 
exist after all, and Freud was confer- 
ring enormous powers on the id and 
the ego. These revelations, coupled 
with revolutionary breakthroughs in 
science and technology, produced a 
crisis in conventional belief systems. 
The Christian church saw congre- 
gations shrinking as people looked 
elsewhere for answers to the new and 
totally absorbing set of questions that 
the modern age posed. Summing up 
this atmosphere of doubt and expec- 
tation, the artist Wassily Kandinsky 
later wrote, 'Suddenly thick walls 
crumbled. Everything was soft, un- 

certain, vacillating. It would not have 
astonished me to see a stone melt in 
the air and evaporate.' 

It was in this context that spiritu- 
alism became modish in the first 
decades of the 20th century. Pablo 
Picasso, a robust atheist, spent many 
a turn-of-the-century evening read- 
ing tarot cards (smoking opium at 
the same time gave added piquancy). 
Amedeo Modigliani was partial to 
Ouija boards, and attended seances 
to see if there was anybody out there 
in the 'great beyond'. And W. B. Yeats 
liked to dabble in magic, and claimed 
it was the 'most important pursuit' 
of his life next to poetry. Yeats ex- 
perimented with a wide range of 
esoteric 'sciences', including cheiros- 
ophy (palmistry), celestial dynamics 
(astrology), chromopathy (healing by 
colours) and polygraphics (automatic 

Kandinsky, Paul Gauguin, Constan- 
tin Brancusi, Theo van Doesburg, 
Johannes Itten, Walter Gropius (for a 
while), Robert Delauney, Aleksandr 
Scriabin, Arnold Schoenberg, Paul 
Klee, Franz Marc, Boris Pasternak, 
Aleksandr Blok, Katharine Mansfield, 
T. S. Eliot - all were great pioneers of 
Modernism, and all were involved in 
Theosophy and its unpronounceable 
spin-offs, such as Anthroposophy, 
Christosophy, Theozoology and 
Aiosophy. In fact, from fin de siecle 

Paris to 1950s' New York (Mark Rot- 
hko and Jackson Pollock were both 
one-time disciples of Eastern gurus), 
a fascination with magic, the occult 
and the supranatural were integral to 
the Modernist spirit. 

Gerrit Rietveld, Schroder House, Prins Hen- 
driklann 50, Utrecht, 1924 

The Mondrian/De Stijl exhibition at the Cen- 
tre Pompidou from 1st December 2010 to 
21st March 201 

The first Room - "The Spirituality behind 
the Vision" - casts new light on the Dutch 
symbolist and theosophical undercurrents 
that merged into the De Stijl movement, 
which Mondrian also researched (even 
though he gravitated away from them 
later on), and which rippled through early 
20th-century art and architecture as far as 

This exhibition meaningfully ends with an 
overview of prominent De Stijl achievements 
to broach the issue of cities and public areas. 
Gerrit Rietveld's Schroder House is a neo- 
plastic masterpiece and unquestionably this 
drive's main exponent. 


The Lucis Trust is the Publishing 
House which prints and disseminates 
United Nations material. It is a dev- 
astating indictment of the New Age 
and Pagan nature of the UN. 

Lucis Trust was established in 1922 
as Lucifer Trust by Alice Bailey as the 
publishing company to disseminate 
the books of Bailey and Blavatsky 
and the Theosophical Society. The 
title page of Alice Bailey's book, 
'Initiation, Human and Solar' was 
originally printed in 1922, and clearly 
shows the publishing house as 'Luci- 
fer Publishing Coin 1923.' 

Bailey changed the name to Lucis 
Trust, because Lucifer Trust revealed 
the true nature of the New Age 
Movement too clearly. (Constance 

Cumbey, The Hidden Dangers of 
the Rainbow, p. 49). A quick trip to 
any New Age bookstore will reveal 
that many of the hard-core New Age 
books are published by Lucis Trust. 

At one time, the Lucis Trust office in 
New York was located at 666 United 
Nations Plaza and is a member of the 
Economic and Social Council of the 
United Nations under a slick pro- 
gram called "World Goodwill". 

In an Alice Bailey book called 
"Education for a New Age"; she 
suggests that in the new age "World 
Citizenship should be the goal of the 
enlightened, with a world federation 
and a world brain." In other words 
- a One World Government New 
World Order. 

Seven years after the birth of the UN, 
a book was published by the theoso- 
phist and founder of the Lucis Trust, 
Alice Bailey, claiming that, 


"Evidence of the growth of the 
human intellect along the needed 
receptive lines [for the preparation 
of the New Age] can be seen in the 
"planning" of various nations and in 
the efforts of the United Nations to 
formulate a world plan... From the 
very start of this unfoldment, three 
occult factors have governed the 
development of all these plans" 

[Alice B. Bailey, Discipleship in the 
New Age (Lucis Press, 1955), Vol. II, 

Aleister Crowley recognized Blav- 
atsky as a Sister of A.'.A.'. (i.e. a 
Master of the Temple 8°=3# in his 
system of spiritual grades), specifi- 
cally pointing her out as his imme- 
diate predecessor in "The Temple of 
Truth," published in The Heart of the 
Master through O.T.O. in 1938. He 
thought it especially noteworthy that 
he was born in the same year that the 
Theosophical Society was inaugu- 
rated. Crowley reissued Blavatsky s 
Voice of the Silence (Extracts from 
the Book of the Golden Precepts, 
including "The Two Paths" and "The 
Seven Portals") with his own com- 
mentary as Liber LXXI, a Class B 
publication of A.'.A.'. 

Blavatskys books included: 
Isis Unveiled, a master key to the 
mysteries of ancient and modern 
science and theology - 1877 

The Secret Doctrine, the synthesis 
of Science, Religion and Philisophy - 

The Voice of the Silence - 1889 
The Key to Theosophy - 1889 

Under H G Wells's tutelage, Hux- 
ley was first introduced to Aleister 
Crowley. Crowley was a product of 
the cultist circle that developed in 
Britain from the 1860s under the 
guiding influence of Edward Bulw- 
er-Lytton -- who, it will be recalled, 
was the colonial minister under Lord 
Palmerston during the Second Opi- 
um War. 

In 1886, Crowley, William Butler 
Yeats, and several other Bulwer-Lyt- 
ton proteges formed the Isis-Urania 
Temple of Hermetic Students of the 
Golden Dawn. 

This Isis Cult was organized around 
the 1877 manuscript Isis Unveiled by 
Madame Helena Blavatsky, in which 
the Russian occultist called for the 
British aristocracy to organize itself 
into an Isis priesthood. 


Mazzini was not only the head of the Illumi- 
nati, he was the leading revolutionist in Eu- 
rope. He was determined to establish a New 
World Order on the rubble of the Old Order 
and created a plan to accomplish his goal. 
He detailed his plan for world domination 
in a letter to Pike on January 22, 1870: "We 
must allow all the federations to continue 
just as they are, with their systems, their 
central authorities and their diverse modes 
of correspondence between high grades of 
the same rite, organized as they are at the 
present, but we must create a super rite, 
which will remain unknown, to which we 
will call those Masons of high degree whom 
we shall select. 

This secret rite is called "The New and 
Reformed Palladian Rite." It has headquar- 
ters in Charleston, S.C., Rome Italy, and 
Berlin Germany. Pike headed this rite in the 
Western Hemisphere while Mazzini headed 
it in the East. Pike wrote about his beliefs 
and goals in 1871 in "Morals and Dogma of 
the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite of 

In 1848, Karl Marx wrote the Communist 
Manifesto, under the direction of one group 
of Illuminists, while Professor Karl Ritter 
of Frankfurt University wrote the anti-the- 
sis, under the direction of another group 
of Illuminists. the idea was that those who 
direct the overall conspiracy could use the 
differences of those two so-called ideologies 
to enable them to divide larger and larger 
members of the human race into opposing 
camps so that they could be armed and then 
brainwashed into fighting and destroying 
each other. And, in particular, to destroy all 
political and religious institutions. 
The work Ritter started was continued after 
his death and completed by the German 
so-called philosopher, Friedrich Wilhelm 


Nietzsche. Nietzsche helped to develop 
Racism and then Naziism, which was used 
to foment World War I and II. 

Pike was fascinated by the idea of a one- 
world government and ultimately he be- 
came the head of this luciferian conspiracy. 
Between 1859 and 1871 he, Pike, worked 
out a military-blueprint for three world 
wars and various revolutions throughout the 
world which he considered would forward 
the conspiracy to its final stage in the 20th 

Albert Pike received a vision, which he de- 
scribed in a letter that he wrote to Mazzini, 
dated August 15, 1871. This letter graph- 
ically outlined plans for three world wars 
that were seen as necessary to bring about 
the One World Order, and we can marvel at 
how accurately it has predicted events that 
have already taken place. 

To date, no conclusive proof exists to show 
that this letter was ever written. Neverthe- 
less, the letter is widely quoted and the topic 
of much discussion. 

"The First World War must be brought 
about in order to permit the Illuminati to 
overthrow the power of the Czars in Russia 
and of making that country a fortress of 
atheistic Communism. The divergences 
caused by the "agentur" (agents) of the 
Illuminati between the British and German- 
ic Empires will be used to foment this war. 
At the end of the war, Communism will be 
built and used in order to destroy the other 
governments and in order to weaken the 

"The Second World War must be foment- 
ed by taking advantage of the differences 
between the Fascists and the political 


Zionists. This war must be brought about 
so that Nazism is destroyed and that the 
political Zionism be strong enough to insti- 
tute a sovereign state of Israel in Palestine. 
During the Second World War, International 
Communism must become strong enough in 
order to balance Christendom, which would 
be then restrained and held in check until 
the time when we would need it for the final 
social cataclysm." 

"The Third World War must be fomented by 
taking advantage of the differences caused 
by the "agentur" of the "Illuminati" between 
the political Zionists and the leaders of Is- 
lamic World. The war must be conducted in 
such a way that Islam (the Moslem Arabic 
World) and political Zionism (the State of 
Israel) mutually destroy each other. Mean- 
while the other nations, once more divided 
on this issue will be constrained to fight 
to the point of complete physical, moral, 
spiritual and economical exhaustion. . .We 
shall unleash the Nihilists and the atheists, 
and we shall provoke a formidable social 
cataclysm which in all its horror will show 
clearly to the nations the effect of absolute 
atheism, origin of savagery and of the most 
bloody turmoil. Then everywhere, the citi- 
zens, obliged to defend themselves against 
the world minority of revolutionaries, will 
exterminate those destroyers of civilization, 
and the multitude, disillusioned with Chris- 
tianity, whose deistic spirits will from that 
moment be without compass or direction, 
anxious for an ideal, but without knowing 
where to render its adoration, will receive 
the true light through the universal man- 
ifestation of the pure doctrine of Lucifer, 
brought finally out in the public view. This 
manifestation will result from the general 
reactionary movement which will follow the 
destruction of Christianity and atheism, both 
conquered and exterminated at the same 



Tie Free Encyclopedia 


Main page 
Featured content 
Current eve rite 
Random article 


About Wikipcdta 
Community portal 
Recent changes 
Cunlaul WiKipeUia 
Donate to Wikipedia 

What links here 

Moses Hess 

Fro m Wi kip e dia , the fre e e n cycl o ped i a 

This article needs additional citations for verification. 

Phstuft? htflp iiiipfuvb LTiib tail Jt! bjr a-ddh^- it I id-bit* reftatfiiut^. 

- - »c-'o=3 "-sts-isl t = : ::"=lls"3-=; =--3 . .'.'sr^s*. 200? 

Closes (Moshe) Hess iJune 21. 1312- April 6 
1875) was a Jewish philosopher and one of the 
founders of socialism and Zionism. 


Contents [hide] 

1 Life 

1.1 Communism 

1.2 Proto-Zionism 


3 Works by Hess 

4 References 

5 External links 

6 Bibliography 



Hess was bom in Bonn, which was under French 

Moses (Moshe) Hess (June 21, 1812 - April 6, 1875) was a Jewish philosopher and 
one of the founders of socialism and Zionism. 

Hess was born in Bonn, which was under French rule at the time. In his French-lang- 
uage birth certificate, his name is given as "Moises"; he was named after his mater- 
nal grandfather. Hess received a Jewish religious education from his grandfather, and 
later studied philosophy at the University of Bonn, but never graduated. 

He was an early proponent of socialism, and a precursor to what would later be cal- 
led Zionism. His works included Holy History of Mankind (1837), European Triarchy 
(1841) and Rome and Jerusalem (1862). 


Hess originally advocated Jewish integration into the 
universalist socialist movement, and was a friend and col- 
laborator of Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels. 

Hess converted Engels to Communism, and introduced 
Marx to social and economic problems. 

He played an important role in transforming Hegelian 
dialectical idealism theory of history to the dialectical ma- 
terialism of Marxism, by conceiving of man as the initiator 
of history through his active consciousness. 



From 1861 to 1863 he lived in Germany, where he be- 
came acquainted with the rising tide of German Anti-Se- 
mitism. It was then that he reverted to his Jewish name 
Moses in protest against assimilationism. 

In this period he apparently returned to religion in the 
form of Spinoza's pantheism, which he somehow did not 
find incompatible with orthodoxy. He published Rome 
and Jerusalem in 1861. Hess interprets history as a 
circle of race and class struggles. 

When Theodor Herzl first read Rome and Jerusalem 
he wrote about Hess that "since Spinoza jewry had no 
bigger thinker than this forgotton Moses Hess" and that 
he would not have written Der Judenstaat (The Jewish 

State) if he had known Rome and Jerusalem beforehand. 

Vladimir Ze'ev Jabotinsky honored Hess in The Jewish Legion in World War as one of 
those people that made the Balfour declaration possible, together with Herzl, Roth- 
schild and Pinsker. 

Hess died in Paris in 1875. As he requested, he was buried in the Jewish cemetery of 


Lasse Wilhelm- 
son was born in 
1941 in Stock- 
holm, Sweden. 

He is currently completing his sec- 
ond book. He has a long experience 
of idealistic anti-imperialist solidarity 
work, from Vietnam until today. And 
he has as well been a union represen- 
tative. Lasse has further worked on 
voluntary basis as an elected repre- 
sentative in his local council for 23 
years, representing a coalition cut- 
ting across party lines. He was active 
in the revolutionary movement of 
1968, and later within a Jewish peace 

Today Lasse is neither a Marxist nor 
a Jew and sees himself as a politi- 
cally and ideologically independent 
humanist who regards the fight for 
Palestinian rights as the key to a 
peaceful world and Zionism as the 
biggest threat to humanity today. 

Netanyahu points to a red line he drew on the graphic 
of a bomb used to represent Iran's nuclear program as 
he addresses the 67th United Nations General Assem- 
bly at the U.N. Headquarters in New York, September 


What is Zionism? 

- its history and role over the past 

150 years 

Today, Zionism has become the most 
dominant ideology in the western 
world and is the most significant 
expression of Anglo-American impe- 
rialism, and reached a new stage by 
"Project for a New American Centu- 

Zionism is, according to its own 
prominent figures, a religious/polit- 
ical movement the aim of which is 
to create a socialistic model state for 
Jews in the land of Palestine where 
Mount Zion is located. 

Its roots are found in Judaism and in 
the middle of the nineteenth century 
Moses Hess, Karl Marx's mentor in 
socialism, developed it into a politi- 
cal movement. 

Hess was named The Communist 
Rabbi and with his book Rome and 

Jerusalem, 1862, laid the foundations 
for Zionism. 

Before this, he had formulated the 
first written principles of Commu- 
nism - Socialism and Communism, 
1843, A Communist Credo: Ques- 
tions and Answers, 1846, andCon- 
sequences of a Revolution of the 
Proletariat, 1847. 
In keeping with this, he assisted 
Marx and Engels in their work with 
The Communist Manifesto, 1848, 
but also concerning the role of reli- 

Theodor Hertzl, called Zionisms 

official founder, planned the coloni- 
sation of Palestine in a more practical 
book, The Jewish State, 1896, which 
was approved by the first Zionist 
congress in 1897. 

He described Hess's bookRome 
and Jerusalem as the book that says 
everything you need to know about 
Zionism. "Race", people, nation and 
the chosen all merge in Zionism to 
create a national socialism, colonial 
style, synonymous with "lebensraum" 
and "blut und boden". Later on, Ger- 
man national socialism was created 
with similar ideological components 
and with different practical effects on 

Nazism is the Germans national 
socialism and Zionism is the Jews'. 

"I too, like Hitler, believe in the pow- 
er of the blood idea." 

Chaim Nachman Bialik, national 
bard of Israel, wrote this in "The 
Present Hour" in 1934. 

It may be disputed to what extent Na- 
zism was an answer to Bolshevism or 
the other side of the Zionist coin. 


The Balfour Declaration, signed 1917 
by Britain's foreign minister and lord 
Rothschild, created the prerequisites 
for a national identity for the Jewish 
group through a Jewish state in the 
land of Palestine, in accordance with 
Zionisms short-term goals. 

Britain gave away a country owned 
by others to a third party, in ex- 
change for the cooperation of the 
Jewish mafia on Wall Street, partly to 
fund Britain's military endeavours in 
the First World War and partly to get 
the US on the side of the British in 
the war against Germany 



_ Jews Of All The Wirld Unite In Action 

Judea declares war on Germansjudea 
declares war on Germans There was 
little support for Zionism among Eu- 
rope's Jews to begin with, nor among 
Jews in German concentration camps 
during the Second World War. 

However, the panic-stricken exodus 
of Jews from Germany to Palestine 
was engineered by a collaboration of 
Jewish Zionists and German Nazis, 
thus blocking a more substantial 
exodus to other countries. 

This was done through cooperation 
between The World Zionist Organ- 
isation and Germany, the so-called 
Transfer Agreement in 1933. Pre- 
ceding this, world Jewry had de- 
clared war on Germany in the form 
of a worldwide economic boycott. 
However, much earlier on, as part of 
Europe's colonisation, Zionism, since 
the end of the nineteenth century, 
had guided the Jews in the colonisa- 
tion of Palestine. Politically Zionism 
had its great break-through after 
WWII with the proclamation of the 
Jewish state in Israel in 1948. 

The classic speech by Benjamin H. 
Freedman 1961 on these matters, not 
to forget. 


Eastern European Marxist Jews, lead 
by Ben Gurion, Israel's founding 
father who saw himself as a Bolshe- 
vik, came to play a crucial part in the 


The socialist kibbutzim where only 
Jews could become members, paved 
the way to the theft of land and 
ethnic cleansing of approximately 
750.000 Palestinians in 1948, the 
Nakba cataclysm. 

These Palestinians and their offspring 
still live in refugee camps or in exile 
and are denied their right, laid down 
by the UN, to return. 

The eviction was carried out by the 
Jewish army Haganah helped by 
Jewish Zionist revisionists from 
the Stern and Irgun terrorist gang 
groups, founded by Zeev Jabotinsky 
who cooperated with Benito Mus- 

That same year, the Stern gang mur- 
dered Folke Bernadotte, the Swedish 
UN envoy and negotiator of the UN 
plan for partition(2). 

However, it was not until after the 
6 Day- War in 1967 that Zionism 
(post-Zionism) became a significant 
force in the US, through Jewish influ- 
ence on banking, media, the film in- 
dustry, the academic sphere and the 
Jewish lobby organisation AIPAC, 
and the neo-conservatives' (neocons) 
influence on US foreign policy and 

the neo-colonial wars in Afghanistan 
and Iraq. 

The US neocons comprise an alliance 
of Jewish and Christian Zionists and 
neo-liberal conservatives, with Leo 
Strauss as their foremost ideological 
figure. A kind of rightwing Zionism 
that bears great similarity to Jabotin- 
sky's in Palestine. But neocons also 
have roots among Trotskyites in the 
US, who like Ben Gurion in Pales- 
tine, were Bolsheviks. 

The Soviet Union took a very active 
part in the work leading up to the 
admittance of Israel as a member 
state of the UN. To what extent this 
was made to reinforce their influence 
among communists in the US who 
were predominantly Jews, or the first 
importand act of SU Social-imperial- 
ism, may be disputed. 


Most religious Jewish assemblies 
worldwide today, see Zionism as a 
positive development of Judaism (3). 
But some smaller groups of orthodox 
Jews such as Neturei Karta, consider 
Zionism incompatible with Judaism 
because the creation of a Jewish state 
can only be the work of God, not of 
people as in the case of Israel. Chris- 
tian Zionism has considerable sup- 
port in the American Bible Belt, but 
also Christian congregations such as 
The Swedish Pentecostal Movement 
give support. Christian Zionism is a 
large organisation but is subordinate 
to Jewish Zionism in its support of a 
Jewish state in Zion where the sup- 
position is, however, that one day the 
Jews will become Christians(4). 

Neturei Karta members at a rally in support ot Palestine. 

Today, Zionism has become the most 
dominant ideology in the western 
world and is the most significant 
expression of Anglo-American impe- 
rialism, and reached a new stage by 
"Project for a New American Centu- 


The terror attack 911 became the 
turning-point. It was most likely an 
outside/inside false-flag operation, 
with clear israeli connections, even 
called a new Pearl Harbor. 

Zionism is used to control peoples 
thoughts by restricting freedoms of 
speech and press, and to motivate 
neo-colonial wars aimed at Islam. 
This is accomplished by presenting 
an official picture of "The Holocaust" 
as an exclusively Jewish affair and it 
is treated like a religion; questioning 
it is taboo and liable to punishment 
by law. Today, in many countries 
there are academics in prison for 
their criticism. The European Union 
is promoting economic and military 
collaboration with Israel. Thus Jewish 
power have become more visible(5). 

The new Hitler is any leader of a 
country disliked. He was said to be in 
Iran accused of wanting to wipe out 
the Jewish state in a "holocaust", us- 
ing nuclear weapons he doesn't have 
but Israel does. Criticising Israels 


with one word. 

Anti- Semite 

g& 4: Anti-Semite 
m90L Anti-Semite 

II * Anti-Semite 

Anti-Defamation League 

policies and its influence in the US is 
labelled "anti-Semitism". Questioning 
parts of the Zionist picture - 6 mil- 
lion Jews killed in gas-chambers - is 
called Holocaust denial; criticism of 
the Jewish mafias dominance within 
the power elite, mainly on Wall Street 
and The Federal Reserve, is named 
"racist conspiracy theories". 

Considerable efforts are being made 
in the US and the EU to promote 
further restrictions and legal punish- 
ment of such criticism. It is reason- 
able to consider that the concerns 
surrounding details of Hitler s war 
crimes against diverse groups of 
people, including the Jews, should 
primarily be a matter of discussion 
between researchers of history, in the 
same way that the crimes committed 
by Stalin in the 1930s in Ukraine 
during the great hunger catastrophe 
are studied. 

In Sweden, organisations such as 
The Expo Foundation (the Swed- 
ish Searchlight), AFA (Anti-Fashist 
Action), The Swedish Committee 
Against Anti-Semitism (the Swedish 
ADL), play a significant part as front 
organisations for the government 
authority Forum for Living History 
(FFLH) in its defence of the Jewish 
state and the promotion of Zionist 
ideology. FFLH, the witch hunt and 
subsequent sentencing of Ahmed 
Rami (Radio Islam webbsite), are 
a few of the signs of Zionisms in- 
fluence over Sweden's institutions 
of government. The business world 
has its equivalent in the way that the 
Jewish family corporation, Bonnier, 
influences the media. The extreme 
rightwing Sweden Democrats, is the 
political party that is most Isra- 
el-friendly, consequently also the 
party that launches the most aggres- 
sive attacks on Islam. 

Spreading information about the 
destructive influence Zionism has 
on humanity in todays world, and in 
Sweden, is predominantly an ideo- 
logical struggle against control and 
manipulation of peoples thinking. 
Especially since Zionism hardly ex- 
ists in public debate. And the reason 
for this is that the means of produc- 
tion of culture and ideology are to a 
great extent owned or influenced by 
Zionist interests. 


The heavily nuclear- armed Jewish 
racist settler state Israel is today 
the greatest threat to world peace 
through its influence in the western 
world, and Zionism is the greatest 
threat to humanity, including the ma- 
jority of Jews. Zionism is used by the 
power elite in its efforts to secure a 
new world order with one Big Broth- 
er state and continual conflicts and 
wars between various religious, eth- 
nic and cultural groups from disin- 
tegrated national states. In this light, 
Israel is the capital of the world and 
the Palestinians are the oppressed 
peoples of the world. Hence, Zionism 
is dangerous and must be resisted. 

1) It should be stressed that although Zi- 
onism is a Jewish national socialist project, 
while Marxism is an international socialist 
project open to all, both can be seen as 
Jewish projects, as can the neocons, because 
of the dominance of Jews in the leadership of 
these projects. Karl Marx was not a Zionist, 
but nevertheless Moses Hess was his person- 
al stand-in at the meetings of the Internatio- 
nale in 1868 and 1869, 6 years after having 
written Zionisms Magnum Opus: Rome and 

2) Marxism and Zionism can be seen as 
complementary survival projects for Jews in 
Europe, lasting a hundred years, from the 
middle of the 19th century up to the middle 
of the 20th century - a double faced tribal 
strategy. Zionism created the necessary 
conditions for a nation for the Jews, while at 
the same time Marxism reduced the strength 
of all other nations through its international- 
ism. Regardless of whether this came about 
intuitively, or was launched as a conspiracy 
by the Freemasons, or Moses Hess planted 
the seeds or it was a combination of all these 
and other factors, the tangible result was that 
the Jewish group was reinforced. To such an 
extent that even Hitler and Stalin's attempts 
to reduce its influence failed. We see today, 
that these strategies were successful regard- 
ing Jewish power, especially in the West, and 
in post-Zionisms role in the neo-colonial 
wars. The fact that the majority of Jews are 
exploited by the Zionist power elite does not 
alter this fact. 

3) Religious Jewish assemblies today, for 
example in Sweden, consider that a person 
born of a Jewish mother, who does not be- 
long to any other religion, is religion-wise a 
Jew. It is also possible to convert to Judaism. 
But many who consider themselves Jews 
are in fact secular. Being a Jew today then, 
is primarily a question of taking on board 


an identity that is tied to the Jewish state 
and "The Holocaust", and sometimes also 
religious conviction. Every individual Jew 
can choose to be or not to be a Jew. 

4) Judaism, Jewish mentality and Zionism 
are conceptions with fluid boundaries. They 
are connected but must at the same time 

be kept apart. This is because of the diverse 
opinions amongst religious Jews about 
Zionism, and because the number of non- 
Jews influenced by Jewish mentality and 
Zionism is much bigger than the number of 
Jews. Modern research has shown that Jews 
are neither a homogenous ethnic group or a 
people in the common meaning of the word, 
but rather, instead, a scattered group held 
together by a common tribal mentality and 
religious rules (Halakha) that give guidance 
as to how matters stand with non-Jews 
(goim) who, in this context, are considered 
less than human. 

5) These are signs that Jewish power, 
through ownership of the economy and 
the production of ideology, with Zionism 
as ideology, has definitely established itself 
"on the top of the food chain" in today's 
world. Most powerful in preventing an open 
discussion on theese matters. It should be 
noted, that there are others than those who 
call themselves Jews in todays power elite, 
but this does not alter the strength of Jewish 
power. It should also be noted that we today 
have seen a shift in the big Chess play of 
the world, expressed in the deal with Iran 
on it's atomic program, the last massacre 
on civilians in Gaza, and that these facts are 
isolating the Jewish state. One may ask if this 
will lead to a more peaceful world, or if it is 
just a partly new strategy for the NWO. He 
who sees will live . . . 

A few important references: 

Hess, Moses. "The Holy History of 
Mankindand Other Writings", ed. by 
Shlomo Avineri. Cambridge Univer- 
sity Press, 2005 

Shahak, Israel, "Jewish History, 
Jewish Religion: The Weight of Three 
Thousand Years", Pluto Press, Lon- 
don, Sterling, Virginia (1994, 1997) 

Sand, Shlomo. "The Invention of the 
Jewish People", Verso Books, 2009 

Slezkine, Yuri. "The Jewish Century", 
Princeton University Press, 2004 

Felton, Greg, "The Host and the Para- 
site", Dandelion Books, 2007 

Atzmon, Gilad. "The Wandering 
Who?" Zero Books, 2011 

Final words: This article is a try to 
relatively short and simple sort out 
what Zionism is, and some relat- 
ed questions - from Moses Hess 
to today. Of course there are some 
questions to add, and those who have 
partly different perspectives will miss 

Last update: August 5, 2014 


The hidden hand a Masonic handsign 

As a young student, Karl Marx went 
through a total transformation. He 
began to hate God. This was some- 
thing he admitted in his brutal 
poetry. Two of Marx's poems were 
published during his lifetime in the 
periodical Athenaeum in Berlin, 
under the title "Wild Songs", on the 
23rd of January 1841. 

He flung terrible curses at human- 
ity. He did not become an atheist, 
though. In his poem "Der Spielmann" 
("The Fiddler"), he admitted: 

That art God neither wants nor wists, 
It leaps to the brain from Hell's black 

Till heart's bewitched, till senses reel: 

With Satan I have struck my deal. 

In another of his poems, Marx 
promised to lure mankind with him 
into hell in the company of Satan. 
These words are reminiscent of Jakob 
Frank's expressions. This shows that 
Marx was affected by Frankism. 

Karl Marx's father had come into 
contact with Frankism and had also 
instructed his children in this ideol- 
ogy. This is how young Marx got to 
know of Frankism, as was mirrored 
in his poetry. His family's conver- 
sion to Christianity was just a social 
manoeuvre. Jakob Frank himself had 
done the same, when he became a 
"Catholic". Frank had, in his turn, 
followed the dreaded Sabbatai Zevi's 
example of "changing religion" for 
the sake of the cause. 

Marx was delighted with the idea of 
humanity's moral ruination. In his 
poetry, he dreamed of a pact with 
Satan. He was especially fascinated 
by violence. Later, in his own ideol- 
ogy, he stressed that one must fight 
violence with violence. He called 
humanity "the apes of the cold god". 
Marx's religion is clearly revealed in 
his poem "Invocation of One in De- 
spair" (Karl Marx, "Collected Works", 
Vol. I, New York, 1974): 

Karl Marx's worship of violence was 

strengthened by a Frankist commu- 
nist whom he met in 1841, when he 
was 23 years old. This man was called 
Moritz Moses Hess. 
He is called a communist rabbi and 
the father of modern Socialism. Part 
of Moses Hess' terrifying world of 
ideas is disclosed in his book "Rome 
and Jerusalem". 

Moses Hess quickly transformed 
young Marx into a freemason, a so- 
cialist agitator and his minion. 

Later, Marx and Engels stated quite 
openly that many of Hess' ideas 
deserved a wide recognition. The 
Hungarian Jew Theodor Herzl fur- 
ther developed Hess' Zionist doctrine 
in the 1890s. 

Moses (Moshe) Hess (January or 
June 21, 1812 - April 6, 1875) was a 
German-French-Jewish philosopher 
and socialist, and one of the founders 
of Labor Zionism. 

He was an early proponent of social- 
ism, and a precursor to what would 
later be called Zionism. His works 
included Holy History of Mankind 
(1837), European Triarchy (1841) 
and Rome and Jerusalem: The Last 

National Question, (1862). 

Jacob Frank, Yaakov Frank, Jakob 
Frank, Jakub Frank; 1726, Korolivka 
- December 10, 1791, Offenbach am 
Main) was an 18th-century Jewish re- 
ligious leader who claimed to be the 
reincarnation of the self-proclaimed 
messiah Sabbatai Zevi and also of the 
biblical patriarch Jacob. 

Sabbatai Zevi (August 1, 1626 - c. 
September 17, 1676[1]) was a Sep- 
hardic Rabbi and kabbalist who 
claimed to be the long-awaited Jew- 
ish Messiah. He was the founder of 
the Jewish Sabbatean movement. 

Donmeh (Turkish: Donme) refers to 
a group of crypto-Jews in the Otto- 
man Empire who, to escape the infe- 
rior condition of dhimmis, converted 
publicly to Islam, but were said to 
have retained their beliefs. 


In Marxism, the "English Revolution" 
is the period of the English Civil 
Wars and Commonwealth period 
(1649-1660), in which Parliament 
challenged King Charles Is authority, 
engaged in civil conflict against his 
forces, and executed him in 1649. 
This was followed by a ten-year peri- 
od of bourgeois republican govern- 
ment, the "Commonwealth", before 
monarchy was restored in the shape 
of Charles' son, Charles II in 1660. 

The Marxist view of the English 
Revolution suggests that the events 
of 1640 to 1660 in Britain was a 
bourgeois revolution in which the 
final section of English feudalism 
(the state) was destroyed by a bour- 
geois class (and its supporters) and 
replaced with a state (and society) 
which reflected the wider establish- 
ment of agrarian (and later industri- 
al) capitalism. Such an analysis sees 
the English Revolution as pivotal 
in the transition from feudalism to 
capitalism and from a feudal state to 
a capitalist state in Britain. 

Later developments of the Marxist 

view moved on from the theory of 
bourgeois revolution to suggest that 
the English Revolution anticipated 
the French Revolution and later revo- 
lutions in the field of popular admin- 
istrative and economic gains. 


Oliver Cromwell obtains backing 
from the British parliament for 
the execution of King Charles I on 
a charge of treason. Afterwards, 
Cromwell permits the Jews to enter 
England again, but does not reverse 
the Edict of Expulsion issued by King 
Edward I in 1290, which expelled all 
Jews forever from England and made 
the provision that any who remained 
after November 1st 1290, were to be 


A. N. Field, in his book, "All These 
Things," published in 1931, explains 
the situation in England this year, 
as a result of Cromwell's decision to 
ignore the law banning the Jews from 
entering England, and allowing them 
back in defiance of the law, only 33 
years earlier, as follows, 

"Thirty- three years after Cromwell 
had let the Jews into Britain a Dutch 
Prince arrived from Amsterdam sur- 
rounded by a whole swarm of Jews 
from that Jewish financial centre. 
Driving his royal father-in-law out of 
the kingdom, he graciously consent- 

ed to ascend the throne of Britain. A 
very natural result following on this 
event was the inauguration of the 
National Debt by the establishment 
six years later of the Bank of England 
for the purpose of lending money to 
the Crown. Britain had paid her way 
as she went until the Jew arrived." 


The deceptively named, "Bank of 
England," is founded. It is deceptive- 
ly named as it gives the impression it 
is controlled by the Government of 
England when in fact it is a private 
institution founded by Jews. In his 
book, "The Breakdown of Money," 
published in 1934, Christopher 
Hollis explains the formation of the 
Bank of England. 


"In 1694 the Government of 
William III (who had come in from 
Holland with the Jews) was in sore 
straits for money. A company of rich 
men under the leadership of one 
William Paterson offered to lend 
William £1,200,000 at 8 per cent 
on the condition that, 'the Gover- 
nor and Company of the Bank of 
England,' as they called themselves, 
should have the right to issue notes 
to the full extent of its capital. 

Paterson was quite right about it 
that this privilege which had been 
given to the Bank was a privilege to 
make money. . .In practice they did 

not keep a cash reserve of nearly two 
or three hundred thousand pounds. 
By 1696 (ie. within two years) we 
find them circulating £1,750,000 
worth of notes against a cash reserve 
of £36,000. That is with a, 'backing,' 
of only about 2 percent of what they 
issued and drew interest on." 

The names of the Jewish controllers 
of the Bank of England are never 
revealed, but it is clear, as early as 
this year, through their control of the 
Bank of England, Jews had control 
over the British Royal family. Howev- 
er, whilst their identity is protected, 
they may have wished they picked a 
more discreet front man, after Wil- 
liam Paterson states, 


Following four years of the Bank 
of England, the Jewish control of 
the British money supply had come 
on in leaps and bounds. They had 
flooded the country with so much 
money that the Government debt to 
the Bank had grown from its' initial 
£1,250,000, to £16,000,000, in only 
four years, an increase of 1,280%. 


Iluminati Bankers Organized the English Revolution 

It was fated that England should be the first 
of a series of Revolutions, which is not yet 

With these cryptic words, Isaac Disraeli, 
father of Benjamin Earl of Beaconsfield, 
commenced his two-volume life of Charles I, 
published in 1851. 

The origin of the modern world and the New 
World Order can be traced to the English 
Revolution 1641-1660 and consequently the 
"Glorious Revolution" of 1688, when the Illu- 
minati Jewish bankers established a foothold 
in England and made it their instrument for 
world domination, 
by A.M. Ramsay 

(from his book, "The Nameless War" 1952) 

Isaac Disraeli's "Life of Charles I" (1851) is a 
work of astonishing detail and insight, based 
on information obtained from the records 
of one Melchior de Salom, French envoy in 
England during that period. 

The scene opens with distant glimpses of 
the British Kingdom based upon Christi- 
anity, and its own ancient traditions; these 
sanctions binding Monarchy, Church, State, 
nobles and the people in one solemn bond 
on the one hand; on the other hand, the omi- 
nous rumblings of Calvinism. 

Calvin, who came to Geneva from France, 
where his name was spelled Cauin, (possibly 
a French effort to spell Cohen) organized 
great numbers of revolutionary orators, not 
a few of whom were inflicted upon England 
and Scotland. Thus, was laid the groundwork 
for revolution under a cloak of religious 

On both sides of the Tweed, these dem- 
agogues contracted all religion into rigid 
observance of the "Sabbath." To use the 
words of Isaac Disraeli, "the nation was art- 
fully divided into Sabbatarians and Sabbath 

"Calvin," states Disraeli, "deemed the 
Sabbath to have been a Jewish ordinance, 
limited to the sacred people." 

He goes on to say that when these Calvinists 
held the country in their power, "it seemed 
that religion chiefly consisted of Sabbatarian 
rigours; and that a British senate had been 
transformed into a company of Hebrew Rab- 
bins": and later "In 1650, after the execution 
of the King, an Act was passed inflicting 
penalties for a breach of the Sabbath." 


At this time there suddenly began to appear 

from the City armed mobs of 

"Operatives"(the medieval equivalent for 
"workers" no doubt). Let me quote Disraeli: 

"They were said to amount to ten thousand 
... with war-like weapons. It was a militia 
for insurgency at all seasons, and might be 
depended upon for any work of destruction 
at the cheapest rate ... as these sallied forth 
with daggers and bludgeons (from the city) 
the inference is obvious that this train of 
explosion must have been long laid." 

These armed mobs of "workers" intimidated 
all and sundry, including both Houses of 
Parliament and the Palace at critical mo- 
ments, exactly on the model employed later 
by the "Sacred Bands" and the "Marseillais" 
in the French Revolution. 

Isaac Disraeli draws again and again startling 
parallels between this and the French Revo- 
lution; Notably in his passages on the Press, 
"no longer under restraint," and the deluge of 
revolutionary pamphlets and leaflets. 

And later, "the collection of French revolu- 
tionary pamphlets now stands by the side 
of the French tracts of the age of Charles 
I, as abundant in number and as fierce in 

He goes on, "Whose hand behind the curtain 
played the strings ... could post up a correct 
list of 59 commoners, branding them with 
the odious title of 'Straffordians or betrayers 
of their country." 

Whose hand indeed? But Disraeli who knew 
so much, now discreetly draws a veil over 
that iron curtain; and it is left to us to com- 
plete the revelation. 

To do so we must turn to such other works 
as the Jewish Encyclopedia, Sombart's work, 
The Jews and Modern Capitalism, and 

From these we learn that Cromwell, the chief 
figure of the revolution, was in close contact 
with the powerful Jew financiers in Holland; 
and was in fact paid large sums of money by 
Manasseh Ben Israel; whilst Fernandez Car- 
vajal, "The Great Jew" as he was called, was 
the chief contractor of the New Model Army. 

"From 1640 to 1660," he writes, "about 
30,000 appear to have started up." 

In The Jews in England we read:- "1643 
brought a large contingent of Jews to En- 
gland, their rallying point was the house of 
the Portuguese Ambassador De Souza, a Ma- 
rano (crypto- Jew). Prominent among them 
was Fernandez Carvajal, a great financier 
and army contractor." 

In January of the previous year, the attempt- 
ed arrest of the five members had set in vio- 
lent motion the armed gangs of "Operatives" 
already mentioned, from the city. 

Revolutionary pamphlets were broadcasted 
on this occasion, as Disraeli tells us: "Bear- 
ing the ominous insurrectionary cry of 'To 
your tents, O Israel'." Shortly after this the 
King and the Royal Family left the Palace of 

The five members with armed mobs and 
banners accompanying them, were given 
a triumphal return to Westminster. The 
stage was now set for the advent of Carvajal 
and his Jews and the rise of their creature 


The scene now changes. The Civil War has 
taken its course. The year is 1647: Naseby has 
been won and lost. The King is virtually a 
prisoner, while treated as an honoured guest 
at Holmby House. 

According to a letter published in 'Plain 
English'*** on 3rd September, 1921:- 

"The Learned Elders have been in existence 
for a much longer period than they have 
perhaps suspected. My friend, Mr. L. D. van 
Valckert, of Amsterdam, has recently sent 
me a letter containing two extracts from 
the Synagogue at Mulheim. The volume in 
which they are contained was lost at some 

period during the Napoleonic Wars, and 
has recently come into Mr. van Valckert' s 

It is written in German, and contains 
extracts of letters sent and received by the 
authorities of the Mulheim Synagogue. The 
first entry he sends me is of a letter received: - 
16th June, 1647. 

From O.C. (i.e. Oliver Cromwell), by 
Ebenezer Pratt. 

In return for financial support will advocate 
admission of Jews to England: This however 
impossible while Charles living. 

Charles cannot be executed without trial, ad- 
equate grounds for which do not at present 

Therefore advise that Charles be assassinat- 
ed, but will have nothing to do with arrange- 
ments for procuring an assassin, though 
willing to help in his escape. 

In reply was dispatched the following: - 
12th July, 1647. 
To O.C. by E. Pratt. 

Will grant financial aid as soon as Charles 
removed and Jews admitted. Assassination 
too dangerous. Charles shall be given op- 
portunity to escape: His recapture will make 
trial and execution possible. The support will 
be liberal, but useless to discuss terms until 
trial commences." 

*** 'Plain English' was a weekly review pub- 
lished by the North British Publishing Co. 
and edited by the late Lord Alfred Douglas. 

With this information now at our disposal, 
the subsequent moves on the part of the 
regicides stand out with a new clearness. 
On 4th June, 1647, Cornet Joyce, acting on 
secret orders from Cromwell himself, and, 

according to Disraeli, unknown even to 
General-in-Chief Fairfax, descended upon 
Holmby House with 500 picked revolution- 
ary troopers, and seized the King. 

According to Disraeli, "The plan was ar- 
ranged on May 30th at a secret meeting held 
at Cromwell's house, though later Cromwell 
pretending that it was without his concur- 

This move coincided with a sudden develop- 
ment in the army; the rise of the 'Levelers" 
and "Rationalists." 

Their doctrines were those of the French rev- 
olutionaries; in fact, what we know today as 
Communism. These were the regicides, who 
four times "purged" Parliament, till there 
was left finally 50 members, Communist-like 
themselves, known later as the Rump. 


To return to the letter from Mulheim Syna- 
gogue of the 12th June, 1647, and its cunning 
suggestion that attempted escape should be 
used as a pretext for execution. Just such an 
event took place, on 12th November of that 

Hollis and Ludlow consider the flight as 
a stratagem of Cromwell's. Isaac Disrae- 
li states: "Contemporary historians have 
decided that the King from the day of his 

deportation from Holmby to his escape to 
the Isle of Wight was throughout the dupe of 

Little more remains to be said. Cromwell had 
carried out the orders from the Synagogue, 
and now it only remained to stage the mock 

Maneuvering for position continued for 
some time. And it became apparent that the 
House of Commons, even in their partial- 
ly "purged" condition, were in favour of 
coming to an agreement with the King. On 
5th December, 1648, the House sat all night; 
and finally carried the question, "That the 
King's concessions were satisfactory to a 

Should such agreement have been reached, 
of course, Cromwell would not have received 
the large sums of money which he was 
hoping to get from the Jews He struck again. 
On the night of December 6th, Colonel 
Pryde, on his instructions, carried out the 
last and most famous "purge" of the House 
of Commons, known as "Pryde's Purge." On 
4th January, the Communist remnant of 50 
members, the Rump, invested themselves 
with "the supreme authority." 

On 9th January "a High Court of Justice" to 
try the King was proclaimed. Two-thirds of 
its members were Levelers from the Army. 

Algernon Sidney warned Cromwell: "First, 
the King can be tried by no court. Second, 
no man can be tried by this court." So writes 
Hugh Ross Williamson in his Charles and 
Cromwell; and he adds a finishing touch 
to the effect that "no English lawyer could 
be found to draw up the charge, which was 
eventually entrusted to an accommodating 
alien, Isaac Dorislaus." 

Needless to say, Isaac Dorislaus was exact- 
ly the same sort of alien as Carvajal and 
Manasseh Ben Israel and the other financiers 
who paid the "Protector" his blood money. 

The Jews were once again permitted to land 
freely in England in spite of strong protests 
by the sub-committee of the Council of 
State, which declared that they would be a 
grave menace to the State and the Christian 

Perhaps it is due to their protests that the 
actual act of banishment has never to this 
day been repealed. 

"The English Revolution under Charles 
I," writes Isaac Disraeli, "was unlike any 
preceding one ... From that time and event 
we contemplate in our history the phases of 

There were many more to follow on similar 
lines, notably in France. In 1897 a further 
important clue to these mysterious happen- 
ings fell into Gentile hands in the shape of 
the Protocols of the Elders of Zion. 

In that document we read this remarkable 
sentence: "Remember the French Revolution, 
the secrets of its preparation are well known 
to us for it was entirely the work of our 
hands." [Protocol No.3, 14.] 

The Elders might have made the passage 
even fuller, and written, "Remember the 
British and French revolutions, the secrets 
of which are well known to us for they were 
entirely the work of our hands." 

The difficult problem of the subjugation of 
both Kingdoms was still however unsolved. 
Scotland was Royalist before everything else; 
and she had proclaimed Charles II King. 

Cromwell's armies marched round Scot- 
land, aided by their Geneva sympathizers, 
dispensing Judaic barbarity; but Scotland 
still called Charles II King. He moreover 
accepted the Presbyterian form of Christian- 
ity for Scotland; and slowly but steadily the 
feeling in England began to come round to 
the Scottish point of view. 

Finally upon the death of Cromwell, all Brit- 
ain welcomed the King's restoration to the 
throne of England. 

The chief figure amongst those who desert- 
ed James at that crucial juncture was John 
Churchill, first Duke of Marlborough. It is 
interesting to read in the Jewish Encyclope- 
dia that this Duke for many years received 
not less than 6,000 pounds a year from the 
Dutch Jew Solomon Medina. 

The real objective of the "Glorious Revolu- 
tion" was achieved a few years later in 1694, 
when the Royal consent was given for the 
setting up of the "Bank of England" and the 
institution of the National Debt. 

This charter handed over to an anonymous 
committee the Royal prerogative of minting 

money; converted the basis of wealth to gold; 
and enabled the international money lenders 
to secure their loans on the taxes of the 
country, instead of the doubtful undertaking 
of some ruler or potentate which was all the 
security they could previously obtain. 

From that time economic machinery was 
set in motion which ultimately reduced all 
wealth to the fictitious terms of gold which 
the Jews control; and drained away the life 
blood of the land, the real wealth which was 
the birthright of the British peoples. 

The political and economic union of England 
and Scotland was shortly afterwards forced 
upon Scotland with wholesale corruption, 
and in defiance of formal protests from every 
county and borough. 

The main objects of the Union were to 
suppress the Royal Mint in Scotland, and 
to force upon her, too, responsibility for the 
"National Debt." The grip of the moneylend- 
er was now complete throughout Britain. 
The danger was that the members of the new 
joint Parliament would sooner or later, in the 
spirit of their ancestors, challenge this state 
of affairs. 

be legal security for 1,000 pounds of loan; at 
3% therefore 100 pounds in gold could earn 
30 pounds interest annually with no more 
trouble to the lender than the keeping of a 
few ledger entries. 

The owner of 100 pounds of land, however, 
still must work every hour of daylight in 
order to make perhaps 4%. The end of the 
process must only be a matter of time. 

The moneylenders must become million- 
aires; those who own and work the land, 
the Englishman and the Scotsman, must be 

The process has continued inexorably till 
now, when it is nearly completed. It has 
been hypocritically camouflaged by clever 
propaganda as helping the poor by mulcting 
the rich. It has been in reality nothing of the 
kind. It has been in the main the deliberate 
ruination of the landed classes, the leaders 
among the Gentiles, and their supplanting by 
the Jew financiers and their hangers-on. 

To provide against this, therefore, the party 
system was now brought into being, frustrat- 
ing true national reaction and enabling the 
wire-pullers to divide and rule; using their 
newly- established financial power to ensure 
that their own men and their own policies 
should secure the limelight, and sufficient 
support from their newspapers, pamphlets, 
and banking accounts to carry the day. 

Gold was soon to become the basis of loans, 
ten times the size of the amount deposited. 

In other words, 100 pounds in gold would 

Involvement in Thirty Years' War 

16111 1623 162Q 1633 1630 1643 1648 

Manhattan Project - Einstein Szilard 

Manhattan Project - Einstein Szilard 

1 6 1 8- 1 648 THE THIRTY YEARS' 

Court Jews 

The Peace of Augsburg (1555), signed by 
Charles V, Holy Roman Emperor, confirmed 
the result of the 1526 Diet of Speyer, ending 
the war between German Lutherans and 
Catholics, and establishing that: 

Rulers of the 224 German states could 
choose the religion (Lutheranism or 
Catholicism) of their realms according to 
their consciences, and compel their subjects 
to follow that faith (the principle of cuius 
regio, eius religio). 

The Thirty Years' War (1618-1648) was a 
series of wars principally fought in Central 
Europe, involving most of the countries of 
Europe. It was one of the longest and most 
destructive conflicts in European history, 
and one of the longest continuous wars in 
modern history. 

The origins of the conflict and goals of the 
participants were complex and no single 
cause can accurately be described as the 
main reason for the fighting. Initially, it was 
fought largely as a religious war between 
Protestants and Catholics in the Holy Ro- 
man Empire, although disputes over internal 
politics and the balance of power within the 
Empire played a significant part. Gradually, 
it developed into a more general conflict 
involving most of the great powers of the 
time. In this general phase the war became 
less specifically religious and more a contin- 


uation of the Bourbon-Habsburg rivalry for 
European political pre-eminence, leading in 
turn to further warfare between France and 
the Habsburg powers. 

A major consequence of the Thirty Years' 
War was the devastation of entire regions, 
denuded by the foraging armies (bellum se 
ipsum alet). Famine and disease significant- 
ly decreased the population of the German 
states, Bohemia, the Low Countries, and 
Italy; most of the combatant powers were 

German Jews came to their full bloom in the 
years shortly after the 30-year war, when the 
Germany of the monolithic "Holy Roman 
Empire" fell into three small duchies and 
municipalities, each with financial worries 
and needs for financing. The local dukes 
and princes would reach into the ghettos of 
Germany to select skilled Jews with proven 
ability to manipulate money. Some of these 
rulers had insatiable appetites for money 
— to be used on their lavish courts, their 
military campaigns and repayment of old 
debts. This need created the position of the 
Court Jew, occupied by an exceptionally 
fine class of Jews who excelled in finance 
but also in their concern for their suffering 
and oppressed brethren. Some of the finest 
Court Jews were Oppenheim, Wertheirmer 
of Vienna and Behrend Lehmann of Hal- 
berstadt in the 17th century. Without them, 
German Judaism would have died out. 

Court jews (Court contractors and suppli- 
ers). Medieval princes used the commercial 
and financial services of individual Jews. 
However, as an institution, the Court Jew is 
a feature of the absolutist state, especially 
in Central Europe, from the end of the 1 6th 
century onward. Trying as far as possible 
to extend his power over the whole of 

his territory, the ruler set up a centralized 


administration as part of his court, which at 
the same time became the power center, pre- 
senting a lavish display of luxury. Economi- 
cally, a Jew could be of great service to such 
a ruler. In Poland many landed estates were 
administered by Jews 

This long and terrible conflict accelerated 
the reintegration of Jewry into the seven- 
teenth century European society. Before 
the war Jews led a highly restrictive life. 
The Cossack pogroms of the late 1500's 
killed over 40,000 Jews. Thus, creating an 
environment of death and destruction that 
isolated the Jews against violent Cossacks 
of Poland. On top of this Jews were only 
allowed to live in a very few European 
countries. England had expelled its Jewish 
population in 1290 and France and Spain 
followed suit in 1394 and 1492 respectively. 
Where Jews were allowed to live, they were 
still restricted to certain arts of the cities 
called ghettos. Thus, Jews were extremely 
isolated from European society in the years 
before the Thirty Years War. 

This trend of isolationism was reversed by 
the Thirty Years War. The largest reason for 
the reintegration of the Jews into society 
was the development of a good relationship 
with the Holy Roman Emperor. To explain 
this unlikely match we must look at the 
advancements of Jews in the economic 
sphere. While Jews were continual persecut- 
ed and mistreated socially, they succeeded 
greatly in the economic sphere. Many Jews 
had made fortunes off of the trading and ex- 
ploratory voyages of Spain and Portugal in 
the fifteenth century. Also, many Jews, as a 
result of religious tendencies of Christians, 
were bankers. Thus, in many places, they 
were the sole suppliers of loans and bank 
accounts. Thus, many Jews were wealthy 
and experienced in international matters. 

THIRTY YEARS' WAR 1618-1648 

Galileo Galilei was born in Pisa, Italy on 
February 15, 1564. He was the oldest of 
seven children. His father was a musician 
and wool trader, who wanted his son to 
study medicine as there was more money in 
medicine. At age eleven, Galileo was sent 
off to study in a Jesuit monastery. 

At age twenty, Galileo noticed a lamp 
swinging overhead while he was in a cathe- 
dral. Curious to find out how long it took 
the lamp to swing back and forth, he used 
his pulse to time large and small swings. 
Galileo discovered something that no one 
else had ever realized: the period of each 
swing was exactly the same. The law of the 
pendulum, which would eventually be used 
to regulate clocks, made Galileo Galilei 
instantly famous. 

In 1581, when he was studying medicine, 
he noticed a swinging chandelier, which 
air currents shifted about to swing in larger 
and smaller arcs. It seemed, by comparison 
with his heartbeat, that the chandelier took 
the same amount of time to swing back and 
forth, no matter how far it was swinging. 
When he returned home, he set up two 
pendulums of equal length and swung one 
with a large sweep and the other with a 
small sweep and found that they kept time 

Ironically, it was a lecture on literature that 
would turn Galileo's fortunes. The Acad- 
emy of Florence had been arguing over a 
100-year-old controversy: What were the 
location, shape, and dimensions of Dante's 
Inferno? Galileo Galilei wanted to seri- 
ously answer the question from the point 
of view of a scientist. Extrapolating from 
Dante's line that "[the giant Nimrod's] face 
was about as long/ And just as wide as St. 
Peter's cone in Rome," Galileo deduced that 

Lucifer himself was 2,000 arm-length long. 

The audience was impressed, and within 
the year, Galileo had received a three-year 
appointment to the University of Pisa, the 
same university that never granted him a 

Galileo Galilei (Italian pronunciation: 15 
February 1564 - 8 January 1642),was an 
Italian physicist, mathematician, astrono- 
mer, and philosopher who played a ma- 
jor role in the Scientific Revolution. His 
achievements include improvements to the 
telescope and consequent astronomical ob- 
servations and support for Copernicanism. 
Galileo has been called the "father of mod- 
ern observational astronomy", the "father 
of modern physics", the "father of science", 
and "the Father of Modern Science". 

His contributions to observational astron- 
omy include the telescopic confirmation 
of the phases of Venus, the discovery of 
the four largest satellites of Jupiter (named 
the Galilean moons in his honour), and 
the observation and analysis of sunspots. 
Galileo also worked in applied science and 
technology, inventing an improved military 
compass and other instruments. 

Galileo's championing of heliocentrism 
was controversial within his lifetime, when 
most subscribed to either geocentrism or the 
Tychonic system. [9] He met with opposition 
from astronomers, who doubted heliocen- 
trism due to the absence of an observed 
stellar parallax. The matter was investigated 
by the Roman Inquisition in 1615, and they 
concluded that it could be supported as 
only a possibility, not an established fact. 
Galileo later defended his views in Dialogue 
Concerning the Two Chief World Systems, 
which appeared to attack Pope Urban VIII 
and thus alienated him and the Jesuits, who 
had both supported Galileo up until this 

point.He was tried by the Inquisition, found 


"vehemently suspect of heresy", forced to 
recant, and spent the rest of his life under 
house arrest. It was while Galileo was under 
house arrest that he wrote one of his finest 
works, Two New Sciences, in which he 
summarised the work he had done some 
forty years earlier, on the two sciences now 
called kinematics and strength of materials. 

The parabolic trajectory of projectiles was 
discovered experimentally by Galileo in the 
early 17th century, who performed experi- 
ments with balls rolling on inclined planes. 
He also later proved this mathematically 
in his book Dialogue Concerning Two 
New Sciences. [8] [9] For objects extended 
in space, such as a diver jumping from a 
diving board, the object itself follows a 
complex motion as it rotates, but the center 
of mass of the object nevertheless forms 
a parabola. As in all cases in the physical 
world, the trajectory is always an approx- 
imation of a parabola. The presence of air 
resistance, for example, always distorts the 
shape, although at low speeds, the shape is a 
good approximation of a parabola. 


Martin Luther nailed his 95 Theses to the door 
of the Castle Church in Wittenberg 

Ignatius Loyola 


In October 1517, Martin Luther published 
the "95 Theses", challenging papal authority 
and criticizing its perceived corruption, par- 
ticularly with regard to its sale of indulgenc- 
es. The 95 Theses led to the Reformation, 
a break with the Roman Catholic Church 
and eventually to the establishment of the 
United States of America. 

Martin Luther (1483-1546), a German 
Reformation leader, had a significant influ- 
ence on German antisemitism by his harsh 
anti- Jewish statements and writings. 

Luther successfully campaigned against the 
Jews in Saxony, Brandenburg, and Silesia. 
In August 1536 Luther's prince, Elector 
of Saxony John Frederick, issued a man- 
date that prohibited Jews from inhabiting, 

m- LUTHER 1517 

engaging in business in, or passing through 
his realm. 

Several months after publishing On the 
Jews and Their Lies, Luther wrote Vom 
Schem Hamphoras und vom Geschlecht 
Christi (Of the Unknowable Name and the 
Generations of Christ)', in which he equated 
Jews with the Devil: 

"Here in Wittenburg, in our parish 
church, there is a sow carved into the stone 
under which lie young pigs and Jews who 
are sucking; behind the sow stands a rabbi 
who is lifting up the right leg of the sow, 
raises behind the sow, bows down and looks 
with great effort into the Talmud under the 
sow, as if he wanted to read and see some- 
thing most difficult and exceptional; no 
doubt they gained their Shem Hamphoras 
from that place." 

The Catholic Church lost power as a con- 
sequence of the power of the printing press 
which brought about the Renaissance and 
Reformation. When people like Martin 
Luther translated the Bible from Latin 
into German and later into English, books 
people could afford and read were published 
from the printing presses across Europe. All 
of a sudden people could read the Bible and 
they realized that the Pope was not the word 
of God and that they did not have to pay the 
Church for fogginess of sins. The Pope lost 

In 1 540 Ignatius Loyola establishing the 
Catholic Mafia known as the "Society of 
Jesus" or the "Jesuits" with the intent of 
destroying the Reformation and reverting 
power to the Pope at whatever cost. 


"I do further declare that I will help, 
assist and advise all or any of his holiness' 
agents, in any place where I should be in 
Switzerland, Germany, Holland or Ameri- 
ca, or in any other territory I shall come to, 
and do my utmost to extirpate the heretical 
Protestant or Masonic doctrines, and destroy 
all their pretended powers, legal or other- 

I do further promise and declare, that 
I will, when opportunity presents, make 
and wage relentless war, secretly or openly, 
against all heretics, Protestants and Masons, 
as I am directed to do, to extirpate and 
exterminate them from the face of the whole 
earth, and that I will spare neither age, sex, 
nor condition, and that I will burn, hang, 
waste, boil, flay, strangle, bury alive, these 
infamous heretics, open up the stomachs 
and wombs of their women and crush their 
infants' heads against the walls in order to 
annihilate their execrable race. 

That when the same cannot be done 
openly, I will secretly use the poison cup, 
the strangulation cord, the steel of the 
poniard, or the leaden bullet, regardless of 
the honor, rank, dignity or authority of the 
persons whatever be their condition in life, 
either public or private, as I at any time may 
be directed to so do, by any agent of the 
Pope, or superior of the Brotherhood of the 
Holy Faith of the Society of Jesus." 



Birka comprised a strategically 
placed port of trade, in a secluded 
and secure bay midway in the Baltic, 
but still perfectly reachable for all 
kinds of eastern and western ships of 
trade. According to Rimbert, an eye- 
witness and chronicler of the time, 
Birka was the place where "negoti- 
atores et populi", that is intermedi- 
ary merchants and several different 
peoples, from the East to the West, 
met in trade and handicraft. At Birka 
large loads of silk and other import- 
ant merchandise were negotiated 
and subsequently handed over to the 


Birka at the Silkroad 
A port of transit and an outpost in 
Sweden of the Silkroad to northern 
and western Europe! 

Alas, Birka in central Sweden, "the 
town of the Vikings", might not have 
been inhabited by "Vikings" at all, in 
spite of the popular view, nor was it 
governed by the local "king" or his 
retinue. The development of Birka 
would then eventually be understood 
as a consequence of the development 
of the Silkroad to the North. 

This route of trade, mainly of silk and 
silver, went from the turkic Khazari- 
an empire in the southeastern Europe 
along the Volga river system and 
across the Baltic Sea, to the Frankic 
and Anglosaxon kingdoms and, at 
a later stage, to the German-Otto- 

nian kingdom, in the northwestern 
Europe. Its era of prosperity, during 
a couple of hundred years from 
around 770 to 970 AD, was abruptly 
cut off by an attack from the Kievan 
realm, duly followed by a catac- 
lyzmal change of the existing eco- 
nomical, social, mercantile as well as 
political positions and structures in 
northern Europe. 

The traditional cremations of the 
serving common people constitute 
most of the more than two thousand 
burials at Birka. However, a couple of 
hundreds are exclusive chamberburi- 
als with a strong eastern turkic touch 
or very plain coffinburials in a con- 
tinental christian -jewish style, let be 
with a completely natural Scandina- 
vian adaption. It seems impossible to 
regard these as representing anything 
else, than the last resorts of some of 
the nobleborn imperial emissaries 
and esteemed merchants from the 
Khazarian and Frankic empires 

The word birka may, from khazaric 
Turkish, be translated directly to 
the medieval latin word vicus of the 
chronicles. Both words do roughly 
mean "site (on the shore) for joint 
trade" (Turkish bir[li]ki[yiev], com- 
posed by birlik - "cooperative trade" 
from bir - "unity, joint" and kiyi - "on 
the shore" and ev - "site"). The ending 
of the word -ka is a traditional form 
of grammatical locativus and in early 
Swedish representing a location. Bir, 
in early Swedish, may be interpreted 
as "[joint] trade". There are, of course, 
other official interpretations, obvi- 
ously biased by nordic romanticism 
and the poetry of nature, e.g. birch 
(birk), bear (bjarn), beaver (bjur) 
and hill (bjark). However, there was 
a measuring system, once originated 
in Persia, in use along the Silkroad 
called birkivitch and the interpre- 
tations of birlighi (Turk, "trading 
unity") and birlak (Turk, "trade") 
still seem actual regarding modern 

Birka of central Sweden, the very 
Byrca of the medieval European 
chronichles, was founded along with 
other similar trading places in east- 
ern and northern Europe, during 
the late 8th century. One such place 
was the present Staraja Ladoga, at 
the eastern connexion of the east- 
ern river systems to the Baltic, in 
the chronicles called Aldeigjuburg 


Le Monde diplomatique 


Zionist nationalist myth of enforced exile 

Israel deliberately forgets its history 

An Israeli historian suggests the diaspora was the consequence, not of 
the expulsion of the Hebrews from Palestine, but of proselytising 
across north Africa, southern Europe and the Middle East 

by Schlomo Sand 

Then there is the question of the exile of 70 AD. There has been no real research into 
this turning point in Jewish history, the cause of the diaspora. And for a simple rea- 
son: the Romans never exiled any nation from anywhere on the eastern seaboard of 
the Mediterranean. Apart from enslaved prisoners, the population of Judea continued 
to live on their lands, even after the destruction of the second temple. Some conver- 
ted to Christianity in the 4th century, while the majority embraced Islam during the 
7th century Arab conquest. 

Most Zionist thinkers were aware of this: Yitzhak Ben Zvi, later president of Israel, 
and David Ben Gurion, its first prime minister, accepted it as late as 1929, the year of 
the great Palestinian revolt. Both stated on several occasions that the peasants 
of Palestine were the descendants of the inhabitants of ancient Judea. 

Proselytising zeal 

But if there was no exile after 70 AD, where did all the Jews who have populated the 
Mediterranean since antiquity come from? The smokescreen of national historiograp- 
hy hides an astonishing reality. From the Maccabean revolt of the mid-2nd century BC 
to the Bar Kokhba revolt of the 2nd century AD, Judaism was the most actively 
proselytising religion. The Judeo-Hellenic Hasmoneans forcibly converted the Idu- 
means of southern Judea and the Itureans of Galilee and incorporated them into the 
people of Israel. Judaism spread across the Middle East and round the Mediterranean. 
The 1st century AD saw the emergence in modern Kurdistan of the Jewish kingdom of 
Adiabene, just one of many that converted. 

The writings of Flavius Josephus are not the only evidence of the proselytising zeal of 
the Jews. Horace, Seneca, Juvenal and Tacitus were among the Roman writers who 
feared it. The Mishnah and the Talmud authorised conversion, even if the wise men 
of the Talmudic tradition expressed reservations in the face of the mounting pressure 
from Christianity. 

Although the early 4th century triumph of Christianity did not mark the end of Jewish 
expansion, it relegated Jewish proselytism to the margins of the Christian cultural 
world. During the 5th century, in modern Yemen, a vigorous Jewish kingdom emerged 
in Himyar, whose descendants preserved their faith through the Islamic conquest and 
down to the present day. Arab chronicles tell of the existence, during the 7th century, 
of Judaised Berber tribes; and at the end of the century the legendary Jewish queen 
Dihya contested the Arab advance into northwest Africa. 

Jewish Berbers participated in the conquest of the Iberian peninsula and 
helped establish the unique symbiosis between Jews and Muslims that cha- 
racterised Hispano-Arabic culture. 

The most significant mass conversion occurred in the 8th century, in the 
massive Khazar kingdom between the Black and Caspian seas. The expansion 
of Judaism from the Caucasus into modern Ukraine created a multiplicity of commu- 
nities, many of which retreated from the 13th century Mongol invasions into eastern 
Europe. There, with Jews from the Slavic lands to the south and from what is now 
modern Germany, they formed the basis of Yiddish culture. 

You IB 


Oh THE - 




Khazars - From Wikipedia 
- were a semi-nomadic Turkic 
people who dominated the 
Pontic steppe and the North 
Caucasus from the 7th to 
the 10th century. The name 
"Khazar" seems to be tied to 
a Turkic verb form meaning 

In the 7th century, the Kha- 
zars founded an independent 
Khaganate in the Northern 
Caucasus along the Caspian 
Sea. Although the Khazars 
were initially Tengri shama- 
nists, many converted to the 
Abrahamic faiths through 
interaction with the Byzantine 
Empire and successive Islamic caliphates; during the 8th or 9th century, the Kha- 
ganate adopted Judaism as the state religion. At their height, the Khazars and their 
tributaries controlled much of what is today southern Russia, western Kazakhstan, 
eastern Ukraine, Azerbaijan, large portions of the Northern Caucasus (Circassia, Da- 
gestan, Chechnya), parts of Georgia, the Crimea, and Northeastern Turkey. 

Between 965 and 969, their sovereignty was broken by Sviatoslav I of Kiev, and they 
became a subject people of Kievan Rus'. Gradually displaced by the Rus, the Kip- 
chaks, and later the conquering Mongol Golden Horde, the Khazars largely disappea- 
red as a culturally distinct people. 

Map showing the major Varangian trade routes: the Volga trade route (in red) and 
the Trade Route from the Varangians to the Greeks (in purple). Other trade routes of 
the 8th-llth centuries shown in orange. 


The Pale of Settlement - From Wikipedia - (Russian: Hep-ra oceA/iocTM, cherta 
osedlosti) was the term given to a region of Imperial Russia, in which permanent 
residency by Jews was allowed, and beyond which Jewish permanent residency was 
generally prohibited. It extended from the eastern pale, or demarcation line, to the 
western Russian border with the German Empire and Austria-Hungary. 

The Pale comprised about 20% of the territory of European Russia, and largely cor- 
responded to historical borders of the former Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth; it 
included much of present-day Lithuania, Belarus, Poland, Moldova, Ukraine, and parts 
of western Russia. At a number of cities within the pale also, Jews were excluded 
from residency. A limited number of categories of Jews were allowed to live outside 
the pale. 

The word pale derives ultimately from the Latin word palus, meaning stake (palisade 
is derived from the same root). From this derivation came the figurative meaning of 
"boundary", and the concept of a pale as an area within which local laws were valid. 

The Pale was first created by Catherine the Great in 1791, after several failed at- 
tempts by her predecessors, notably the Empress Elizabeth, to remove Jews from 
Russia entirely, unless they converted to Russian Orthodoxy, the state religion. The 
reasons for its creation were primarily economic and nationalist. 

While Russian society traditionally had been divided mainly into nobles, serfs, and 
clergy, industrial progress led to the emergence of a middle class, which was rapidly 
being filled by Jews, who did not belong to any of these. By limiting the areas of Je- 
wish residency, the imperial powers attempted to ensure the growth of a middle class 
for the non-Jewish majority. 


Kabbalah is mystical Judaism, Torah is the 
first 5 books of the TaNaKh (Genesis, Exo- 
dus, Numbers, Leviticus and Deuteronomy), 
and the Talmud is a combination of histor- 
ical data, interpretation of Torah, customs 
and beliefs of Judaism. They are all Jewish 
sacred books and there are others as well. 

Torah (/'toirs/; Hebrew: fiinn, "Instruction", 
"Teaching") is a central concept in the 
Jewish tradition. It has a range of meanings: 
it can most specifically mean the first five 
books of the Tanakh 

According to religious tradition, all of the 
teachings found in the Torah, both written 
and oral, were given by God to Moses, 
some of them at Mount Sinai and others at 
the Tabernacle, and all the teachings were 
written down by Moses, which resulted in 
the Torah we have today. According to a 
Midrash, the Torah was created prior to the 
creation of the world, and was used as the 
blueprint for Creation. [4] 

Some modern Biblical scholars believe that 
the written books were a product of the 
Babylonian exilic period (c. 600 BCE) and 
that it was completed by the Persian period 
(c. 400 BCE) 


The Talmud (Gittin 60a), brings two 
opinions as to when the Torah was written 
by Moses. One opinion holds that it was 
written by Moses gradually over many years 
as it was dictated to him, and finished close 
to his death, and the other opinion holds 
that Moses wrote the complete Torah in one 
writing close to his death, based on what 
was dictated to him over the years. 

«n * i f iff 

The Talmud had its roots in the Babylonian 
captivity (588 BC). God had permitted the 
Jews to go into exile because of their sin, 
especially the sin of idolatry. This captivity 
had a purifying effect on the Jews. They 
saw first hand the vileness of the heathen 
cults in Babylon and they longed again to 
worship God in holiness at Jerusalem. They 
realized that they had suffered because they 
had forsaken the Law of God and gone 
after other gods. 

Just what is the Talmud? Basically it is a 
very old collection of the sayings of rabbis 
of all ages and in all parts of the world. It 
is a commentary on the Tenach (Jewish 
Bible). Among other things, it contains 
much devotional and inspirational material. 
The Talmud is the civil and canonical law 
of the Jewish people. It contains referenc- 
es not only to the religious life but also to 
philosophy, medicine, history, jurisprudence 
and practical duty. More particularly it pre- 
scribes dietary and ceremonial regulations. 
Most Jews today have never seen a Talmud 
and know little or nothing of its contents. 
However, what they hear and learn from 
their rabbis and from tradition, they accept 
without question. Most do not even realize 
that the rabbis quarrel among themselves in 
the Talmud and many questions discussed 
by them remain unanswered. 

Following the division of Israel and the 
Assyrian captivity of the northern tribes, 
the southern kingdom of Judah adopted the 
pagan traditions of the heathen nation of 
ancient Babylon. These traditions, with their 
associated rituals which included human 
sacrifice, provoked God to judge the south- 
ern kingdom, which judgment the prophet 
Jeremiah forewarned the Jews for a period 
of forty years, to no avail. The Babylonians 
destroyed Jerusalem in three stages, from 
605 to 586 B.C., in which year the Tem- 
ple of Solomon was demolished and the 
remaining Jews were carried into captivity. 
During the Babylonian captivity, the proph- 
et Ezekiel continued to reprove Judah for 
its apostasy from the God of Israel and their 
love affair with Babylon. 

Because of its heretical nature, the Cabala 
was not generally promulgated among the 
Jews but remained the "secret doctrine" of 
"elect" Jews. That is to say, certain Jews 
who were deemed worthy could compre- 
hend hidden teachings in the written Torah 
and, through mystical techniques, make di- 
rect contact with "God." Among these prac- 
tices are rapid recitation of the "Holy Name 
of God" (YHVH, or Tetragrammaton), 
meditation on the 1 1 Sephiroth of the Tree 
of Life which are believed to be emanations 
of God, learning to use the 22 letters of the 
Hebrew alphabet as force-carrying energy 
patterns which serve as the building blocks 
of the cosmos, and, finally, transcending the 
space/time limitations of the physical world 

to realize one's "inner divinity." This "secret 
doctrine" has been preserved throughout the 
ages to the present time by a spiritual broth- 
erhood who progress individually to various 
stages of enlightenment and proficiency in 
the hidden wisdom — from "elect" to "ad- 
epts" to "wise men" to "adepts in grace": 

Ambassadors from six different countries 
came to take part in the gathering and 

declare in the name of the states they rep- 
resent, their support of the Sheva Mitzvos 
Bnei Noach. They represented; Poland, 
Latvia, Mexico, Panama, Ghana, and Japan 
An entire literature discusses the mitzvah 
responsibilities of non-Jews. Although it 
was Adam who was originally commanded 
to observe these mitzvos, they are usually 
referred to as the "Seven Mitzvos of the 
Bnei Noach," since all of mankind is de- 
scended from Noach. 

In actuality, a non-Jew must observe more 
than seven mitzvos. The "Seven Mitzvos" 
are really categories; furthermore, there are 
additional mitzvos that apply, as we will 

iO 9 87654321 

"annm as* 

Vod let Chu Z*yut Vht lit Daltf CutitL Bet Afrf 

(YJ (lj illh) m <V) <H) (I)> (£3) 03 !V} (silmt) 

Gematria or gimatria is a traditional Jewish 
system of assigning numerical value to a 
word or phrase, in the belief that words or 
phrases with identical numerical values bear 
some relation to each other, or bear some re- 
lation to the number itself as it may apply to 
a person's age, the calendar year, or the like 


PT 1 

Babytortan Empire 

Mcdcs Medes and Persians 

The Iranian tribes com- 
bined to overthrow the 
over-extended Assyrians 
(whose capital Nineveh 
was sacked in 612 BC). 

The Persian Cyrus I (559-529) established a 
'Babylonian' Empire to which his son Cambyses 
(529-522) added Egypt in 525. 

His successor Darius I (522-486) annexed 'India' 
and Thrace. Xerxes I (485-465) came up against 
the growing power of Greece. 

P&raan Empire 

"And ye shall be unto me a kingdom of 
priests, and an holy nation." - Exodus 19.6. 

Though the so-called 'Exile' lasted bare- 
ly half a century - from the capture of 
Jerusalem in 597 BC to the rise of a new 
dynasty in 539 BC- during this period the 
Jews borrowed extensively from their host 
culture. Notably, certain priests (so-called 
'prophets') wrote texts which explained 
the tribal misfortune of the Jews in terms 
of neglect of a particular deity and of the 
desirability of priestly rule. The book of 
Eli 'j ah (literally, 'God is Jehovah') is a sto- 
ry set three centuries earlier. In this tale, the 
prophet denounces King Ahab and his wife 
Jezebel for that most dastardly of crimes, 
having a barbecue for the wrong god. Just 
in case indignant words are not enough, the 
hero personally slays several hundred rival 
priests of Baal. 

Marduk, sun god of Babylon, 
with his thunderbolts pursues 
Anzu after Anzu stole the Tablets 
of Destiny. 

Of particular significance, in view of the 
subsequent appearance of the book of 
Genesis, were Babylonian stories of a 
Great Flood (complete with a hero, an ark 
and animals); an Assyrian tale of a 'tower 
of Babel'; the early life of King Sargon of 
Sumaria (who as an infant was floated down 
the Tigris in a reed boat and subsequently 
brought up by a princess); and a tale of the 
giving of the law to King Hammurabi of 
Babylon by the sun god Shamash - 3,654 
lines of text inscribed on an eight-foot high 
block of black diorite. 

Wonder of wonders, on this ancient tablet 
of stone, carved six hundred years before 
'Moses', are 'some fifty articles of the so- 
called Mosaic laws, the identity of which is 
practically verbatim. ' 


525 - 400 BC 
Cyrus endorsed a Yah- 
weh cult in the satrap of 
Judaea, which remained 
a Persian colony until 
the arrival of the Greeks 
and Alexander the 

400 - 343 BC 
The Egyptian revolt 
against Persia was 
fought with Greek mer- 
cenaries. Persian rule of 
Egypt was interrupted in 
404 BC and re-imposed 
briefly in the next centu- 
ry (343-332). 

When Nectanebo II fled in in 343 he was the last 
of the Egyptian pharaohs. 

In 323 the Greek king - Alexander III - himself ap- 
peared, conquering Persia and 'liberating' Egypt. 


Before the exile, Jewish religion - such as 
it was - had Man facing an anthropomor- 
phic, capricious tribal God, who looked for 
obedience rather than worship to assuage 
his anger. It was, apparently, Abraham's un- 
swerving obedience when asked by Yahweh 
to sacrifice his son that validated his choice 
as 'Patriarch.' But at least obedience was 
within the wit of man himself. Pre-Babylon, 
only the 'tribe' of Levi could be priests and 
they performed the role of itinerant sha- 
mans. Post-Babylon, the Levite priests were 
downgraded to menial temple workers and 
the Sadducee clan took over the high priest- 
hood. By taking for themselves the right to 
intercede with God, to placate his anger and 
honour his glory, the earthly power of the 
high priests of the temple was assured. 

Babylonian mathematics is a range of 
numeric and more advanced mathematical 
practices in the ancient Near East, written 
in cuneiform script. Study has historical- 
ly focused on the Old Babylonian period 
in the early second millennium BC due 
to the wealth of data available. There has 
been debate over the earliest appearance of 
Babylonian mathematics, with historians 
suggesting a range of dates between the 5th 
and 3rd millennia BC 

The diaspora began with the 6th century 
BCE conquest of the ancient Kingdom of 
Judah by Babylon, the destruction of the 
First Temple (c. 586 BCE), and the expul- 
sion of the population, as recorded in the 
Bible. The Babylonian ruler, Nebuchadnez- 
zar, allowed the Jews to remain in a unified 
community in Babylon. Another group of 
Jews fled to Egypt, where they settled in the 
Nile delta. From 597 BCE onwards, there 
were three distinct groups of Hebrews: a 
group in Babylon and other parts of the 
Middle East, a group in Judaea, and another 
group in Egypt. While Cyrus the Persian 
allowed the Jews to return to their home- 
land in 538 BCE, most chose to remain in 
Babylon, becoming what is now known as 
the Mizrahi Jewish ethnic division. A large 
number of Jews in Egypt became mercenar- 
ies in Upper Egypt on an island called the 
Elephantine. Most of these Jews retained 
their religion, identity, and social customs; 
both under the Persians and the Greeks, they 
were allowed to conduct their lives accord- 
ing to their own laws 

The Babylonian astronomers kept detailed 
records on the rising and setting of stars, 
the motion of the planets, and the solar and 
lunar eclipses, all of which required famil- 
iarity with angular distances measured on 
the celestial sphere. 

Since the rediscovery of the Babylonian 
civilization, it has become apparent that 
Greek and Hellenistic mathematicians and 
astronomers, and in particular Hipparchus, 
borrowed greatly from the Babylonians. 


Eustace Mullins - The Curse Of Canaan 
A Demonology Of History 

The Curse of Canaan was extended to the 
land which was named after him, the Land 
of Canaan. The Canaanites themselves, the 
people of this land, became the greatest 
curse upon humanity, and so they remain 
today. Not only did they originate the prac- 
tices of demon-worship, occult rites, child 
sacrifice, and cannibalism, but as they went 
abroad, they brought these obscene practic- 
es into every land which they entered. Not 
only did they bring their demonic cult of 
Egypt, but, known by their later name, the 
Phoenicians, as they were called after 1200 
B.C., they became the demonizers of civi- 
lization through successive epochs, being 
known in medieval history as the Venetians, 
who destroyed the great Byzantine Christian 
civilization, and later as "the black nobili- 
ty," which infiltrated the nations of Europe 
and gradually assumed power through trick- 
ery, revolution, and financial legerdemain. 

While the Semites were busily establish- 
ing one great empire after another, Asshur's 
building of the Assyrian Empire, Cyrus 
the Great building the Persian empire, and 
Shem himself creating the great Egyptian 
civilization, the anti-Semites [Canaanites] 
were developing their own talents. These 
included a talent for trade and commerce, 
for travel, for making themselves at home in 
any country, and among any race of people. 
Generally they established their trading 
colonies along the seacoasts, for they lacked 
the courage to venture into the great wilder- 
ness of Europe, where the Semites always 
made themselves at home. 

Nimrod, who was born on December 
25th, the High Sabbath of Babylon, was 
the founder of Babylon and the city of 
Nineveh. In the history of mankind, 
Nimrod stands unequaled for his sym- 
bolism of evil and Satanic practices. In 
the history of mankind, Nimrod stands 
unequalled for his symbolism of evil 
and Satanic practices. He is credited for 
having founded Freemasonry and for 
building the legendary Tower of Babel, 
in defiance of God's will. In talmudic 
literature, he is noted as "he who made 
all the people rebel against God." Pes. 

The legendary symbol for Nimrod is 
"X." The use of this symbol always 
denotes witchcraft. When "X" is used as 
a shortened form meaning Christmas, it 
actually means "to celebrate the feast of 

The importance of Nimrod in any study 
of the occult cannot be over-empha- 
sized. Because of the powers given 
him by the clothing of Adam and Eve, 
Nimrod became the first man to rule the 
whole world. Nimrod was also known 
in ancient history by the names of Mar- 
duk, Bel, and Merodach. Because of his 
importance in its history, Babylon was 
known as the Land of Nimrod. Nimrod 
is also cited in the most ancient Masonic 
constitutions as the founder of Freema- 





A Defttcmotogy of History 




The Chaldean religious tradition that was 
embraced by apostate Jews during their 
captivity in Babylon was delivered to 
subsequent generations by word of mouth. 
According to Blavatsky, these disseminators 
of the Chaldean tradition in the few centu- 
ries before Christ were known as Tanaim: 

"Kabalist. From Q B L H, Kabala, an 
unwritten or oral tradition. The kabalist is a 
student of 'secret science', one who inter- 
prets the hidden meaning of the Scriptures 
with the help of the symbolical Kabala. . . 
The Tanaim were the first kabalists among 
the Jews; they appeared at Jerusalem about 
the beginning of the third century before the 
Christian era. . . This secret doctrine is iden- 
tical with the Persian wisdom, or 'magic'." 
(Ibid. p. 167) 

The dictionary defines the Medieval Latin 
cabala as derived from the Hebrew word 
"qabbla" which means "received doctrine, 
tradition, from qibbl, to receive." Accord- 
ing to the Jewish Encyclopedia, Cabalists 
claimed to have received these oral tradi- 
tions, not from ancient Chaldeans, but from 
the Patriarchs and Prophets "by the power 
of the Holy Spirit." 

"Cabala comprised originally the entire 
traditional lore, in contradistinction to the 
written law (Torah), and therefore included 
the prophetic and hagiographic books of the 
Bible, which were supposed to have been 
'received' by the power of the Holy Spirit 
rather than as writings from God's hand... 
Each 'received' doctrine was claimed as 
tradition from the Fathers... to be traced back 
to the Prophets or to Moses on Sinai... The 
chief characteristic of the Cabala is that, 
unlike the Scriptures, it was entrusted only 
to the few elect ones;. . . "' 

So much of what is taught as history today 
is either a selective gloss or an outright lie. 
Some examples of buried history expose the 
deadly nature of Cain in Esau/Edom, mur- 
dering Jacob/Israel for a birth-right that can 
never be his. Here is a thumbnail sketch of 
the trail of the Serpent through Esau/Edom 
to the self-styled Jews of this day. It shows 
their enmity against Jacob/Israel whom they 
impersonate in the natural and despise in 
the Spiritual lineage of Jesus Christ's true 

Esau is Edom (Genesis 36:1). Edom is 
physical Serpent's seed. They are the Ca- 
naanites who established Carthage which 
when defeated in 146BC, made Rome 
unchallenged ruler of the Mediterranean. 
Calling themselves "Jews", many of these 
people migrated to Spain, France, Italy, 
Macedonia, the Balkans and Portugal where 
they are known as Sephardim 

John Hyrcanus of the Hasmonean family 
was the Jewish high priest, and although 
he refused the title of king, ruled Judah 
from 135-104BC. Recapturing much of the 
original territory of Judah, he conquered the 
Edomites (or Idumeans) whom he forcibly 
converted to Judaism. Thus by the time 
of Christ, most Judeans were Edomites. 
Judea was independent of Rome throughout 
John's reign. 


Muhammad, whose name means "worthy 
of praise," was born about 570 in Mecca. 
His father, Abdullah, died before Muham- 
mad was born, and his mother, Amina, died 
when he was six years old. His paternal 
grandfather, Abdul Muttalib, then cared for 
him until his own death two years later, af- 
ter which time Muhammad spent the rest of 
his childhood in the care of his uncle, Abu 
Talib. Little is known about his early life, 
but he was not wealthy, and it is believed he 
was a shepherd. When he was 25 he married 
Khadija, a wealthy widow about 15 years 
his senior. Despite her age, Khadija would 
bear Muhammad six children, four of whom 
survived to adulthood - daughters Zaynab, 
Ruqayya, Fatima, and Umm Kulthum. 
Ruqayya later married Uthman, and Fatima 
married Ali, men who became the third and 
fourth caliphs, respectively, of the Islamic 
world after Muhammad's death. 

Muhammad frequently retreated to Mount 
Hira, a place of privacy and contemplation 
near Mecca, to meditate and consider his 
spirituality. Islamic tradition relates that 
it was during one such trip, in 610, when 
he was 40 years old, that Muhammad first 
heard the voice of the angel Gabriel, who 
recited to him the word of God, today 
written down in the Muslim holy book, the 
Qur'an, meaning "recitation." 

It is significant that Muslims believe that 
what Gabriel told Muhammad came directly 
from God, and that Muhammad was simply 
God's messenger. Muslims do not believe 
that Muhammad himself was divine in any 
way, an important distinction that sets Islam 
apart from Christianity, which does believe 
in the divinity of Jesus. Muslims believe 
that Gabriel continued to send Muhammad 
messages from God until the prophet's 
death. Muhammad immediately began 

S reaching the message he had received; his 

wife, Khadija, was his first convert, soon 
followed by his cousin and future successor, 
Ali. Islam says that the message was similar 
to those received by the early Hebrew 
prophets: that God is one, he is all-power- 
ful, he is the creator of the universe, and that 
there will be a Judgement Day when those 
who have carried out God's commands will 
enjoy paradise in heaven, and those who 
have not will be condemned to hell. As we 
have seen, these ideas were also part of the 
Zoroastrian religion. 

By 615, Muhammad had gained sever- 
al converts. These early Muslims were 
persecuted in Mecca, mainly by wealthy 
merchants who controlled the city and 
feared that the new faith would challenge 
their economic monopoly. That year, about 
80 Muslims fled from Mecca to Abyssinia 
(present-day Ethiopia) to take refuge with 
Christians there, who were enemies of the 
polytheistic Meccans. 
He labelled both Jews and Christians "Peo- 
ple of the Book," because their religion had 
a holy scripture. For this reason, Muham- 
mad considered Judaism and Christianity 
to be superior to the polytheistic, humanist 
Arab religions. Islam also had several 
beliefs in common with the two older reli- 
gions, and today calls itself the third "Abra- 
hamic" religion because of what it sees as 
common roots between the three. Before 
Muhammad's wife, Khadija, and his uncle, 
Abu Talib, both died in 619, Muhammad 
experienced his famous "Night Journey." 
Although there are several versions of what 
occurred that night, Islam holds that the 
angel Gabriel came to Muhammad while he 
was sleeping near the Ka'ba one night, and 
escorted him first to Jerusalem, then through 
seven heavens - where he met Abraham, 
Moses, and Jesus - to the presence of God. 
This event later helped establish Jerusa- 
lem as the third holiest city in Islam, after 

Mecca and Medina. During his journey, 
Muslims believe that Muhammad was told 
of several tenets of Islam that became some 
of the most basic acts of the religion, such 
as praying five times daily. 

In 620, Muhammad married A' isha, whose 
father, Muhammad's friend Abu Bakr, 
would become the first caliph after Muham- 
mad's death 12 years later. In 622, at age 
52, Muhammad finally fled persecution in 
Mecca, taking his followers north to the city 
of Yathrib. After his arrival, the name of the 
city was changed to Medinat un-Nabi, the 
City of the Prophet, or Medina. Muham- 
mad's journey to Mecca is known as the 
Hijra, or emigration, and marks the begin- 
ning of the Islamic calendar. 

Medina was much more tolerant of Islam 
than Mecca had been, and the religion flour- 
ished among the community there. Muham- 
mad expanded his role as a religious leader 
into more of a community leader in general, 
marking the initial partnering of religious 
and administrative affairs, which would 
become a standard practice in the future 
Islamic empires. He built a house there that 
became the model for the mosque later built 
on the site, the Prophet's Mosque, which 
has since become the second holiest shrine 
in Islam, after the Ka'ba in Mecca. 

In 624, Muhammad decided the Medinans 
should intercept a camel caravan on its way 
from Syria to Mecca, for the purpose of 
disrupting Meccan economic activity and 
obtaining the cargo for his followers. In the 
resulting Battle of Badr, the Medinans won 
a decisive victory despite being outnum- 
bered by the Meccans. The event served 
to unify the Medinans and weaken the 
Meccans. It was also the first significant vic- 
tory in battle for a people who would soon 
grow into the formidable military force that 

would defeat long-standing empires from 
Persia to Egypt. 

Also in 624, Muhammad decided that the 
qibla, or direction of prayer, should be the 
Ka'ba in Mecca. This strengthened Muham- 
mad's resolve to bring Mecca under Muslim 
control, and several more battles were 
fought between the two cities. Mecca was 
progressively weakened by the continued 
Muslim tactic of interrupting caravan traffic, 
and by 630, the city fell to the Muslims with 
little resistance. 

In 63 1 Muhammad reached peace settle- 
ments with the leaders of local Christian and 
Jewish communities, thus bringing those 
groups under Muslim protection, as long 
as they paid the jizya tax demanded of all 
non-Muslims. In 632 he led a pilgrimage to 
Mecca for the first time, but 3 months later, 
at age 62, Muhammad unexpectedly became 
ill and died in Medina. He was survived by 
10 wives but only one child - daughter Fati- 
ma, who would later become Ali's wife, and 
would also lend her name to a 10th century 
Islamic dynasty in Egypt. 

Thus ended the life of the man Muslims 
believe to be the last prophet God sent to 
earth. Today, his influence can be gauged by 
the fact that more male children in the world 
have the name Muhammad than any other. 

Medina Mosque 

The Satanic Verses 



"And Jesus went into the temple of God, 
and cast out all of them who sold and 
bought in the temple, and overthrew the ta- 
bles of the moneychangers, and the seats of 
them that sold doves, And said unto them, 
It is written, My house shall be called the 
house of prayer; but ye have made it a den 
of thieves." 
—Matthew 21:12-13 

The "Cleansing of the Temple" refers to the 
narrative of Jesus and the money changers 
and occurs in all four canonical gospels of 
the New Testament. 

In this Gospel episode Jesus and his 
disciples travel to Jerusalem for Passover, 
where he expels the money changers from 
the Temple, accusing them of turning the 
Temple into a den of thieves through their 
commercial activities. 

Jesus Christ in the last year of his life uses 
physical force to throw the money changers 
out of the temple. This was the only time 
during the the life of his ministry in which 
he used physical force against anyone. 

When Jews came to Jerusalem to pay their 
Temple tax, they could only pay it with a 
special coin, the half-shekel. This was a 
half-ounce of pure silver, about the size 
of a quarter. It was the only coin at that 
time which was pure silver and of assured 
weight, without the image of a pagan Em- 
peror, and therefore to the Jews it was the 
only coin acceptable to God. 

Unfortunately these coins were not plenti- 
ful, the money changers had cornered the 
market on them, and so they raised the price 
of them to whatever the market could bear. 
They used their monopoly they had on these 
coins to make exorbitant profits, forcing the 
Jews to pay whatever these money changers 


Jesus threw the money changers out as their 
monopoly on these coins totally violated 
the sanctity of God's house. These money 
changers called for his death days later. 

have Indie origins. Serrano explains, "The 
word 'Essene' could have evolved from the 
foreign pronunciation of the Indian word 
'Eeshani.' Eeshan is Shiva (the Hindu God) 
and Eeshani is one who adores Eeshan or 

The lost years of Jesus concerns the time- 
span between Jesus 's childhood and the 
beginning of his ministry as recorded in the 
New Testament. Following the accounts 
of Jesus' young life, there is about an 18 
years gap in his life story in the gospels. 
Other than the generic statement that Jesus 
advanced in wisdom, stature, and in favor 
with God, the Bible has no other details 
regarding the gap. While Christian tradition 
suggests that Jesus simply lived in Galilee 
during that period, modern scholarship 
holds that there is no historical information 
to determine what happened during those 

Several authors have claimed to have found 
proof of the existence of manuscripts in 
India and Tibet that support the belief that 
Christ was in India during this time in his 

Mithraism is undoubtedly Indian in origin, 
Mithras being a deity in several Hindu 
Vedas. Mithras grew in importance in Per- 
sia, being associated with the Zoroastrian 
god Ahura Mazda, who was well known 
in Judea. Mithraism became the dominant 
religion of the Roman Empire during the 
second and third centuries and influenced 
many of the rewritings of Christian doc- 
trines of the time. 

Given all of these East- West trade and 
settlement patterns, Jesus certainly was 
exposed to Buddhism. Jesus would have 
known about Zoroastrianism and Buddhism 
as a teenager. 

Then the scribes and Pharisees who were 
from Jerusalem came to Jesus, saying, 
"Why do Your disciples transgress the 
tradition of the elders? For they do not wash 
their hands when they eat bread." 

Historians know little about the origins 
of the Essenes. Philo, Pliny, and Josephus 
mentioned them to have existed about 150 
years before Jesus, which is shortly after the 
time Ashoka's Buddhist emissaries arrived 
from India. The name "Essene" appears to 

Conflicts between the Pharisees and the 
Sadducees took place in the context of 
much broader and longstanding social and 
religious conflicts among Jews dating back 
to the Babylonian captivity and exacerbated 
by the Roman conquest 


Heraclitus of Ephesus (Greek: TJp&kXsitoc; 
6 'Ecpeoioc; — Herakleitos ho Ephesios; c. 
535 - c. 475 BCE) was a pre-Socratic Greek 
philosopher, a native of the Greek city 
Ephesus, Ionia, on the coast of Asia Minor. 
He was of distinguished parentage. Little is 
known about his early life and education, 
but he regarded himself as self-taught and a 
pioneer of wisdom. From the lonely life he 
led, and still more from the riddling nature 
of his philosophy and his contempt for 
humankind in general, he was called "The 
Obscure" and the "Weeping Philosopher". 

In Heraclitus a perceived object is a har- 
mony between two fundamental units of 
change, a waxing and a waning. He typi- 
cally uses the ordinary word "to become" 
(gignesthai or ginesthai, root sense of being 
born), which led to his being characterized 
as the philosopher of becoming rather than 
of being. He recognizes the changing of 
objects with the flow of time. 

The purpose of the dialectic method of 
reasoning is resolution of disagreement 
through rational discussion, and, ultimately, 
the search for truth. One way to proceed — 
the Socratic method — is to show that a giv- 
en hypothesis (with other admissions) leads 
to a contradiction; thus, forcing the with- 
drawal of the hypothesis as a candidate for 
truth (see reductio ad absurdum). Another 
dialectical resolution of disagreement is by 
denying a presupposition of the contending 
thesis and antithesis; thereby, proceeding 
to sublation (transcendence) to synthesis, a 
third thesis. 

It is also possible that the rejection of the 
participants' presuppositions is resisted, 
which then might generate a second-order 

Fichtean Dialectics (Hegelian Dialectics) is 
based upon four concepts: 

Everything is transient and finite, existing 
in the medium of time. 

Everything is composed of contradictions 
(opposing forces). 

Gradual changes lead to crises, turn- 
ing points when one force overcomes its 
opponent force (quantitative change leads to 
qualitative change). 

Change is helical (spiral), not circular 
(negation of the negation). 

The concept of dialectic existed in the phi- 
losophy of Heraclitus of Ephesus, who pro- 
posed that everything is in constant change, 
as a result of inner strife and opposition. 
Hence, the history of the dialectical method 
is the history of philosophy 


Socrates favoured truth as the highest 
value, proposing that it could be discovered 
through reason and logic in discussion: 
ergo, dialectic. Socrates valued rationality 
(appealing to logic, not emotion) as the 
proper means for persuasion, the discov- 
ery of truth, and the determinant for one's 
actions. To Socrates, truth, not arete, was 
the greater good, and each person should, 
above all else, seek truth to guide one's life. 
Therefore, Socrates opposed the Sophists 
and their teaching of rhetoric as art and as 
emotional oratory requiring neither logic 
nor proof. Different forms of dialectical 
reasoning have emerged throughout history 
from the Indosphere (Greater India) and the 
West (Europe). These forms include the So- 
cratic method, Hindu, Buddhist, Medieval, 
Hegelian dialectics, Marxist, Talmudic, and 

"Aware of impermanence, you become 
positive, loving and wise. Impermanence is 
good news. Without impermanence, nothing 
would be possible. With impermanence, ev- 
ery door is open for change. Impermanence 
is an instrument for our liberation. " - Thich 
Nhat Hahn 

The assertions of flow are coupled in many 
fragments with the enigmatic river image: 

noxaumc; xoiq amoiq sjipaivouEV is Kai 
ouk s|i(3aivo|isv, eijiev is Kai ouk sijisv. 

"We both step and do not step in the same 
rivers. We are and are not." 

Compare with the Latin adages Omnia 
mutantur and Tempora mutantur (8 CE) and 
the Japanese tale Hojoki, (1200 CE) which 
contains the same image of the changing 
river, and the central Buddhist doctrine of 

Impermanence (Pali anicca; Sanskrit: anitya; 
Tibetan: mi rtag pa; Chinese: wuchang; 
Japanese: mujo; Korean: musang; Thai: 
anitchang, from Pali "aniccan") is one of 
the essential doctrines or three marks of 
existence in Buddhism. The term expresses 
the Buddhist notion that all of conditioned 
existence, without exception, is in a con- 
stant state of flux. 


The Return of Perspephone 
A dying god, also known as a dying-and-rising or 
resurrection deity, is a god who dies and is res- 
urrected or reborn, in either a literal or symbolic 

Male examples include the ancient Near Eastern 
and Greek deities Baal, Melqart, Adonis, Eshmun, 
Attis Tammuz, Asclepius, Orpheus, as well as 
Ra the Sun god with its fusion with Osiris/Orion, 
Jesus, Zalmoxis, Dionysus, and Odin. 

Female examples are Inanna, also known as 
Ishtar, whose cult dates to 4000 BCE, and 
Persephone, the central figure of the Eleusinian 
Mysteries, whose cult may date to 1700 BCE as 
the unnamed goddess worshiped in Crete. 


The true origin of Western civilization is 
to be found not in Greece, but in Babylon, 
in the sixth century BC, with the develop- 
ment of the Kabbalah. The exact origins 
of the Kabbalah have long been subject to 
controversy. According to the Kabbalists 
themselves, its teachings date back to the 
prophets like Solomon, or Moses, and even 
Adam, and supposedly represent a hidden 
interpretation of the Bible. 

However, the key to understanding the 
origin of the Kabbalah, and reassessing not 
only the claims of mainstream historians, 
but those suggestions put forth by contro- 
versial authors like Graham Hancock, or 
those of the Holy Blood Holy Grail , or Dan 
Brown's notorious Da Vinci Code, about the 
true teachings of the Bible, is to recognize 
that the basic ideas of the Kabbalah are 
definitely foreign, were heretical in nature, 
and introduced only later. Specifically, 
these ideas are identical to those attributed 
in ancient times to the Chaldean Magi of 

Babylon, which at one time may have held 
as many a 250,000 inhabitants, famed 
among the Jews and the later Greeks for its 
sensual living, was the greatest city in the 
ancient world. According to Greek historian 
Herodotus, in the fourth century BC, "Baby- 
lon lies in a wide plain, a vast city in the 
form of a square with sides nearly fourteen 
miles long and a circuit of some fifty-six 
miles, and in addition to its enormous size it 
surpasses in splendor any city of the known 
world." The city's legendary Hanging Gar- 
dens, were deemed in Hellenistic times one 
of the Seven Wonders of the World. 

The Chaldean Magi 

Babylon was the origin of a myth that 

would come to pervade, not only the mys- 
tical systems of antiquity, but which would 
transform Western religion and philosophy, 
that of the dying-god. Every spring, at their 
most important festival, the Akitu, or New 
Year's festival, corresponding to our Easter, 
the Babylonians celebrated the death and 
resurrection of their chief god Marduk, 
also known as Bel. There was a dramatic 
representation of the conflict between the 
Thunder-god Bel and the dragon Tiamat, as 
recounted in the epic of creation the Enuma 
elish, during which the god is vanquished 
and slain, but is raised from death by mag- 
ical ceremonies, and eventually overcomes 
the dragon. 

Babylon was also the birthplace of the 
mother of all sciences, astronomy, recog- 
nized as the special skill of the renowned 
Chaldeans, a term that had originally 
referred to the inhabitants of Chaldea, but 
eventually understood to refer to the Baby- 
lonian astrologers. Although often attributed 
to the distant past, and falsely presumed to 
represent the survival of the Ancient Wis- 
dom, scholars have now established that, 
due to a lack of a reliable system of chronol- 
ogy, the astrology of the Chaldeans, though 
based on older traditions, was not developed 
until the seventh and sixth centuries BC. 

These centuries were also the period in 
which a substantial Jewish population was 
found in Babylon. As a result of the Assyr- 
ian conquests of Jerusalem and the sacking 
of its great Temple, at the beginning of the 
sixth century BC, the great portion of the 
Jewish people were relocated to Babylon by 
King Nebuchadnezzar, where they would 
remain for nearly half a century, a period in 
Jewish history known as the Exile. 

It is at this time that a faction of the Jews 
develop a system of magic and sorcery 
later known as the Kabbalah. These Jewish 
heretics rejected the God of the Bible, be- 
cause he forbade the practice of magic, and 
instead revered his enemy, who introduced 
man to the "forbidden knowledge". This 
devil they identified with the dying-god of 
the Babylonians, who was identified with 
the planet Venus, whose original Latin name 
was Lucifer. 

Because they came from Babylon, the var- 
ious scholars of the ancient world confused 
these early Kabbalists with the Chaldean 
Magi. In fact, in the Book of Daniel, Chap- 
ter 2:48, Daniel is made chief of the "wise 
men" of Babylon, that is, of the Chaldean 
Magi, and yet remains faithful to the laws of 
his own religion. 

This is what has caused so much confusion 
among modern scholars. Originally, the 
Magi were the official priests of the religion 
of the Persians, who conquered Babylon 
in 539 BC. The Persians were followers 
of Zoroaster, the founder of the religion of 

However, as scholars have repeatedly 
demonstrated, the teachings that were 
attributed to the Magi by ancient scholars 
held nothing in common with orthodox 
Zoroastrianism. Rather, as recognized by 
Franz Cumont, who was perhaps the great- 
est scholar of the last century, those Magi, 
which these historians referred to, and 
which he referred to instead as Magus saeans 
who followed a heretical interpretation of 
the religion. Rather, as I demonstrate in my 
book, these Magi followed a set of beliefs 
that were essentially identical to the early 



The Roots of Evil: 

Where did the dualism start? How did 
certain portions of natural life come to be 
considered evil? The answer lies in the 
history of Zervanism (or Zurvanism) - an 
offshot of the authentic Vedic traditions 
linked to the slow dissipation of connec- 
tions between Hindu tribes in their slow 
"backward" movement from the territory 
of modern India to the North- West. By 
itself, Zurvanism is inherently non-dualis- 
tic, though some flaws could be seen. The 
gods of Zurvanism are the demons of the 
Vedanta: Asuras of Zurvanism (such as 
Ahura=Asura Mazda) are non- Suras (gods) 
of Vedas, as in both Sanskrit and Persian the 
prefix "a" stands for denial. Also compare: 
"Daeva" in Persian means demon, "Deva" 
in Sanskrit means god. 
As the centuries passed, this initial flaw 
grew into the corruption of the whole 
system. The inflexible hierarchy of rul- 
ers/priests, chosen by their birth into the 
"noble" families rather than chosen due to 
skill and merit, were not able to preserve the 
knowledge from the masses or educate the 
masses to the level that they could com- 
prehend. Thus, the inevitable happened, a 
decay of the "pseudo-aristocracy" combined 
with the restriction of the free flow of infor- 
mation led to the emergence of Zoroaster's 
religiohn - the simplified form of Zurvanism 
for masses - and this was the first dualistic 
religion on earth. 

Obviously, there where those denied the 
power to decide and judge by "birthright" 
but capable to do so and to comprehend the 
philosophy reflecting the objective reality 
better than those given the pristine author- 
ity. The rebellion against the religion of 
Zoroaster was inevitable. 

The legend states that it was a Black Magi- 
cian named Aztya who founded the move- 

ment of Yatukan, also called "nihaniktom 
duvarisnih" ("those who stalk in great secre- 
cy," Persian). In Persian Yatu - sorcerer, 
in Atharva Veda Yatu - sorcery, Yatuvidah 
- master magician. Yatukih (followers of the 
Yatukan) were also called Druguvanti (Per- 
sian) "The People of the Lie." Drug/Drudj 
(Pehlavi) and Draoga (Persian) means Lie, 
"the word of the snake." But in Sanskrit the 
same word (Drogha) means not only "Lie" 
but also means a "Dragon." 

Zurvanism [pronunciation?] is a now-extinct 
branch of Zoroastrianism that had the divin- 
ity Zurvan [pronunciation?] as its First Prin- 
ciple (primordial creator deity). Zurvanism 
is also known as Zurvanite Zoroastrianism. 

In Zurvanism, Zurvan is the god of infinite 
time (and space) and is aka ("one", "alone") 
deity of matter. Zurvan is the parent of the 
two opposites representing the good god 
Ahura Mazda and the evil Angra Mainyu. 
Zurvan is regarded as a neutral god; being 
without gender (neuter), passion, one whom 
there is no distinction between good or evil. 
Zurvan is also the god of destiny, light and 
darkness. Zurvan is a normalized rendi- 
tion of the word, which in Middle Persian 
appears as either Zurvan, Zruvan or Zarvan. 
The Middle Persian name derives from 
Avestan zruvan-, "time" or "old age". 

Zurvanites considered Ahura Mazda and 
Spenta Mainyu one of two equal-but- sepa- 
rate divinities under the primacy of Zurvan. 
The central Zurvanite belief made Ahura 
Mazda the middle god and Angra Mainyu 
the fallen twin brother. Mazdeans consider 
the divinity of Ahura Mazda the transcen- 
dental creator. 

"Classical Zurvanism" is the term coined 
by Zaehner (1955, intro) to denote the 

movement to explain the inconsistency of 
Zoroaster's description of the 'twin spir- 
its' as they appear in Yasna 30.3-5 of the 
Avesta. According to Zaehner, this "Zurva- 
nism proper" was "genuinely Iranian and 
Zoroastrian in that it sought to clarify the 
enigma of the twin spirits that Zoroaster left 
unsolved." (Zaehner, 1961) 

As the priesthood sought to explain it, if 
the Malevolent Spirit (lit: Angra Mainyu) 
and the Benevolent Spirit (Spenta Mainyu, 
identified with Ahura Mazda) were twins, 
then they must have had a "father", who 
must have existed before them. The priest- 
hood settled on Zurvan - the hypostasis of 
(Infinite) Time - as being "the only possible 
'Absolute' from whom the twins could pro- 
ceed" and which was the source of good in 
the one and the source of evil in the other 

In Zoroastrianism, as the most religions, 
variations in theology and heresies are com- 
mon. The most important of these is the 
Zurvanite/Zurvanism, a heresy which was 
developed in the late Achaemenian period. 
During this period of time (6th to 4th centu- 
ries BCE), Zoroastrian had became the main 
religion, in Iran which was followed and 
promoted by the Achaemenian Emperors. 

The basic heresy is the creation of the god 
Zurvan (Eternal Time) who begets his sons 
Ohrmazd and Ahriman. As Boyce (1979: 
69) notes, "by declaring that Ohrmazd 
and Ahriman are brothers, the Zurvanites 
betrayed Zoroaster's fundamental doctrine 
that good and evil are utterly separate and 
distinct by origin and nature." 

The name Zurvan means Time, and our 
knowledge of the heresy comes only from 
non-Zoroastrian sources. The heresy devel- 
oped from the argument that if there were 


Ficus religiosa or Sacred Fig is species 

of fig native to India, Bangladesh, Nepal, 
Pakistan, Sri Lanka, southwest China and 
Indochina. It belongs to the Moraceae, the 
fig or mulberry family. It is also known as 
Bo-Tree (from the Sanskrit Bodhi: "wis- 
dom", "enlightened", and as a Sinhalization 
of this the Sinhala Bo) or Peepal (in India), 

Buddhist legend tells of Gautama Bud- 
dha attained enlightenment (bodhi) while 
meditating underneath the Bodhi tree, a 
Ficus religiosa. The site is in present day 
Bodh Gaya, northern India. The Bodhi tree 
and the Sri Maha Bodhi propagated from it 
are notable specimens of Sacred Fig. The 
known planting date of the latter, 288 BCE, 
gives it the oldest verified age for any flow- 
ering plant (angiosperm). 

The time of Gautama's birth and death is 
uncertain: most historians in the early 20th 
century dated his lifetime as circa 563 BCE 
to 483 BCE, [10] but more recent opinion 
dates his death to between 486 and 483 
BCE or, according to some, between 411 
and 400 BCE 

Some of the fundamentals of the teachings 
attributed to Gautama Buddha are: 

The Four Noble Truths: that suffering 
is an ingrained part of existence; that the 
origin of suffering is craving for sensuality, 
acquisition of identity, and annihilation; that 
suffering can be ended; and that following 
the Noble Eightfold Path is the means to 
accomplish this; 

The Noble Eightfold Path: right view, 
right intention, right speech, right action, 
right livelihood, right effort, right mindful- 
ness, and right concentration; 

Dependent origination: the mind creates 
suffering as a natural product of a complex 

Rejection of the infallibility of accepted 
scripture: Teachings should not be accepted 
unless they are borne out by our experience 
and are praised by the wise.; 

Anicca (Sanskrit: anitya): That all things 
that come to be have an end; 

Dukkha (Sanskrit: duhkha): That nothing 
which comes to be is ultimately satisfying; 

Anatta (Sanskrit: anatman): That nothing 
in the realm of experience can really be said 
to be "I" or "mine"; 

Nibbana (Sanskrit: Nirvana): It is 
possible for sentient beings to realize a 
dimension of awareness which is totally 

unconstructed and peaceful, and end all 
suffering due to the mind's interaction with 
the conditioned world. 

Buddhism is the world religion with the 
strongest connection to gardens. It origi- 
nated from the foothills of the Himalayas 
(c600 BC): see entries on Kapilavastu and 
Lumbini. It is therefore understandable that 
the Mountains came to be thought of as the 
place of the Gods. Mount Sumeru (Mount 
Meru in Hinduism, sometimes identified 
with Mount Kailash) was believed to be at 
the centre of the world. Buddha spoke to 
his followers in the Deer Park of Isipatana 
(Sarnath) and groves of trees became an 
important aspect of Buddhist sacred space. 

The Pure Land Sutras, written in India 
during the 2nd century A.D. say that men 
can attain rebirth in the Pure Land of the 
West (or 'Western Paradise') from where 
they can proceed to nirvana. 

Brahma is the Hindu god (deva) of creation 
and one of the Trimurti, the others being 
Vishnu and Siva. 

Vishnu is a main Vedic God (including 
His different avataras and/or expansions), 
venerated as the Supreme Being in the 
Vaishnavism. He is also commonly known 
as Narayana or Hari 

Shiva meaning "auspicious one" is a Hindu 
deity and is "the Destroyer" or "the Trans- 
former" among the Trimurti, the Hindu 
Trinity of the primary aspects of the divine. 

Krishna literally "black, dark blue" is a 
Hindu deity, one of the "avatars" (or "incar- 
nation") of Vishnu. According to Bhagavata 
Purana, Lord Krishna is termed as Svayam 
Bhagavan since he was the purna-avatara or 
full incarnation of Supreme Lord Vishnu or 


The word Hindu is derived (through 
Persian) from the Sanskrit word Sindhu, 
the historic local appellation for the Indus 
River in the northwestern part of the Indian 
subcontinent, which is first mentioned in the 
Rig Veda. 

Hinduism is the predominant religion of 
the Indian subcontinent. Hinduism in- 
cludes Shaivism, Vaishnavism and Srauta 
among numerous other traditions. Among 
other practices and philosophies, Hindu- 
ism includes a wide spectrum of laws and 
prescriptions of "daily morality" based on 
karma, dharma, and societal norms. Hindu- 
ism is a conglomeration of distinct intellec- 
tual or philosophical points of view, rather 
than a rigid common set of beliefs. 

Hinduism is formed of diverse traditions 
and has no single founder. Among its direct 
roots is the historical Vedic religion of Iron 
Age India and, as such, Hinduism is often 
called the "oldest living religion" or the 
"oldest living major religion" in the world 

Increasing urbanization of India in 7th and 
6th centuries BCE led to the rise of new 
ascetic or shramana movements which 
challenged the orthodoxy of rituals. [29] 
Mahavira (c. 549^77 BCE), proponent of 
Jainism, and Buddha (c. 563-483), founder 
of Buddhism were the most prominent icons 
of this movement. Shramana gave rise to 
the concept of the cycle of birth and death, 
the concept of samsara, and the concept of 

Hinduism is a diverse system of thought 
with beliefs spanning monotheism, polythe- 
ism, panentheism, pantheism, monism, and 
atheism among others; [82] [83] [84] [85] and 
its concept of God is complex and depends 
upon each individual and the tradition 
and philosophy followed. It is sometimes 
referred to as henotheistic (i.e., involving 
devotion to a single god while accepting the 
existence of others), but any such term is an 
overgeneralization. [86] 

The Rig Veda, the oldest scripture and the 
mainstay of Hindu philosophy does not take 

a restrictive view on the fundamental ques- 
tion of God and the creation of universe. It 
rather lets the individual seek and discover 
answers in the quest of life. Nasadiya Sukta 
(Creation Hymn) of the Rig Veda thus says: 

Who really knows? 

Who will here proclaim it? 

Whence was it produced? Whence is this 

The gods came afterwards, with the cre- 
ation of this universe. 

Who then knows whence it has arisen? 

Kali is tne temmine torm < 
dark coloured"). [3] Kala primarily means 
"time" but also means "black" in honor of 
being the first creation before light itself. 
Kali means "the black one" and refers to her 
being the entity of "time" or "beyond time." 
Kali is strongly associated with Shiva, 
and Shaivas derive the masculine Kala (an 
epithet of Shiva) to come from her feminine 

Ganesha's elephant head makes him par- 
ticularly easy to identify. Ganesha is widely 
revered as the Remover of Obstacles [10] 
and more generally as Lord of Beginnings 
and Lord of Obstacles 



1^ ^pr< 

7 v 

s I . I % ■ ... 

In the Vedic religion, Rta (Sanskrit rtam 
"that which is properly joined; order, rule; 
truth") is the principle of natural order 
which regulates and coordinates the opera- 
tion of the universe and everything within it. 
In the hymns of the Vedas, Rta is described 
as that which is ultimately responsible for 
the proper functioning of the natural, moral 
and sacrificial orders. Conceptually, it is 
closely allied to the injunctions and ordi- 
nances thought to uphold it, collectively 
referred to as Dharma, and the action of the 
individual in relation to those ordinances, 
referred to as Karma - two terms which 
eventually eclipsed Rta in importance as 
signifying natural, religious and moral order 
in later Hinduism 

Rta is thought to be derived from the Pro- 
to-Indo-European stem *h2r-to- "properly 
joined, right, true", the latter being formed 
from the root *h2ar- "to join properly" (also 
found in *h2ar-yo-; cf. Skt. try a "noble"). 
This root survives in Sanskrit as r- "to go, 
move, rise, tend upwards", and the deriva- 
tive noun rtam is defined as "fixed or settled 
order, rule, divine law or truth". As Mahony 
(1998) notes, however, the term can just as 
easily be translated literally as "that which 
has moved in a fitting manner", abstractly as 
"universal law" or "cosmic order", or sim- 
ply as "truth". The latter meaning dominates 
in the Avestan cognate to Rta, asa 

Concept of ARYA(good thoughts) & DA- 
SUE(evils) in VEDAs —How to trasform 
latter into former as per RIG VEDA? 

The bad inclinations & evil thoughts are 
real enemies of a person which cause self 

destruction after obstructing the path to 

Read the verse from Rig Veda about such 
enemy thoughts — 
"AKERMA(non dutiful) DASUE(evil 
thoughts) ABHY NO(assault us) AMAN- 
TOO(non considerate) ANYAVRATO(away 
from austerity) AMANUSHA(non human)". 


Zarathushtra is believed to have lived some- 
time between 1500 and 1200 BCE when be- 
lief in many Gods (Sanskrit: Asuras, Aves- 
tan: Ahuras) prevailed. Also, the concept of 
right and wrong, namely, Asha, (Sanskrit: 
Rta) symbolizing truth and righteousness, 
and Drug, representing falsehood, were 
already present at that time. Zarathushtra 
brought forth a profound vision, a radically 
new idea rooted in wisdom and conscience, 
constituting a novel view of the world and 
a unique way of life. He elevated Ahura 
Mazda, the Lord of Wisdom, to the position 
of the only God, and associated him with 
Asha, which has many connotations such as 
goodness, truth and righteousness. 

Zoroastrianism also called Mazdaism and 
Magianism, is a religion and philosophy 
based on the teachings of the prophet Zoro- 
aster (also known as Zarathustra in Avestan) 
and was formerly among the world's largest 
religions. It was probably founded some 
time before the 6th century BCE in the east- 
ern part of ancient Greater Iran. 

In Zoroastrianism, the creator Ahura 
Mazda (Persian: is all good, 

and no evil originates from him. Thus, in 
Zoroastrianism good and evil have distinct 
sources, with evil (druj) trying to destroy 
the creation of Mazda (asha), and good 
trying to sustain it. While Ahura Mazda is 

not immanent in the world, his creation is 
represented by the Amesha Spentas and 
the host of other Yazatas, through whom 
the works of God are evident to humanity, 
and through whom worship of Mazda is 
ultimately directed. The most important 
texts of the religion are those of the Avesta, 
of which a significant portion has been lost, 
and mostly only the liturgies of which have 
survived. The lost portions are known of 
only through references and brief quotations 
in the later works, primarily from the 9th to 
11th centuries. 

In some form, it served as the national or 
state religion of a significant portion of 
the Iranian people for many centuries. The 
religion first dwindled when the Achae- 
menid Empire was invaded by Alexander 
the Great, after which it collapsed and 
disintegrated[l] and it was further grad- 
ually marginalized by Islam from the 7th 
century onwards with the decline of the 
Sassanid Empire. [2] The political power 
of the pre-Islamic Iranian dynasties lent 
Zoroastrianism immense prestige in ancient 
times, and some of its leading doctrines 
were adopted by other religious systems. It 
has no major theological divisions (the only 
significant schism is based on calendar dif- 
ferences), but it is not uniform. Modern-era 
influences have a significant impact on in- 
dividual and local beliefs, practices, values 
and vocabulary, sometimes merging with 
tradition and in other cases displacing it. By 
one estimate, there are between 124,000 and 
190,000 Zoroastrians worldwide 


Men scavenging a dead horse during World 
War II (at the end of the Battle of Berlin), 
on Manfred- von-Richthofen-StraBe in Tem- 
pelhof borough, 1945 

The earliest humans probably lived pri- 
marily on scavenging, not actual hunting. 
Early humans in the Lower Paleolithic lived 
in mixed habitats which allowed them to 
collect seafood, eggs, nuts, and fruits be- 
sides scavenging. Rather than killing large 
animals themselves for meat, they used 
carcasses of large animals killed by other 
predators or carcasses from animals that 
died by natural causes 

By 7000 BC, small-scale agriculture 
reached Egypt. From at least 7000 BC the 
Indian subcontinent saw farming of wheat 
and barley, as attested by archaeological 
excavation at Mehrgarh in Balochistan in 
what is present day Pakistan. By 6000 BC, 
mid- scale farming was entrenched on the 
banks of the Nile. 

Until the Industrial Revolution, the vast 
majority of the human population labored in 
agriculture. The Fertile Crescent of Western 
Asia, Egypt, and India were sites of the 
earliest planned sowing and harvesting of 
plants that had previously been gathered 
in the wild. Independent development 
of agriculture occurred in northern and 
southern China, Africa's Sahel, New Guinea 
and several regions of America. The eight 
so-called Neolithic founder crops of agricul- 
ture appear: first emmer wheat and einkorn 
wheat, then hulled barley, peas, lentils, bitter 
vetch, chick peas and flax. 

tiunter-gatherer or forager society is one 
in which most or all food is obtained from 
wild plants and animals, in contrast to 
agricultural societies which rely mainly on 
domesticated species. 

Hunting and gathering was the ancestral 
subsistence mode of Homo, and all modern 
humans were hunter- gatherers until around 
10,000 years ago. Following the invention 
of agriculture hunter- gatherers have been 
displaced by farming or pastoralist groups in 
most parts of the world. 


Neolithic Revolution: Where did agriculture 
come from? 

Wild barleyMankind has fed ourselves as 
hunter- gatherers for 99% of our time on 
earth. Why did we suddenly put down our 
spears and pick up the hoe? 

Archaeologists agree that several factors 
coincided to make agriculture possible 
around 8500 BC. Wild cereals were already 
part of the diet of nomadic hunter-gatherers, 
but around 10,000 years ago climate change 
increased the extent of these fields of native 
grain in the Fertile Crescent. At about the 


same time, we began to develop tools and 
tricks necessary to take full advantage of the 
wild grains — we created sickles, baskets, 
and mortars and pestles; we figured out how 
to roast grains so that they wouldn't sprout 
during Stones for grinding wheatstorage; 
and we developed underground storage pits. 
Suddenly, a family could gather enough 
seeds to feed itself for a year during the 
three week ripening season of the wild 

The switch from gathering this abundant 
wild wheat to growing it seems to come 
down to one factor — overpopulation. At 
the same time that wild wheat was expand- 
ing in the Fertile Crescent, large wild game 
was becoming much less numerous, either 
because of climate change, because we 
became better hunters, because our numbers 
exploded, or some combination of these 
three factors. Whatever the reason, hunt- 
ing was no longer really working for us, so 
wheat became more and more important in 
our diets. 

Young wheat plants 

It seemed sensible to settle down near the 
important wheat fields, and this change in 
turn dismantled the factors that had pre- 
viously kept our population in check. As 
nomads, our women had been limited to 
bearing children about four years apart in 
age since the first child had to be old enough 
to walk by itself before baby number two 
could come along — Mom could only carry 
one kid at a time during frequent moves and 
I guess Dad wasn't the nurturing type. But 
we no longer had this restriction in our new, 
settled lifestyle, so our reproductive rate 
doubled, with women producing on average 
one child every two years. 

When previously ample wheat fields 
suddenly became too bit puny to feed our 
burgeoning numbers, agriculture was the 
clear solution. By clearing new ground out- 
side the natural wheat fields, we were able 
to plant wild wheat seeds and reap harvests 
from a larger area. Agriculture was born. 


Manhattan Project - Einstein Szilard 

In the above map, conceived by Swedish 
linguist Mikael Parkvall, each country's 
area is proportional to the number of lan- 
guages it has produced. The map, which 
appears in Parkvall's fascinating book 
Limits of Language, is accompanied by the 
following caption: 

Languages are very unevenly distribut- 
ed among the countries of the world. The 
map tries to capture this fact by rendering 
each country in a size corresponding to the 
number of languages spoken in it... The ten 
shaded countries are those in which more 
than 200 languages are in use. 

So why does Papua New Guinea have so 


many indigenous languages? Deep valleys 
and unforgiving terrain have kept the differ- 
ent tribes of Papua New Guinea relatively 
isolated, so that the groups' languages are 
not blended together but remain distinct. 
While the country is thought to have over 
800 living languages, some, like Abaga, are 
spoken by as few as five(!) people. 

Papua New Guinea. 6,070,000. Papuan 
78%, Melanesian 20%. National or official 
languages: Hiri Motu, Tok Pisin, English. 
600 islands. Literacy rate: 32%-43%. Also 
includes Chinese, and languages of the 
Philippines and India. Information mainly 
from }. Anceaux 1961; L. Carrington 1996; 
K. Franklin 1968; A. Healey 1964; B. Hooley 
1971; B. Hooley and K. McElhanon 1970; 
K. McElhanon 1970, 1978; M. Ross 1988; 
G. Sankoff 1968; R. Shaw 1973, 1981; SIL 

1971-2008; S. Wurm and S. Hattori 1981; J. 
Z'Graggen 1969, 1971, 1975. Blind popu- 
lation: 12,500. The number of individual 
languages listed for Papua New Guinea is 
841. Of those, 830 are living languages and 
1 1 have no known speakers. 


Robin Ian MacDonald Dunbar (born June 
28, 1947) is a British anthropologist and 
evolutionary psychologist and a specialist in 
primate behaviour. He is currently Professor 
of Evolutionary Psychology and head of 
the Social and Evolutionary Neuroscience 
Research Group in the Department of Ex- 
perimental Psychology at the University of 
Oxford. From 2007-2012, he was Profes- 
sor of Evolutionary Anthropology and the 
Director of the Institute of Cognitive and 
Evolutionary Anthropology at the Universi- 
ty of Oxford and the Co-director of the Brit- 
ish Academy Centenary Research Project. 
He is best known for formulating Dunbar's 
number, roughly 150, a measurement of the 
"cognitive limit to the number of individu- 
als with whom any one person can maintain 
stable relationships" 

Dunbar is an anthropologist at the Univer- 
sity College of London, who wrote a paper 
on Co-Evolution Of Neocortex Size, Group 
Size And Language In Humans where he 

... there is a cognitive limit to the number 
of individuals with whom any one person 
can maintain stable relationships, that this 
limit is a direct function of relative neocor- 
tex size, and that this in turn limits group 
size ... the limit imposed by neocortical 
processing capacity is simply on the number 


of individuals with whom a stable inter-per- 
sonal relationship can be maintained. 

Beginning with the assumption that the 
current mean size of the human neocortex 
had developed about 250,000 years ago, 
during the Pleistocene, Dunbar searched the 
anthropological and ethnographical litera- 
ture for census-like group size information 
for various hunter-gatherer societies, the 
closest existing approximations to how 
anthropology reconstructs the Pleistocene 
societies. Dunbar noted that the groups fell 
into three categories — small, medium and 
large, equivalent to bands, cultural lineage 
groups and tribes — with respective size 
ranges of 30-50, 100-200 and 500-2500 
members each. 

Dunbar's surveys of village and tribe sizes 
also appeared to approximate this predicted 
value, including 150 as the estimated size 
of a Neolithic farming village; 150 as the 
splitting point of Hutterite settlements; 200 
as the upper bound on the number of aca- 
demics in a discipline's sub-specialization; 
150 as the basic unit size of professional 
armies in Roman antiquity and in modern 
times since the 1 6th century; and notions of 
appropriate company size. 

Dunbar has argued that 150 would be the 
mean group size only for communities with 
a very high incentive to remain together. 
For a group of this size to remain cohesive, 
Dunbar speculated that as much as 42% of 
the group's time would have to be devoted 
to social grooming. Correspondingly, only 
groups under intense survival pressure, [ci- 
tation needed] such as subsistence villages, 
nomadic tribes, and historical military 
groupings, have, on average, achieved the 
150-member mark. Moreover, Dunbar noted 
that such groups are almost always physi- 
cally close: "... we might expect the upper 

limit on group size to depend on the degree 
of social dispersal. In dispersed societies, 
individuals will meet less often and will 
thus be less familiar with each, so group 
sizes should be smaller in consequence." 
Thus, the 150-member group would occur 
only because of absolute necessity — due 
to intense environmental and economic 

Dunbar, in Grooming, Gossip, and the Evo- 
lution of Language, proposes furthermore 
that language may have arisen as a "cheap" 
means of social grooming, allowing early 
humans to efficiently maintain social cohe- 
sion. Without language, Dunbar speculates, 
humans would have to expend nearly half 
their time on social grooming, which would 
have made productive, cooperative effort 
nearly impossible. Language may have 
allowed societies to remain cohesive, while 
reducing the need for physical and social 
intimacy. [6] 

Dunbar supports this hypothesis through 
studies by a number of field anthropologists. 
These studies measure the group size of a 
variety of different primates; Dunbar then 
correlate those group sizes to the brain sizes 
of the primates to produce a mathematical 
formula for how the two correspond. Using 
his formula, which is based on 36 primates, 
he predicts that 147.8 is the "mean group 
size" for humans, which matches census 
data on various village and tribe sizes in 
many cultures. 

Lately, Dunbar's number has been 
taken as a mean size for online net- 
works and groups, as shown in Ross 
Mayfields Weblog, where he states: 

Ultima Online provides one of the best ex- 
amples of what sizes an online community 

will support because it's well documented 
and the overall game size is large enough 
to generate many smaller communities. If 
you look at Raph Roster's statistics for the 
size of groups in Ultima Online, you will 
see a definite point of diminishing returns at 
around 150; however, you will also see that 
most groups are around 60 large. 

|NtLinwk |Si£t 

Dl-:, trillion 


IPoitkui XrCwinfc \- lOCKb 

3!^. jv mare i :;?J;j 

IPowct law (xriilr Sin) 

| Social XeLwwfc j- 150 

jBLu^ai^ Classic 

|&rS tuif (xmJuni) 

|CiHiiivf Nctwuck |- 32 

3:v.:. J 1 ." diiuin tuuvnuaL 

uq jDenrc equal 

Dunbar's Number Ricked My Ass in Face- 
book Friends Experiment 

In trying to disprove Dunbar's number, 
I actually proved it. I proved that even if 
you're aware of Dunbar's number, and even 
if you set aside a chunk of your life specifi- 
cally to broaden your social capital, you can 
only maintain so many friendships. And "so 
many" is fewer than 200. 




Discovered by Ahounta Djimdoumalbaye in 
2001 in Chad, in the southern Sahara desert 
(Brunet et al. 2002, Wood 2002). Based on 
faunal studies, it is estimated to be between 
6 and 7 million years old, and more likely in 
the older part of that range. This is a mostly 
complete cranium with a small brain (be- 
tween 320 and 380 cc) comparable in size to 
that of chimpanzees. 

No bones below the skull have been discov- 
ered yet, so it is not known whether Toumai 
was bipedal or not. Brunet et al. say that it 
would be a not unreasonable inference that 
it was a habitual biped because it shares 
characteristics with other hominids known 
to be bipedal. Other scientists have pointed 
out the foramen magnum (the hole through 
which the spinal cord exits the skull) of 
Toumai is positioned towards the back of 
the skull as in apes, indicating that the skull 
was held forward and not balanced on top of 
an erect body. 

Brunet et al. consider Toumai to be a homi- 
nid, that is, on our side of the chimp-human 
split and therefore more closely related to 
us than to chimps. This is not at all certain. 
Some scientists think it probable; others 
have suggested that it may come from be- 
fore the point at which hominids separated 
from chimps, while Brigitte Senut (one of 
the discoverers of Orrorin tugenensis, "Mil- 
lennium Man") has suggested that it may 
be an early gorilla. It is, I think, impossible 
to know how Toumai is related to us until 
other fossils can be found from the same 
time period. 

Whatever it is, all scientists have been in 
agreement with its finders that Toumai is a 
find of major significance. 

Michel Brunet of the University of Poitiers 
in France and his international team, 

Mission Paleoanthropologique Franco 
Tchadienne, found the cranium, teeth, and 
jaw fragments of the primate in the Djurab 
Desert in northern Chad- far from South 
Africa and the Rift Valley of East Africa, 
where humans are largely thought to have 

But even more surprising is the skull's 
puzzling mix of primitive and advanced 
characteristics, which is causing a stir of 
controversy among anthropologists. While 
its small braincase is apelike, its face and 
teeth are more human than much younger 
fossils such as the famous australopithecine 
Lucy dated at about 3.2 million years old. 
This doesn't fit into the prevailing linear 
model of human evolution. 

The researchers have nicknamed the fossil 
Toumai, or "hope of life" in the local Goran 
language. If future research proves the spec- 
imen is indeed an early human, and walked 
on two legs, then Toumai will surely stand 
up to today's acclaim and breathe new life 
into the quest to understand human origins. 

Evolutionary history of the primates can 
be traced back 65 million years. The oldest 
known primate-like mammal species, the 
Plesiadapis, came from North America, but 
they were widespread in Eurasia and Africa 
during the tropical conditions of the Paleo- 
cene and Eocene. 

Age (million Europe Africa Asia Americas. 

bergensis which may be the direct 
ancestor of both Homo neandertha- 
lensis and Homo sapiens. H. heidel- 
bergensis (Heidelberg Man) lived 
from about 800,000 to about 300,000 
years ago.